her husband so long as hee liveth but if the husband be dead she is loosed from the law of the husband So we also are become dead to the Law by the body of Christ that we should be to another even to him who is raised from the dead Rom. 7. 1 2 4. Therfore upon this death of Moses God speaketh unto Israel to go over Iordan into the Land Ios. 1. according to the mouth in Greeke and Ghaldee by the word The day of his death by the Iewes tradition was the seventh of Adar which we call February so Ionathan in his Thargum on this place saith On the seventh day of the moneth of Adar Moses the Master of Israel was borne and on the seventh day of the moneth of Adar he was taken out of the world Vers. 6. he buried him that is Iehovah buried him or Michael that is Christ who is Iehovah one with the Father Iude vers 9. Signifying that none but Christ should abolish the Law and Ordinances given by Moses Rom. 8. 3. Gal. 3. 13 14. Coloss. 2. 14 16 17. Heb. 9. 9 10 11 c. and 10. 1 9. And this was a speciall honour unto Moses person whom the Lord loved when he was dead and buried his corps which we finde not done to any man else in the world which he will also raise up incorruptible and glorious at the day of his appearing in a valley he died in the mountaine Deut. 32. 50. but was buried in a valley over against Beth-Pehor the Greeke saith neere to the house of Phogor of which place see Deut. 3. 28. no man knoweth God would not have Moses Sepulchre to be knowne though the devill contended with him hereabout Iude vers 9. because there should be no occasion of superstition or idolatry thereby as is thought of some Chazkuni saith that none which inquire of the dead as Deut. 18. 11. might seeke unto him The chiefe cause seemeth to be a mysterie that the Law whereof Moses was the minister being once dead and abrogated by Christ should never more be sought after but quite abolished out of the conscience of sinners that the grace of Christ may live raigne alone See Gal. 4. 9 10 11. and 5. 4. Also that the legall rudiments should by the comming of the Gospell be taken away from Israel never to be found or enjoyed by them any more For Christ destroyed both their Citie and Sanctuary as was foretold in Dan. 9. and they have been many daies without a King and without a Prince and without a sacrifice and without an image and without an Ephod and without Teraphim and so shall be untill they returne and seeke the Lord their God and the sonne of David their King Hos. 3. 4 5. Vers. 7. yeeres old Hebr. sonne of 120. yeeres so the yeere of his death fell out in the 2553. yeere of the world and his yeeres accord with Noes preaching and preparing of the Arke Genes 6. 3. his eye in Greeke his eyes his eye-sight failed him not as did Isaaks Gen. 27. 1. The eye is also used for the outward appearance and colour of a thing as Exod. 10. 5. Numb 11. 7. so it may be meant here also his visage was not wrinkled Chazkuni here expoundeth it the shining of his face mentioned in Ex. 34. 30. his naturall moisture his radicall humour wherein the life and strength of the body consisteth which when it is spent and dried up a man dieth The Greeke translateth his lips were not corrupted the Chaldee saith the brightnesse of the glory of his face was not changed having reference to Exod. 34. 30 c. sled that is departed from him Thus outwardly and inwardly Moses retained his vigour beauty and naturall strength that he died not through feeblenesse or defect of nature as most men did at his age though he had beene a man of sorrowes and broken with many cares for the people And hereby the continuall force of the Law is signified the power wherof decaieth not in the conscience of sinners by number of daies or multitude of workes till God take it away and abolish it by grace in Christ. The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth whiles we are in the flesh the passions of sinnes which are by the Law do worke in our members to bring forth fruit unto death Rom. 7. 1 5. Vers. 8. the plaines of Moab in Greeke Araboth Moab by Iordan over against Iericho as v. 1. thirty daies so long they mourned also for Aaron see Num. 20. 28. Vers. 9. Iosua in Greeke Iesus the sonne of Nave of wisdome in Greek of understanding the spirit of wisdome meaneth wisdome ministred by the spirit of God wherein he was a figure of Iesus Christ who being full of the holy Spirit entred upon the worke of his ministration here on earth Luke 4. 1 c. On him the spirit of the Lord rested the spirit of wisedome and understanding the spirit of counsell and might the spirit of knowledge and of the feare of the Lord Esa. 11. 2. laid or imposed his hands upon him of this see Numb 27. 18 23. As Moses by imposition of hands authorized Iesus the sonne of Nun and bare record unto him so the Law of Moses which was in the heart and bowels of Iesus the sonne of God gave authority and bare record unto him Heb. 7. Acts 26. 22 23. Moses himselfe appeared talking with Iesus and speaking of his decease which he should accomplish at Ierusalem Luke 9. 30 31. hearkened unto him that is obeyed him as after also they promised in Ios. 1. 16. 17 18. See the notes on Num. 27. 20. Vers. 10. knew face to face the Chaldee saith was revealed unto him face to face So in Exod. 33. 11. it is said Iehovah spake unto Moses face to face as a man speaketh unto his friend and in Num. 12. 8. he said with him will I speake mouth to mouth See the Annotations there Vers. 12. the mighty hand that is workes wrought with a mighty hand and powerfull government and administration according to that which is said Humble your selves therefore under the mighty hand of God c. 1 Pet. 5. 6. great terrour that is workes done with great terrour which the Greeke translateth great marvels the Chaldee great visions These things doe magnifie Moses office and administration that the Lawes which he hath written confirmed by such signes and wonders might be acknowledged to be of God wherefore he and his writings are worthily celebrated thorowout the world confirmed of God himselfe Numb 12. 7 8. approved and expounded by all the Prophets after him by Christ himselfe and his Apostles so that they which heare not him will not be perswaded though one rose from the dead Luk. 16. 31. But unto us God hath raised up a Prophet like unto Moses as he promised Deu. 18. 18. Act. 3. 21. even Iesus the sonne of the Most high a man approved of God among
things under the Sun are vanity and vexation of spirit from mans birth to his dying day Ecclesiastes 1. 2. 3. 14. and 12. 7. 8. and an heavenly heritage is to bee sought for immortall and which fadeth not 2 Peter 1. 4. Of ground cursed there followeth barrennesse or unprofitable fruits and desolation Genesis 4. 12. and 3. 18. Esay 24. 6. and the end is to bee burned Hebrews 6. 8. So the earth and the workes therein shall bee burnt up 2 Pet. 3. 10. And as for mans sake this world is cursed and the creature made subject to vanity so it earnestly expecteth the manifestation of the sonnes of God that it may be delivered from the bondage of corruption Rom. 8. 19. 20. 21. in sorrow with painfull labour as Prov. 5. 10. Hereupon the Scripture mentioneth our bread of sorrowes Psal. 127. 2. Adam was to have labored in his innocency Gen. 2. 15. but without sorrow being under the Lords blessing which maketh rich and hee addeth no sorrow with it Prov. 10. 22. Concerning this sorrow or toyle of our hands Noe the figure of Christ was a comforter Gen. 5. 29. Vers. 18. thornes Heb. the thorne Hereby is meant harmfull weeds in stead of wholesome fruits Iob 31 40. Ier. 12. 13. for men of thistles doe not gather figs Mat. 7. 16. Thornes doe choak the good corne as Mat. 13. 7. And spiritually these signifie evill fruits which wicked earthly men bring forth Heb. 6. 8. of the field and so no longer the pleasant fruits of Paradise Gen. 2. 9. 16. But as Nebuchadnezar when he had a beasts heart was driven out among beasts to eat grasse as the oxen Dan. 4. 13. 22. so man not lodging a night in honour nor understanding but becomming like beasts that perish is to eat herbes with them Psal. 49. 13. 21. but by the labour of his hands his diet is bettered Vers. 19. sweat with much labour which Adam and all his posterity was condemned unto that this is a generall rule if any will not worke neither should he eate 2 Thess. 3. 10. The sweat of the face though it is to be distinguished from the care of the 〈…〉 d which Christ forbiddeth Mat. 6. 25. 34. yet it doth imply all lawfull labours and industry of body and mind for the good of both Eph. 4. 28. Mat. 10. 10. 1 Cor. 9. 14. so that the giving of the heart also to seeke and search our things by wisedome is a sore occupation which God hath given to the sonnes of Adam to be occupied therein and humbled thereby Eccles. 1. 13. bread that is all food whereof bread is the principall as that which upholds the heart of man Psal. 104. 15. Therefore that which one Evangelist calleth bread Mar. 6. 36 another calleth victuals or meats Mat. 14. 15. the ground or the earth called elsewhere our earth Psal. 146. 4. and our dust Psal. 104. 28. meaning till man returne to the dust of death the grave and there the wearied be at rest from their labours Iob 3. 17. Rev. 14. 13. dust thou art or thou wast to weet concerning the body as Gen. 2. 7. not the spirit which being immortall goeth unto God for eternall joyes or torments Luke 16. 22. 23. and 23. 43. This difference Solomon teacheth And dust returne to the earth as it was and the spirit returne to God that gave it Eccles. 12. 7. Here God condemneth mankind to death which is the wages of sinne Rom. 6 23. and to the grave the house appointed for all living Iob 30. 23. where they must wait till their change come Iob 14. 14. for it is appointed to men once to dye and after this is the judgement Hebr. 4. 27. Otherwise the life eternall could not bee obtained for flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdome of God neither doth corruption inherit incorruption therefore we must all either dye or be changed and this corruptible must put on incorruption and this mortall must put on immortality and then shall Death be swallowed up in victory 1 Cor. 15. 50. 51. 53. 54. So the Hebrew Rabbines also taught saying that unto this world there cleaveth the secret filthinesse of the Serpent which came upon Eve and because of that filthinesse Death is come upon Adam and his seed For when God saw how uncleannesse cleaved and spred it selfe abroad in the world continually he intended to consume it and to root out the power of it and therefore the bodies doe consume and corrupt and have no continued life But when the filthinesse is consumed and the spirit of uncleannesse taken out of the earth behold God will renew his world without any other filthinesse and will wake up by his power those that dwell in the dust c. and the Lord will reioyce in his workes as the intendment of the creation was at the first R. Menachem on Gen. 3. The Greeke Philosophers have observed that some dead men putrified turne to Serpents Plutarch in vita Cleomenis If so it is a notable memoriall of mans first poysoning by the Serpent Vers. 20. Eve in Hebrew Chavah which is by interpretation Life as the Greeke also translateth it or Living Adam first called her Woman Gen. 2. 23. God called her Adam Gen. 5. 2. and now the man calleth her Eve Life by which new name he testifieth his faith in and thankfulnesse for Gods former promise in vers 15. In which he also trained up his children teaching them to sacrifice and serve the Lord. Gen. 4. 3. 4. So the Hebrew Doctors reckon Adam as a repentant sinner and by Wisdome that is faith in Christ brought out of his fall Ioseph Antiq. b. 1. c. 4. and the Author of the Booke of Wisedome c. 10. v. 1. all living that is as the Chaldee paraphraseth of all the sonnes of man meaning this both naturally of all men in the world and so of Christ the promised seed and spiritually of all that live by faith in which sense Sarah is also counted the Mother of the faithfull 1 Pet. 3. 6. Gal. 4. 22. 28. 31. V. 21. coats to cover the body from shame and harme and for a memoriall of mans sin a further signe of those garments of justice and salvation which men have of God that their filthy nakednesse doe not appeare Rev. 3. 18. 19. 8. 2 Cor. 5. 2. 3. 4. The Chalde◠calleth these here garments of honor of skin that is in likelihood of the skins of beasts which God taught him to kill for sacrifice Which offerings were even from the beginning of the Gospell preached as appeareth Gen. 4. 3. 4. 8. 20. And after by the Law the Skinnes of the sacrifices were given to the Priests Lev. 7. 8. And the sacrifices being all figures of Christ Heb. 10. 5. 10 the Skins were fit to resemble mans mortification as the girdle of skin which Iohn Baptist wore Mat. 3. 4. and new life by putting on the Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 13. 13. 14. and the garments of
ANd it was when men began to multiply on the face of the earth and daughters were borne unto them That the sonnes of God saw the daughters of men that they were faire and they tooke unto them wives of all which they chose And Iehovah said My spirit shall not strive with man for ever for that he also is flesh and his dayes shall be an hundred and twentie yeeres There were Giants in the earth in those dayes and also after that when the sonnes of God went-in unto the daughters of men and they bare children to them they were mighty men which were of old men of name And Iehovah saw that the wickednesse of man was much in the earth and every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was onely evill every day And it repented Iehovah that he had made man on the earth it grieved him at his heart And Iehovah said I will blot-out man whom I have created from the face of the earth from man unto beast unto the creeping-thing and unto the fowle of the heavens for it repenteth me that I have made them But Noe found grace in the eyes of Iehovah 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 THESE are THE GENERATIONS OF NOE Noe was a just man perfect in his generations Noe walked with God And Noe begat three sonnes Sem Cham and Iapheth And the earth was corrupt before God and the earth was filled with violent-wrong And God saw the earth and loe it was corrupt for all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth And God said unto Noe An end of all flesh is come before me for the earth is filled with violent wrong from the face of them and behold I destroy them with the earth Make for thee an Arke of Gopher trees nests shalt thou make in the Arke and shalt pitch it within and without with pitch And this the fashion which thou shalt make it of three hundred cubits the length of the Arke fifty cubits the bredth of it and thirty cubits the height of it A cleare-light shalt thou make to the Arke and in a cubit shalt thou finish it from above and the doore of the Arke shalt thou set in the side thereof with lower second and third stories shalt thou make it And I behold I doe bring the Flood of waters upon the earth to destroy all flesh which hath in it the spirit of life from under the heavens every-thing that is in the earth shall give-up the ghost But I will stablish my covenant with thee and thou shalt enter into the Arke thou and thy sonnes and thy wife and thy sonnes wives with thee And of every living thing of all flesh two of every sort shalt thou bring into the Arke to keep alive with thee they shall be male and female Of the fowle after his kinde and of the beast after his kinde of every creeping thing of the earth after his kind two of every sort shall come unto thee to keepe them alive And take thou unto thee of all meat that is eaten and thou shalt gather it to thee and it shall bee for thee and for them for meat And Noe did according to all that God commanded him so did he Annotations MEn Hebr. Adam put generally for men as the Greeke translateth and the last words of this verse doe confirme so the Chaldee saith the sonnes of man The posterity of Kain is hereby meant who increased faster then Seths did and sought so to doe by taking moe wives Gen. 4. 19. Vers. 2. the sons of God the men of the Church of God for unto such Moses saith ye are the sonnes of Iehovah your God Deut. 14. 1. so 1 Ioh. 3. 1. The name God in Hebrew Aelohim is in the forme plurall and sometime Princes are so named Exod. 21. 6. Psal. 82. so the Chaldee here translateth the sonnes of Princes understanding as I thinke Seth and the other Patriarchs daughters of men meaning of Kains posterity that were out of Gods Church Gen. 4. 14. and because they were not borne againe of God by the immortall seed of his word 1 Ioh. 3. 9. 10. 1 Pet. 1. 23. they continued children of the old Adam and naturall man still So Paul saith 1 Cor. 3. 3. walke ye not as men that is as unregenerate men fayre or goodly Hebr. good to weet of countenance as is expressed Gen. 24. 16. the Chaldee translateth it fayre tooke unto them that is tooke to themselves and regarded not the counsell of their godly parents who should by right take wives for their children nor the will of God whose law after forbad such prophane mariages Deut. 7. 3. 4. The like is noted of Esau Gen. 26. 34. 35. and 28. 8. 9. Thus corruption grew in families which they chose that is which they loved and liked following their owne affections So my chosen Esay 42. 1. is interpreted my beloved Mat. 12. 18. and choosing is often used for liking or delighting Ps. 25. 12. and 119. 173. Esay 1. 2. and so the Chaldee translateth it here Into this sinne Solomon also sâ—ll 〈◊〉 King 11. 1. 2. Vers. 3. my spirit This is that holy spirit of Christ by which he preached in the Patriarches and especially in Noe to the disobedient spirits of the olde world 1 Pet. 3. 18. 19. 20. 2 Pet. 2. 5. not strive or not judge that is not contend in judgement for so this word is elsewhere also used Eccles. 6. 10. and may here import both contending by preaching disputing convincing in the mouthes of the Patriarches as Nehem. 9. 30. and by inward motions and checks of conscience which his spirit gave them for their sinnes against which they that struggle fall into the sinne against the holy Ghost despiting the spirit of grace Heb. 10. 29. So the Spirit of God is sayd to be tempted resisted grieved Acts 5. 9. and 7. 51. Esay 63. 10. Ephes. 4. 30. with man or in man implying both the contending of the Prophets outward and of Gods spirit inwardly as before is observed Here the Church declined is called man or Adam to note their corrupt estate The Greek traÌ„slateth it my Spirit shall not continue in these men The Chaldee paraphraseth This evill generation shall not continue before me for ever understanding as it seemeth by the Spirit mans naturall soule and life which God would take away by the Flood he also that is these also which are my peculiar professant people is flesh that is is fleshly not having the spirit but walking after their owne lusts as Iude vers 19. 16. The flesh and the Spirit are also thus opposed Rom. 7. 5. 6. and 8. 8. 9. Gal. 5. 16. 17. So the Chaldee here saith For that they are flesh and their workes evill And this is the state of all men in their first birth for that which is borne of the flesh is flesh Ioh. 3. 6. 120. yeares meaning that so long time by Noes preaching and building the Arke they should have space given them
smell thereto and made it not hee is guilty of cutting-off but his doome is like all theirs that use or make profit of any of the sanctified things to wit unlawfully Mâ—imony in treat of the holy Implements chap. 2. Sect. 9. 10. be cut off the Chaldee expoundeth it be destroied the Greeke saith the soule of that man shall perish from his people God by this judgment would keepe men from profaning and abusing the holy exercise of praier and doctrine of Christs mediation when the abuse even of the shadow hereof brought destruction upon the offenders CHAP. XXXI 1 Bezaleel and Aholiab are called and made meet for the worke of the Tabernaâ—le and furniture thereof 12 The observation of the Sabbath is againe commanded 18 Moses receiveth the two Tables of the Law AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying See I have called by name Bezaleel the son of Vri the son of Hur of the tribe of Iudah And I have filled him with the Spirit of God in wisedome and in understanding and in knowledge and in all workmanship To devise cunning-workes to worke in gold and in silver and in brasse And in ingraving of stone to fill and in carving of wood to worke in all workmanship And I behold I have given with him A holiab the son of Ahisamac of the tribe of Dan and in the heart of all wise hearted I have given wisedome that they may make all that I have commanded thee The Tent of the congregation and the Arke of the Testimonie and the Covering-mercie seat that is thereupon and all the vessels of the Tent. And the Table and the vessels thereof and the pure Candlesticke and all the vessels thereof and the Altar of incense And the Altar of burnt-offring all the vessels therof and the Laver and the foot thereof And the garments of ministery and the garments of holinesse for Aaron the priest and the garments of his sonnes to minister-in-thepriests office And the anointing oile and incense of sweet-spices for the holy place according to all that I have commanded thee shall they doe And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying And thou speake thou unto the sonnes of Israel saying Verily my Sabbatâ—s yee shall keepe for it is a signe betweene me and you throughout your generations to know that I am Iehovah that sanctifieth you And yee shall keepe the Sabbath for it is holinesse to you they that profane it every one shall bee put-to die the death for every one that doth any worke therein even that soule shall bee cut-off from amongst his peoples Six daies shall worke be done but in the seventh day is the Sabbath of Sabbathisme holinesse to Iehovah every one that doth any worke in the Sabbath day shall be put to die the death And the Sons of Israel shall keepe the Sabbath to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations for an everlasting covenant Betweene me and the Sonnes of Israel it shall be a signe for ever for in Six daies Iehovah made the heavens the earth and in the Seventh day he rested and was refreshed And he gave unto Moses when hee had made-an-end of speaking with him on mount Sinai two Tables of testimonie Tables of stone written with the finger of God Annotations BEzaleel in Greeke Beseleel by interpretation In the shadow of God he was the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur the sonne of Caleb or Chelubai the sonne of Esron the sonne of Pharez the sonne of Iudah from whom he was the seventh generation as Enoch was the seventh from Adam and is here designed the master workman of the Lords Tabernacle See his genealogie in 1 Chron. 2. 5. 9. 18. 19. 20. Vers. 3. Spirit that is gifts of the Spirit such as are after mentioned So Paul openeth it in 1 Cor. 12. 4. 8. 11. see also Act. 2. 4. The Greeke expoundeth it a divine Spirit the Chaldee a Spirit from before the Lord. workmanship or Art Hebrew worke So verse 4. Vers. 4. devise cunning-workes such as were mentioned in Exodus 26. 1. c. see the notes there The Hebrew phrase is figurative to thinke thoughts which the Greek explaineth to thinke or minde and to make-artificially the Chaldee saith to teach artificers as it is in Exodus 35. 34. These three things in Bezaleel a calling a furnishing with gifts and a working or operation accordingly are necessarie in all the publike ministers of the Church So Paul mentioneth diversities or distributions 1 of gifts by the Spirit 2 of administrations or ministeries by the Lord Iesus and 3 of operations by God the Father 1 Cor. 12. 4. 5. 6. 〈◊〉 to worke or to doe to make but doing is often used for working as is noted on Exod. 5. 9. and so the Greek translateth it here also in verse 5. Vers. 5. ingraving or cutting The Hebrew word generally signifieth a studious and artificiall ingraving or cutting in stone in wood in yron in earth and then it is Englished ploughing or any other like handicraft to fill that is to set in the golden ouches as Exod. 28. 21. to worke or to make in all worke meaning cunning worke as is expressed in Exod. 35. 33. Vers. 6. Aholiab in Greeke Eliab by interpretation The Tabernacle of the Father Hee is the second master-workman and of the tribe of Dan the handmaids sonne joyned with Beseleel as God usually joyneth two together in al weighty affairs See Exod. 4. 14. 15. and 6. 26. Matth. 10. 2. 3. Luk. 10. 1. Acts 13. 2. Hag. 1. 14. Vers. 7. vessels or instruments furniture implements So after Vers. 10. of ministerie veiles clothes coverings which served to wrap up the holy things in when the host removed as Num. 4. 5. 9. 11. 12. c. Of the Priests garments see Exod. 28. Vers. 13. Uerily or Notwithstanding the Greeke translateth it See Though the worke of the Tabernacle were studiously and speedily to be done yet God would not have any of it done on the Sabbath daies The Law of the Sabbath is very often repeated see Gen. 2. 2. Exod. 16. 23. c. and 20. 8. c. and 23. 12. and 35. 2. 3. to know that is that ye may know as the Greeke translateth The principall signification of the Sabbath was for grace and sanctitie which therefore the Lord often urgeth and blameth the breach of this day as the violating of his covenant See Neh. 9. 14. Ezek. 20. 12. 13. 16. 20. 21. Esay 58. 13. The true observation hereof is by faith in Christ Heb. 4. 3. 9. 10. 11. The Hebrew Doctors say The Sabbath and the precept against idolatrie each of these two is as weighty as all the other Commandements of the Law and the Sabbath is a signe betweene God and us for ever Therefore who so transgresseth the other Commandements he is generally a wicked Israelite but hee that openly profaneth the Sabbath is as an Idolater both of them as infidels in all their affaires Therefore the Prophet laudeth and saith Esay 56. 2. Blessed
from the holy things as all other uncleane persons but separated also from her husband Lev. 18. 19. and if they companied together during that time presumptuously they were to be cut off Levit. 20. 18. This uncleannesse was as the rest a figure of sinne proceeding from the fleshly and corrupt heart of man as God himselfe reacheth saying When the house of Israel dwelt in their owne land they defiled it by their owne way and by their doings their way was before me as the uncleannesse of 〈◊〉 removed or menstruous woman Ezek. 36. 17. And this was the sinne of idolatry Ier. 2. 23. 24. seven dayes this was the limitâ—d time for the separation or menstrues during which space shee was uncleane as a separated woman though there had but one drop of blood appeared Maimony in Issurei biah ch 6. sect 2. if any appeared after this time it was not called her separation but her issue whereof he speaketh after in v. 25. that toucheth her the pollution of the menstruous extendeth as far as of the man that had an issue spoken of before vers 2. c. and as of the woman that hath an issue spoken of after vers 25. c. even the spittle and the urine of every one of them is uncleane as is before noted on v. 8. Maimony in Metamei mishcab ch 1. sect 15. And these things figured the pollution of sin Ezek. 36. 17. and taught to avoyd all communion therewith 2 Corinth 6. 17. And unto a menstruous woman Ierusalem was likened when for her sins shee was wasted and her people captived by the Babylonians Lam. 1. 17. Her uncleannesse was upon her skirts and she had sinned a sin therefore she was removed Lam. 1. 8. 9. V. 24. lying shall lye that is shall at all or by any occasionlye with her to weet ignorantly for if he did it presumptuously not only pollution but cutting off was his punishment Lev. 20. 18. Therfore the Prophets complaine of this sin Ezek. 22. 10. her fluors or as before her separation which the Greek here translateth her uncleannes Vers. 25. many dayes Here he passeth from the menstrues which were naturall purgations and healthfull for the body though legally unclean unto the issues which were diseases that decayed naturall strâ—ngth if they continued long as the woman which had it twelve yeeres and suffered many things of many Physicians but all in vaine till she came to Christ Mark 5. 25. 26. These many dayes must also beâ— out of the time of her separation or menstrues that is out of the seven dayes fore-mentioned and by many the Hebrew doctors understand from three upward They say when shee seeth blood first in the due time of her customes then is she in her separation all the seven daies If she see it in the eight day then this is the blood of issue because it is out of the time of her separation And so all the blood that is seene in the dayes that are betweene the times of her customes is the blood of issue And the space between they say was eleven dayes onely When a woman seeth blood in the dayes of her issue but one day onely or two dayes one after another shee is said to have the lesser issue if she see it three dayes one after another she is said to have the greater issue or issue absolutely as it is written when the issue of her blood shall run many dayes Levit. 15. 25. a few are two dayes many are three There is no difference betweene her that hath the greater issue and her that hath the lesse but the numbring of seven dayes and the bringing of a sacrifice Lev. 15 28. 29. For she that hath the greater issue is bound to number seven cleane daies but she that hath the lesser numbreth but one onely And she which hath the greater bringeth a sacrifice when shee is cleansed Otherwise as touching uncleannesse and restraint from companying with her husband they are both alike Maimony in Issurei biah ch 6. sect 2. c. over to weer over the time or after her separation as the Greeke translateth which the Hebrewes explaine thus that if she see it three daies next after her separation or menstrues then it is an issue As if shee see it in the eight day of her separation and in the ninth in the tenth for they are the first second and third of the eleven daies which are the daies of the issue Maimony in Issurei biah chap 6. sect 17. Thâ—se things taught the care and diligence that all should have in looking to their life and conversation both for the judging of th 〈…〉 and purging by repentance 1 Cor. 11. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Coâ— 7. 11. Vers. 26. e 〈…〉 â—ny thing for the use and service of man 〈◊〉 called a vessell or instrument The particulars o◠〈◊〉 pollutions are noted before Observe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whereas the woman thus diseased made 〈…〉 g uncleane that she touched onâ—ly Christ wâ—â—n he was touched by such a one was 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 defiled but shâ— by him and the vertue 〈◊〉 〈…〉 eded from him was cleansed For hee was undefiled and separated from sinners Heb. 7. 26. and th 〈…〉 he bare our infirmities Esay 53. 4. yet continued he the Lambe without blemish and without spot 1 Pet. 1. 19. Vers. 27. in water ordinary cleane water not being restrained to living water onely which was peculiarly appointed for the man that had an issue vers 13. and for the Leper Levit. 14. 5. and for the water of sprinkling Num. 19. 17. Ver. 28. seven daies as the man also did see before on ver 13. she shall be cleane having performed the rites fore-mentioned of washing and bathing in water And this time and the manner of cleansing figured the time of grace in Christ and our cleansing from sinne by his blood and spirit whereof it is prophasied In that day there shaâ—â— be a fountaine opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Ierusalem for sin and for separation for uncleannesse Zach. 13. 1. Vers. 30. make atonement for her sin-offring was 〈◊〉 figure of Christ to bee offred for the forgivenesse of sins Matt. 26. 28. 2 Cor. 5. 21. and her burnt-offring figured the same Christ offred to make us acceptable unto God by whom also wee present our bodies and soules as holy and acceptable sacrifices Heb. 9. 9. 12. 14. Rom. 12. 1. He is the Lord that hath washed away the filth or excrements of the daughters of Sion and purged the bloods of Ierusalem from the midst thereof by the spirit of judgement and by the spirit of burning Esay 4. 4. V. 31. shall separate or shall religiously-separate and holyly exempt and sever them by teaching them to understand carefully to keepe these ordinances Le. 11. 47. The G. translateth ye shal ma 〈…〉 theÌ„ wary or religiously carefull the original word is of Nazar whereupon the Nazirites had their name who were separated and sanctified unto the Lord Numbers 6.
Priest but through the veile that is his flesh he is entred into heauen it selfe now to appeare unto the face of God for us Heb. 8. 2. 4. and 10. 2. 20. and 9. 24. Thus shall ye blesse The Priest blessed standing as it is written to stand before Iehovah to minister unto him and to blesse in his name Deut. 10. 8. And it was with lifting up of hands as it is said And Aaron lift up his hand towards the people and blessed them Levit 9. 22. which gesture our Lord Christ also used when he blessed his disciples Lu. 24. 50. The Hebrew Doctors understand the word Thus to imply both matter and manner wherof they haue sundry traditions as Thus shal ye blesse standing Thus with lifting vp of hands Thus in the holy tongue that is Hebrew Thus with your faces against the peoples faces Thus with an high voyce Thus by Gods expressed name Iehovah if ye blesse in the Sanctuarie It is not lawfull for the Priests in any place to adde any blessing unto these three verses as to say like Deu. 1. 11. The Lord God of your fathers make you a thousand times so many moe as ye are or any the like Maimony in treat of Prayer chap. 14. sect 11. 12. The manner they also say was thus The Priests went up to the banke or stage after that the Priests had finished the daily morning service and lifted up their hands on high above their heads and their fingers spred abroad except the high Priest who might not lift his hands higher than the Plate whereof see Exod. 28. 36. and one pronounced the blessing word by word till the three verses were ended And the people answered not after every verse but they made it in the Sanctuary one blessing and when they had finished all the people answered Blessed be the Lord God the God of Israel for ever and ever And he pronounced Gods name as it is written with Iâ—â—h but in the citie or countrey they pronounced it Adonai Lord for they mention not the name as it is written save in the Sanctuary onely And after Simeon the just was dead the Priests left off blessing by Gods proper name Iehovah even in the Sanctuary to the end that no man which was not honest and of good esteeme might learne it The Priests blessing is not pronounced in any place but in the holy Hebrew tongue as it is said THVS SHAL YE BLESSE c. The lifting up of hands is by ten Priests of the number A Synagogue which is all of Priests they all lift up hands and the women and children answer Amen If there remaine ten Priests moe than they which are gone up the banke the ten answer Amen A Congregation wherein there is no Priest but a Minister onely he lifteth not up his hands but when he is come to conclude with peace he he saith Our God and the God of our fathers ble 〈…〉 us with the threefold blessing in the Law written by Moses thy servant which was pronounced out of the mouth of Aaron and his sonnes the Priests with thy Saints as it is said THE LORD BLESSE THEE AND KEEP ETHEE c. A Priest that hath lift up his hands in one Synagogue and goeth to another Synagogue and findeth the Congregation at prayer and they are not come to the Priests blessing he lifteth up his hands for them and blesseth them though it be oft times in a day Maim treat of prayer chap. 14. sect 9 10 11. and chap. 15. sect 9 10 11. By these their traditions it appeareth that the not pronouncing of Gods name Iehovah as it is written was a device of their owne first restrayning it to the Sanctuary and blessing onely at last omitting it in the Sanctuarie also lest it should be by the unworthy polluted as they supposed Yea so farre went they in this their precisenesse as they say that their first wise men taught not this name to their disciples or sons which were of honest conversation but once in seven yeeres Maim ibidem c. 14. sect 10. And this it seemeth they did because the nations corrupted the name calling him Iao Iave Iabe Ievo Iovis and sundry other wayes as in humane writers is yet to be seen and applyed those names sometime to false Gods Of the meaning of this name Iehovah see the Annotations on Gen. 2. 4. and Exod. 6. 3. and of blessing see Gen. 14. 19. 20. Vers. 24. Iehovah blesse thee The name Iehovah thrice repeated in this blessing is a mysterie of the Trinitie in the Godhead the Father the Sonne and the Holy Ghost into whose name we are baptised Mat. 28. 19. which Iehovah is one and his name one Deut. 6. 4. Zach. 14. 9. So the Apostle beginneth wishing Grace and Peace from him which Is and which Was and which Is to come that is Iehovah God the Father and from the seven Spirits which are before his throne that is the Holy Spirit whose graces are seven that is manifold and plentifull but though there be diversities of gracious gifts yet it is the same Spirit 1 Cor. 12. 4. and from Iesus Christ Revel 1. 4 5. And another Apostle concludeth The grace of the Lord Iesus Christ and the love of God and the communion of the holy Spirit 〈◊〉 with you all Amen 2 Cor. 13. 14. Which as all other blessings are derived from this set downe by Moses who sheweth the grace of God the Father in blessing that is giving all good things both for this life and that which is to come as it is written Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Iesus Christ who hath blessed us with all spirituall blessings in heavenly things in Christ c. Ephes. 1. 3. This blessing God offered the Iewes when he sent his Sonne Iesus to blesse them in turning away every one of them from his iniquitie Act. 3. 26. The Hebrew Doctors as R. Menachem Rakanat on thâ—â— place have also noted how this name of God Iehovah is thrice mentioned and every time with 〈◊〉 different accent in the Hebrew implying a mysterie which cannot better be applyed than to the three distinct persons of the holy Trinitie 〈◊〉 thee in grace and good estate and safe from evill as it is said Iehovah will keepe thee from all evill hee will keepe thy soule Psal. 121. 7. And for good it is spoken in 1 Chron. 29. 18. So our Saviour prayeth Holy Father keepe through thine owne name those whom thou hast giuen me that they may be one as we are and keepe them from the evill Iohn 17. 11. 15. Ver. 25. his face to shine upon thee or his countenance to shine to be lightsome unto thee For face the Chaldee putteth Shecinah the Divine Maiestie whereby Christ seemeth to be meant as is noted on Exod. 34. 9. Gods face sometime signifieth his anger as Levit. 20. 6. Psal. 21. 10. and. 34. 17. sometime his favour Psal. 21. 7. But the light or shining of his face
his arrowes He couched he lay downe as a renting Lion and as a couragious Lion who shall stirre him up Blessed be every one of them that blesse thee and cursed be every one of them that curse thee And Balaks anger was kindled against Balaam and he smote his hands together and Balak said unto Balaam I called thee to curse mine enemies and behold blessing thou hast blessed them these three times And now flee thou unto thy place I said honouring I will honour thee but loe Iehovah hath kept thee backe from honour And Balaam said unto Balak Spake I not also to thy messengers which thou sentest unto me saying If Balak would give me his housefull of silver and gold I cannot goe beyond the mouth of Iehovah to doe good or evill out of mine owne heart what Iehovah shall speake that will I speake And now behold I goe unto my people Come I will counsell thee what this people shall doe to thy people in the latter daies And hee tooke up his parable and said Balaam the sonne of Beor assuredly saith and the man whose eye is open assuredly saith Hee assuredly saith which heard the o 〈…〉 cles of God and knew the knowledge of the Most high which saw the vision of the Almightie falling and having his eyes uncovered I shall see him but not now I shall behold him but not nigh There shall proceed a starre out of Iakob and a scepter shall rise out of Israel and shall smite thorow the corners of Moab and shall unwall all the sons of Seth. And Edom shall be a possession and Seir shall be a possession for his enemies and Israel shall doe valiantnesse And hee shall have dominion out of Iakob and shall destroy him that remaineth out of the citie And he looked on Amalek and he tooke up his parable and said Amalek was the first of the nations but his latter end shall be that he perish for ever And he looked on the Kenite and tooke up his parable and said Strong is thy dwelling place and thou puttest thy nest in a rock Neverthelesse Kain shall be wasted untill Ashur shall carry thee away captive And hee tooke up his parable and said Alas who shall live when God doth this And ships shall come from the coast of Kitim and shall afflict Asshur and shal afflict Heber and he also shall perish for ever And Balaam rose up and went and returned to his place and Balak also went to his way Annotations HE went not as at other times or not at this time as the time before which the Greeke translateth according to his custome to meet with inchantments This sheweth that all his former altars and sacrifices and consultations with the Lord were by that wicked art of inchantment or observing of fortunes such as the Prophets and diviners of the nations used Deut. 18. 10. 14. Which thing he now left as seeing it not availeable for his purpose but that his evill heart was not changed appeareth by his going with the King to mount Peor to see if from thence he might curse Israel by his commanding of altars and sacrifices as before Numb 23. 27 30. and by his pestilent counsell which he gave the king after this for the destruction of Gods people Numb 31. 16. Rev. 2. 14. set his face toward the wildernesse where Israel lay encamping that he might as it were prevent God and suddenly utter a curse against his people The Chaldee paraphraseth he set his face towards the Calfe that Israel had made in the wildernesse Exod. 32. as if looking upon their sinnes hee thought for them he might have cursed Israel and so in Targum Ierusalemy it is explained He set his face toward the wildernesse and remembred concerning them the worke of the Calfe and would have cursed Israel Vers 2. abiding in tents or dwelling which the Greeke translateth camping or having their armie or lâ—â—â—er The order wherein God had placed the armies of Israel about his sanctuary Numb 2. they alwaies kept when they pitched in the wildernesse the sight whereof astonished the enemie so that he could not curse them as hee desired but blessed them the third time the Spirit of God was upon him that is as the Chaldee explaineth it the spirit of prophesie from before the Lord rested upon him and as Sol. Iarchi here noteth it came into his heart that he should not curse them The like phrase was before in Numb 11. vers 26. the Spirit rested upon them and they prophesied and againe in vers 29. would God that all the Lords people were prophets and that the Lord would put his Spirit upon them This was Gods powerfull worke changing Balaams heart when he intended evill as when Saul and his messengers went with an evill purpose to have taken David in Naioth the Spirit of God was upon them and they also prophesied 1 Sam. 19. 19 20 23. And when wicked men being thus over-ruled uttered divine oracles as now Balaam did they spake not of themselves as it is said of the holy Prophets For prophesie came not at any time by the will of man but holy men of God spake being moved or carried by the holy Ghost 2 Pet. 1. 21. Vers. 3. he tooke up his parable that is prophesied see Numb 23. 7. assuredly saith or affirmeth averreth a word appropriate to the oracle of God which is a faithfull saying 1 Tim. 1. 15. See the Annotations on Gen. 22. 16. Here Balaam beginneth his third blessing with a solemne preface avouching the truth and constancie of it from God against whose will the more he strugleth the stronger he is resisted the man whose eye is open which the Chaldee expoundeth the man that is faire sighted that seeth well the Greeke translateth the true man hee seemeth hereby to signifie that he was a Prophet who in old time was called a Seer 1 Sam. 9. 9. Shethum the originall word used only here and in vers 15. is of contrary signification to Sethum that is closed or shut up howbeit some take it to be of the same meaning which may then be explained thus The man who had his eye shut but now open And eye is put for eyes understanding the eyes of his minde opened by the spirit of prophesie though some of the Hebrewes as Iarchi here observeth have from hence conjectured that Balaam was blinde of one eye Vers. 4. the oracles of God or the sayings of God as the Chaldee saith the word from before God but the Greeke translateth strong oracles because God in Hebrew El is so named of being strong or mightie vision of the Almightie or of the Alsufficient that is as the Greeke translateth of God falling understand into a trance or deep sleepe or falling on my face to the ground for even the holy men of God when they saw divine visions used to fall downe on their faces and into deep sleepes as dead men So a deepe sleepe or trance fâ—ll upon Abraham Gen. 15. 12.
signifieth From is sometime put for unto by the interpretation of the Holy Ghost himselfe as from Baale of Iudah 2 Sam. 6. 2. is by another Prophet explained to Baalah 1 Chron. 13. 6. So the Deliverer shall come from or out of Sion Rom. 11. 26. is the same that hee shall come unto Sion Esay 59. 20. Min hashamajim from heaven 2 Chron. 6. 21. is El hashamajim unto or in heaven 1 King 8. 30. Thus Mikkedem is to the East or Eastward Gen. 13. 11. Mitstsâ—phon is Northward 1 Sam. 14. 5. and sundrie the like Sinai is a mountaine in Arabia Gal. 4. 25. where God gave his Law Exod. 19. from or out of that mountaine God came unto Israel and as the Chaldee interpreteth was revealed there unto them and from thence came with his people to conduct them towards Canaan Or came unto Sinai and to his people there And this is the first chiefe blessing unto Israel Gods Law Tabernacle Statutes and Iudgments given them at Sinai after which hee called them to journey towards the Land of promise Deut. 2. 6 7. rose up as the Sunne ariseth for of that rising the Hebrew word is properly used The Chaldee translateth it the brightnesse of his glory from Seir appeared unto us So Esaias prophesying grace to the Church saith The glory of Iehovah is risen as the Sunne upon thee And of the heavenly Ierusalem which Christ hath built it is said The Citie hath no need of the Sunne neither of the Moone to shine in it for the glory of God doth lighten it and the Lambe is the light thereof Rev. 21. 23. from Seir the mountaine of the Edomites Deut. 2. 4. 5. As Israel compassed Edoms land they were stung with fiery serpents for their murmuring then God appointed the Brazen serpent a figure of Christ to be set up to heale them Num. 21 4. 9. And here was a second degree of grace whereby God shined unto them as he doth unto us by his Gospell after wee have beene under the Schoolemaster of his Law Rom. 7. 4 25. Gal. 3. 23 24 26. unto them or unto him meaning Israel therefore the Chaldee expoundeth it unto us shined forth or shined bright and cleare as the Sunne shineth in his strength This word is used for the cleare manifestation of Gods power in saving his people or punishing their enemies Psal. 82. and 94. 1. and 50. 2. The Greeke here translateth hee hastened from mount Pharan the Chaldee hee was revealed in his might upon mount Paran Pharan or Paran the name of a mount and of the wildernesse of the Ismaelites Gen. 21. 21. thorow which Israel travelled Num. 10. 12. Neere it Moses by the Spirit of God explained the law more cleerly repeated this booke of Deuteron Deut. 1. 1 c. So the Prophet after speaketh the Holy one came from mount Pharan Selah Habak 3. 3. Some of the Hebrewes understand these things otherwise thus Hee rose up from Seir unto them that is to the sonnes of Esan that they might receive the Law but they would not From thence hee went to the sonnes of Ismael that they might receive it but they would not And then he came unto Israel R. Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 33. So Ionathan in his Thargum on this place and R. Eliezer in Pirkei chap. 41. But unto us it sheweth the third degree of Gods grace who after wee are come unto Christ by faith doth sanctifie us by his Spirit informing us in his truth and waies and so prepareth us to enter into his heavenly rest as by Moses he prepared Israel to enter into the Land of Canaan Rom. 8. 2 3 11. Gal. 3. 2 14. and 4. 6. and 5. 16 18 of Saints Hebr. of sanctitie meaning spirits of sanctity which Ionathan in his Thargum expoundeth holy Angels So Stephen saith that Israel received the Law by thy disposition of Angels Act. 7. 53. and Paul calleth the Law the word spoken by Angels Heb. 2. 2. So wee by grace in Christ are come to ten thousands of Angels Heb. 12. 22. which are all ministring spirits sent forth to minister for them who shall bee heires of salvation Heb. 1. 14. Compare Psal. 68. 18. Or by Saints wee may understand the Israelites as in v. 3. with whom or for whom God came from Sinai from his right hand to wit went or at his right hand was the fire of the Law or of the ordinance Hebr. Esh dath of which word Dath the Greekes borrowed their word Tatto to order or ordaine the Legall fire or the fiery Law and it is so called because the Lord spake those words out of the midst of the fine Deut. 5. 22. and to shew the nature and effect of the Law which is like fire Ier. 23. 29. The Greeke translateth it Angels Angels with him the Chaldee thus his right hand wrote out of the midst of fire the Law he gave unto us Answerable to this Legall fire is that fire of the Law of the Spirit which was given with cloven tongues like fire Act. 2. 3 4. The Hebrewes say by tradition that the Law appeared written with blacke fire upon white fire before the Lord. R. Moses Gerundens and Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 33. which seemeth to be either mysticall or fabulous Vnto us the fire of the Law is the Spirit of God whiles wee being baptized with the holy Spirit and with fire Matth. 3. 11. are by the Law of the Spirit of life in Christ Iesus made free from the Law of sinne and death Rom. 8. 2. Vers. 3. Yea the lover of the peoples that is yea or certainly hee loveth or thou O God lovest the peoples or protectest them The Hebrew Chobeb signifieth a loving embracing or hiding as in the bosome and so implyeth Love and Protection And the peoples are meant of the tribes of Israel as in Iudg. 5. 14. after thee Benjamin among thy peoples and in Act. 4. 27. the peoples of Israel The Greeke translateth And he spared his people the Chaldee yea he loved them for tribes that is of his love chose and disposed them to be tribes It may imply also the strangers converted unto God And now in Christ there is neither Iew nor Greeke neither bond nor free for we are all one in him Gal. 3. 28. all his Saints that is the Saints of Israel as the Chaldee expoundeth all the Saints of the house of Israel Or the Saints of God as in Psal. 34. 10. Feare Iehovah yee his Saints So his Saints may be used for thy Saints as his commandements Dan. 9. 4. for thy commandements see the notes on Deut. 5. 10. in thine hand in thy power and custody under thy guidance care and protection Hand is often for power so the Chaldee here translateth with power hee brought them out of Egypt and in the hand is under the guidance and direction Num. 4. 28 33. so the Greeke here translateth and all the sanctified ones are under thine hand It noteth the safety of Gods
confessed to be exceeding great Nat. Hist. l. 37. c. 1. And Claudius the Romane Emperour used to weare Emeralds and Sardonyches Plin. ibidem c. 6. so that the Latine Poets when they noted men for their statelinesse spake of their hands garnished with Sardonyches Martial l. 3. Iuvenal Sat. 6. and shew of what esteeme they were in saying gemma◠princeps Sardonychus loculis quae custoditur eburnis Iuvenal Sat. 13. The reason alleaged from Rev. 7. 5 8. that the tribes are there reckoned up by the Holy Ghost with omission of Dan otherwise than they are reckoned in any place of the old Testament weakneth not but rather confirmeth that which I have said For as there is no new person put in stead of any tribe or new name given to any tribe but such as was given before in the old Testament so neither is it likely that in Rev. 21. any other new stone should be placed than such as agreeth with the description of Moses so that the Sardonyx should be looked for in Exo. 28. among the rest Againe the omission of Dan in Rev. 7. accordeth very well with the old Testament for though Iosephs sonnes Ephraim and Manasses made two tribes Genes 48. 5 6. Num. 1. 10 33 35. so that after a sort there were thirteene yet the Scripture usually nameth and reckoneth them but twelve that the name of the twelve tribes is famous also in the new Testament Luke 22. 30. Act. 26. 7. Iam. 1. 1. Rev. 21. 12. And when they are reckoned by the Prophets one commonly is omitted for either Ioseph is named in stead of his two sonnes as in Gen. 49. or if they two be mentioned Levi for his separation to the Lords service in the Tabernacle is omitted as in Num. 13. and often or if both hee and they be expressed some one of the other is let passe as Simeon is unnamed in the blessing of the tribes Deut. 33. Accordingly the Spirit of God in Rev. 7. naming Levi and Manasses and Ioseph for his sonne Ephraim was to omit the name of some other unlesse hee should have counted 13. tribes contrary to the course of the Scriptures and scope of the matter there in hand Why Dan is not named in Revel 7. or Simeon in Deut. 33. belongeth not to this question it sufficeth that there is no new practise in Rev. 7. differing from the Prophets neither need we looke for any innovation among the precious stones Rev. 21. Thus have I according to the measure of knowledge which God hath given me and as the extreme infirmity of my body would permit made answer to the chiefe matters objected especially such as concerne the Scriptures and may by them be decided Other things wherein I have shewed either mine owne or other mens judgement I will not contend about Let not any thing which I have written be accepted without triall or further than it agreeth with the truth The learned which have interpreted and opened the Scriptures have had their second thoughts and altered both their versions and Expositions in sundry 〈◊〉 as all men know but in part For things wherein I have missed I humbly crave pardon of God and of his people to such as have the spirit in them that lusteth after envie I wish a better minde to such as love the truth encrease of knowledge and grace and for ought that is good and profitable in my labours the praise therefore be unto him that is Authour of every good gift and worke the benefit thereof unto those that love his Name which be blessed for ever Amen ANNOTATIONS VPON THE BOOKE OF PSALMES WHEREIN THE HEBREW WORDS and sentences are compared with and explained by the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions but chiefly by conference with the Holy Scriptures BY HENRY AINSWORTH 2 SAM 23. 1 2. David the sonne of Iesse said And the man who was raised up on high the anointed of the God of Iakob and the sweet Psalmist of Israel said The Spirit of Iehovah spake by me and his word was in my tongue LVKE 24. 44. All things must be fulfilled which are written in the Law of Moses and in the Prophets and in the Psalmes LONDON Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE 1626. A PREFACE CONCERNING DAVID his Life and Acts. DAVID the sonne of Iesse of the tribe of Iudah of the linage of Abraham in the a 1 Chron. 2. Matth. 1. 1. 17. fourteenth generation was borne in Bethlehem a towne in the tribe of Iudah in the land of Canaan about 2917 yeares after the creation of the world in the daies when Samuel the Prophet was Iudge of Israel He was the b 1 Chro. 2. 15. seventh and youngest of all Iesses sonnes of least esteeme among them and set to keepe his fathers c 1 Sam. 16. 11. sheepe In the three and twentieth yeere of his life he was by Samuel the Prophet privately in Bethlehem anointed d 1 Sam. 16. 13. King over Israel in the midst of his brethren and the Spirit of the Lord came upon him from that day forward He was e Vers. 12. ruddy of a beautifull countenance and goodly to looke to a f Vers. 18. cunning player on the Harpe a mightie valiant man of warre and prudent in speech and a comely person and the Lord was with him Who also gave him these testimonies and promises g Act. 13. 22. I have found David the sonne of Iesse a man after mine owne heart which shall fulfill 〈◊〉 my will h Psal. 89. 19. I have laid helpe on one that is mighty I have exalted one chosen out of the people with whom i Vers. 21. my hand shall be established mine arme also shall strengthen him I will k Vers. 23 c. beat downe his foes before his face and plague them that hate him In my name shall his horne be exalted I will set his hand in the sea and his right hand in the rivers I will make him my first-borne higher than the Kings of the earth My mercy will I keepe for him for ever and my covenant shall stand fast with him his seed will I make to endure for ever and his throne as the daies of heaven c. After Davids anointing in Bethlehem he went againe and fed his l 1 Sam. 16. 19. fathers sheep but the Spirit of God wrought mightily in him He killed m 1 Sam. 17. Goliath the Philistian Giant from whose face n Vers. 24. all the men of Israel fled away for feare David overcame him in the name of the Lord of hosts with a sling and with a stone He was a cunning Musitian and o 1 Sam. 16. 23. playing on his Harpe with his hand he refreshed King Saul tho was vexed with an evill spirit from the Lord. He was imployed in warres against 〈◊〉 Philistians and p 1 Sam. 18. 5. whither soever Saul sent him
made fruitfull by the blessing and Gospell of Christ Heb. 6. 7. 8. 9. So God promising to heale the backsliding of his people and to love them freely after his anger is turned away saith I will bee as the deaw unto Israel he shall grow as the Lilie and cast forth his roots as Lebanon his branches shall spread and his beauty shall bee as the Olive tree c. Hos. 14. 4. 5. 6. The Chaldee Paraphrast applieth these flowers to Moses and Aaron which were like unto Palme tree branches and appeared to doe miracles in the land of Aegypt singing to weet of birds as after in speciall hee nameth the Turtle dove This is both a signe and an effect of the Spring time which cheareth all creatures and causeth them in their kind to sing praises unto God and these birds and turtles signifie the Saints who feeling the comforts of Gods word and spirit doe sing his prayse and with Psalmes and Hymnes and spirituall songs doe sing and make melody in their heart to the Lord Ephes. 5. 19. As it is written They shall lift up their voice they shall sing for the majesty of the Lord c. From the utmost part of the earth have wee heard songs Glory to the righteous Esay 24. 14. 16. of the turtle The Church it selfe is sometime meant by the Turtle Psal. 74. 19. and the Dove Song 2. 14. and 5. 2. sometime the holy Ghost with his graces is resembled by a dove as at our Lords baptisme Mat. 3. 16. and thus the Chaldee expoundeth it here the voice of the holy Ghost So it signifieth the voice of the Spirit in the people of Christ mutually comforting one another and jointly praising â—od with and for his graces The Turtle dove casting her feathers is said to hide her selfe in winter in holes of trees her voice therefore being now heard signifieth that Summer was come Vers. 13. her greene figs or her unripe figs such as the figtree thrusteth out in stead of flowers which appeare on other trees A signe not onely of the Spring but of a fruitfull yeere Our Saviour saith Learne a parable of the figtree When her branch is yet tender and putteth forth leaves ye know that Summer is nigh Matth. 24. 32. And the blessing of God upon his Church is hereby signified as on the contrary when hee threatneth to consume the same he saith there shall be no grapes on the vine nor figs on the figtree c. Ier. 8. 13. tender grape or young small grape called in Hebr. Smadar a word used onely in this Song here and in vers 15. and c. 7. v. 12. By this variety of fruits is figured the variety of graces the good workes and sweet odour of them which appeare in the Saints after they are reconciled to God by Iesus Christ who is the true vine the faithfull are the branches who when they beare much fruit the Father is glorified Iohn 15. 1. 5. 8. The people of God themselves are also likened to grapes and figges as I found Israel like grapes in the wildernesse I saw your fathers as the first ripe in the figtree c. Hos. 9. 10. rise up thou or rise up for thy selfe as in vers 10. which exhortation is here againe repeated Vers. 14. My dove so Christ calleth here his Church The dove is mournfull sociable harmlesse chaste fearfull c. as I did mourne as a dove Esay 38. 14. and wee mourne sore like doves Esay 59. 11. Againe who are these that flie as the doves to their windowes or lockers Esay 60. 8. and in Ezek. 7. 16. they that escape of them shall escape and shall be on the mountaines like doves of the vallies all of them mourning every one for his iniquity And in Hos. 11. 11. they shall tremble as a dove out of the land of Assyria in Mat. 10. 16. be harmlesse as doves All which properties agree with the Church in this her estate especially fearfulnesse and mourning for her iniquities whereby she became sicke of love vers 5. the clefts of the Rocke hidden there for feare of enemies as it is written O yee that dwell in Moab leave the cities and dwell in the Rocke and be like the dove that maketh her nest in the sides of the holes mouth Ier. 48. 28. The Rocke whither this dove the Church was now fled seemeth most properly to meane faith in Christ as Mat. 16. 18. wherein she hid her selfe for feare of Gods wrath for her sin and yet durst not shew her selfe or the election of God which as a sure and rocky foundation abideth for ever Herewith compare Exod. 32. 22. where Moses was put in a clift of the Rocke and covered with Gods hand while hee passed by secret place or hiding place thus David often calleth God his secret or hiding place as 〈◊〉 Psalme 32. 7. Thou art a secret place to me from distresse thou wilt preserve me c. See also Psal. 61. 5. and 91. 1. stayres Heb. stayre or steepe place This as the Rocke aforesaid may signifie Christ by 〈…〉 th in him we ascend unto God by degrees as by stayres he being the Ladder which Iakob saw in vision upon whom the Angels of God ascended and descended Gen. 28 12. Ioh. 1. 51. let me see thy countenance or cause me to see thy personage thy visage thy forme fashion shape sight or appearance see chap. 5. 15. that is stirre up thy faith and hold up thy face with comfort come unto me walke before me and be upright as Gen. 17. 1. Present thy body as a living sacrifice holy c. Rom. 12. 1. So the Chaldee expoundeth it Shew me thy countenance and thy righteous workes heare thy voice that is thy prayers prayses songs thanksgivings c. Psalm 5. 3. and 26. 7. and 28. 2. and 42 5. call upon me in all thy feares and troubles as in Psal. 50. 15. Call on mee in the day of distresse c. By these words Christ both sheweth her the cause of her soules sicknesse to be her owne infirmities and negligence in prayer and other holy duties as also comforteth her against her feares and the conscience of her infirmities Thus the Chaldee also explaineth it Let me heart thy voice for thy voice is sweet in prayer in the house of the little sanctrary and thy countenance fayre in good workes 〈…〉 is sweet that is pleasing and acceptable being uttered in faith and according to the will of God as it is written Then shall the offrings of Iudah and Ierusalem be sweet that is pleasing unto the Lord Malac. 3. 4. but unto the transgressors he saith your burnt offrings are not acceptable nor your sacrifices sweet unto me Ier. 6. 20. comely or to be desired beautifull as in Song 1. 4. These praises of the Church are spirituall and according to the esteeme of God not of men for even Christ himselfe in respect of wordly reputation had his visage and forme so marred that many were astonied at
of the Spirit which they that beleeve on him should receive Ioh. 7. 38. 39. streaming running flowing or streames from Lebanon It hath reference to the streames of Iordan which river began at the foot of mount Lebanon and ran along through the holy land watering the same This similitude is amplified in Ezek. 47. 6. 10. where waters issuing out of the Sanctuarie which was built of the Cedars of Lebanon ran along Galilee and to the plaine and into the sea c. and every living thing that moveth whithersoever the rivers come shall live c. and every thing shall live whither the river commeth So in Revel 22. 1. out of the throne of God and of the Lambe Christ a pure river of water of life proceedeth Vers. 16. Stirre-up or Raise up thy selfe thou North winde A fourth blessing upon the garden of Christs Church that it is blowne upon by the windes to refresh it to cleanse the aire of it and to make it more fruitfull And though the North and South windes be of contrary qualities as cold and hot moyst and dry yet are they both fitting for her estate which sometime needeth sharp reproof and sometime calme and gentle consolation But he mentioneth not the East winde because that is often used in signe of wrath to blast burne and destroy the fruits as Ezek. 17. 10. and 19. 12. Hos. 13. 15. Gen. 41. 6. blow upon my garden The garden being Christs as the words following manifest the Lord who bringeth forth the winde out of his treasuries Psal. 135. 7. speaketh unto it to blow signifying hereby the ministration of his word and spirit bestowed on his people for their further good that they have not onely the waters of holy Scripture but the lively graces also of Gods Spirit to quicken them So in Ezek. 37. 9. the Prophet was willed to prophesie unto the winde and say thereunto Come from the foure windes O winde and blow upon these slaine that they may live And the efficacie of the Spirit of God is resembled by the winde in Ioh. 3. 8. and doctrines are windes in Ephes 4. 14. and the restraint of Gods graces by wholesome doctrine is signfied by foure Angels holding the foure windes of the earth that the wind should not blow on the earth nor on the sea nor on any tree Rev. 7. 1. spices thereof may flow that is the fruits may ripen and be abundant for by the gracious gifts of the Spirit breathing upon the Church corruption is purged away the soules are refreshed quickened comforted and all graces doe increase 1 Cor. 2. come into his garden and eat The faithfull acknowledging both themselves and theirs to be Christs doe desire that hee would come and accept the fruits and graces of his owne Spirit with which and for which hee is to be honoured So the offrings unto God are called his bread Num. 28. 2. the good workes of Christians are called fruits Ioh. 15. his acceptation of those fruits and communication of further grace is signified by mutuall supping together Rev. 3. 20. and thus the Lord rejoyceth in his workes Psal. 104. 31. fruit of his precious things that is the fruit of his precious graces or his precious fruits so that now the Church is not like Israel of old an empty vine which brought forth fruit unto himselfe Hos. 10. 1. or bare wilde grapes even grapes of gall and bitter clusters Esa. 5. 2. Deut. 32. 32. but is filled with the fruits of righteousnesse Phil. 1. 11. and walketh worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing being fruitfull in every good worke Col. 1. 10. and hath her fruit unto holinesse and the end everlasting life Rom 6. 22. The Chaldee paraphrast applieth this to the service of God under the Law saying Let the beloved God come into the house of the Sanctuarie and accept with favour the oblations of his people CHAPTER V. IAm come to my garden my sister my spouse I have gathered my myrrh with my spice I have eaten my honey-combe with my honey I have drunke my wine with my milke eate O friends drink and drinke-abundantly O beloved I sleepe and my heart waketh it is the voice of my beloved that knocketh Open to mee my sister my love my dove my perfect-one for my head is filled with dew my locks with the drops of the night I have put-off my coat how shall I put it on I have washed my feet how shall I defile them My beloved put in his hand by the hole of the doore and my bowels made a troubled-noise for him I rose-up to open to my beloved and my hands dropped myrrh and my fingers passing myrrh upon the handles of the locke I opened to my beloved and my beloved had withdrawne himselfe was passed away my soule went-forâ—h because of his speech I sought him and I found him not I called him and hee answered me not The Watchmen that went about the citie found mee they smote mee they wounded mee the watchmen of the walles tooke my veile from on me I adjure you O daughters of Ierusalem if yee finde my beloved what shall ye tell him that I am sicke of love What is thy beloved more then another beloved O thou fairest among women What is thy beloved more then another beloved that thou dost so adjure us My beloved is white and ruddie having-the-banner above ten-thousand His head the fine-gold the solid-gold his lockes curled blacke as a Raven His eyes as doves by the streames of water washing in milke sitting in fulnesse His cheekes as a bed of spice flowers of sweet-odours his lippes Lilies dropping passing myrrh His hands rings of gold filled with the Chrysolite his bowels bright yvorie overlaid with Saphires His legges pillars of marble founded upon sockets of solid-gold his countenance as Lebanon choice as the Cedars His palate sweetnesse and hee is altogether desires This is my beloved and this is my friend O daughters of Ierusalem CHAPTER V. My sister O my Spouse I am entred Into my garden I have gathered My Myrrh together with my spices-sweet My honey-combe did with my honey eat I drunke my wine with my milke friends eate yee Drinke O beloved and drinke-plenteously I am asleepe and yet my heart waketh The voice of my Beloved that knocketh Open thou unto me my sister deere My love my dove my perfect-one sincere For my head is with dew replenished My locks with drops that from the night proceed I dofft my coat how shall it on againe I washt my feete how shall I them distaine Put in his hand by 'th hole did my beloved And for him were my bowels troublous-moved To open to my Loved I rose-up And my hands myrrh my fingers eke did drop Passing-sweet myrrh the locke handles upon Open I did to my beloved-one And my beloved had himselfe drawn-backe Was past my soule went-forth for that he spake I did him seeke and yet I found him not I called him yet I no answere-got The
accompanied with a promise of all carefull and loving duty acceptation and obedience on her part For to finde him without or in the street where the Wisedome of God crieth and teacheth Pro. 1. 20. Luk. 13. 26. signifieth her ready mind to goe forth to meete him as the virgins should to the Bridegroome Matth. 25. 6. and both lovingly boldly to entertaine and welcome him by receiving and obeying his Gospell as the sequell Shew 〈…〉 See also Song 3. 2. 4. would kisse thee a signe of love honour and of obedience as all are exhor 〈…〉 d to kisse the sonne Psal. 2. 12. See Song 1. 2. they should not despise me that is men should not or I should not be despised for so this manner of speech often importeth as is noted on Gen. 16. 4. Persons are despised or contemned when either they doe or are thought to doe that which is not honest or comely Gen. 38. 23. 2 Sam. 6. 16. or when they misse of their purpose and are laughed to 〈◊〉 with contempt Esa. 37. 22. Neither of these should befall her doing but her duty in 〈◊〉 and modest sort and obtaining Christ whom her soule desired What the state of a people is without Christ and how subject they are to shame and reproach the Lord himselfe sheweth in Esa. 54. 1. 4. 6. But them that honour God he will honour and they that despise him shall be lightly-esteemed 1 Sam. 2. 30. and if any man serve Christ 〈◊〉 will the Father honour Ioh. 12. 26. Vers. 2. I would leads thee to weet with honour and solemnity with joy and gladnesse for Kings and great personages are said to be sed brought along Esa. 60. 11. Psal. 45. 15. 16. Here that which the faithfull desire receive of God of Christ to be led and to be brought to his holy mountaine 〈◊〉 43. 3. they promise to doe unto Christ but the Lord doth it by the sight of his Word and Spirit Esa. 63. 14. Psal 143. 10. they doe it unto 〈◊〉 by earnest prayers stirring-up themselves to take hold on him Esa. 64. 1. 7. my mothers house the state of Ecclesiastical policie and publike assembly figured by the house or Temple of God in Ierusalem of old unto which the Chaldee paraphrase here referreth it but is fulfilled in Christian Churches which are Gods house and temple now Heb. 3 6. 2 Cor. 6. 16. especially in that Ierusalem which is the mother of us all Gal. 4. 26. See Song 3. 4. thou should instruct me or shalt teach shalt learne me speaking to Christ whose instruction shee would gladly receive Thus also the Greeke interpreteth it thou shalt teach me and the Chaldee thou shalt teach me to feare before the Lord. It may also bee referred to the mother aforesaid shee that instructeth her but the former seemeth most agreeable and sheweth both her desire and the end of bringing Christ unto her home that shee might be further taught and builded up by the doctrines of his Gospell And thus it is prophesied how in the last daies many people should say Come and let us goe up to the house of the God of Iakob and hee will teach us of his wayes and we will walke in his pathes c. Esa 2. 2. 3. Mich. 4. 1. 2. of spiced wine wine sweeted with a mixture or confection of spices such in the Law were put into the holy incense and oile Exod. 30. 34. 35. 23. 25. such were also used at the buriall of the dead 2 Chronicles 16. 14. and for banquetting as this place sheweth the juyce or the new-liquor the sweet-wine which hath the name of treading or pressing out of the pomegranats or grapes Hereby she signifieth that the word should not be fruitlesse in her but that she would honour Christ with her graces and render unto him such fruits of faith as should bee sweetned spiced with his owne Spirit in her wrung out of her by the same whiles she hath fellowship in his afflictions For when Christ administreth the comforts of his Word and Spirit hee giveth us wine to drinke Prov. 9. 1. 5. Esa. 55. 1. 3. and when wee bring forth the fruits of his Spirit and with them doe glorifie him and edifie our brethren he counteth himselfe refreshed as with wine and taketh pleasure in his people See Song 4. 10. and 5. 1. This juyce and wine spiced with the truth faith grace and spirit of the Lord is contrary to that cup in the womans hand full of abhominations and filthiness of her fornication the heresies idolatries and other fruits of the flesh with which 〈◊〉 the inhabitants of the earth were made drunke Rev. 17. 2. 4. Vers. 3. under mine head understand it prayer-wise as before let it be under or should be under my head The Spouse privy to her owne infirmities and desirous of strength and comfort from Christ 〈…〉 eth that she may be sustained by him and find rest to her soule in the feeling of his love whose grace is sufficient for her whose strength is made per 〈…〉 weakenesse 2 Cor. 12. 9. See before in Song 26. where the like words are used Vers. 4. I adjure you or I charge you by an oath 〈…〉 here injoying Christ desireth the continuance of his grace and chargeth her friends that they should by no means disquiet provoke or grieve him as shee had adjured them twise before Song 2. 7. and 3. 5. See the annotations there why should yee stirre that is doe not stirre for it will not be for your profit before it was said if yee stirre in the like sense and there in Song 2. 7. and 3. 5. the Roes and Hindes of the field were mentioned which are not here Vers. 5. Who is this this woman This either implyeth the springing up of a new Church conducted by Christ through the wildernesse of this world or if it be understood of the former it sheweth the admiration of the daughters of Ierusalem at her increase strong faith patience holy order c. whiles she followeth and relyeth upon Christ. So before in Song 3. 6. the wildernesse the peoples of this world out of which the people of God are chosen and called Ezek. 20. 35. Ioh. 15. 19. It signifieth also her former misery under persecution or under the bondage of sinne and satan from which shee escapeth by Christ for the wildernesse was a dry and thirsty land a land of drought and of the shadow of death Ezek. 19. 13. Ier. 2. 6. that leaneth or leaning cleaving to adjoyning associating her selfe it is a word not elsewhere used in Scripture and is borrowed from the Arabian language the Greeke translateth it confirming or strengthening her selfe It signifieth her weakenesse in her selfe unable to sustaine her steppes but her strength in Christ her beloved on whom she leaning by faith is confirmed against all doubts fears dangers difficulties tentations and by her union with him is made partaker of all grace and comfort for hee
that is joyned to the Lord is one Spirit 1 Cor. 6. 17. and is by him made perfect stablished strengthened setled as 1 Pet. 5. 10. This grace is foretold by the Prophet according to Gods first dealing with Israel when he put his holy Spirit within his people and led them through the deepe as an horse in the wildernesse they stumbled not As a beast goeth downe into the valley the Spirit of the Lord quietly led him so didst thou leade thy people to make thy selfe a glorious name Esa. 63. 11. 13. 14. I stirred thee up or I raised thee up They by the words of the Spouse speaking againe to her Beloved whom she stirred or raised up as out of sleepe by her earnest prayers as in Psal. 44. 24. Stirre up why sleepest thou Lord And they that give themselves to prayer are said also to stirre up themselves Esa. 64. 7. This raising up was under the Apple tree the tree of life and grace whose shadow and fruit had been delightfull and sweet unto her and to which tree Christ himselfe was likened Song 2. 3. So shee by faith taking hold on the covenant of grace promises of life in Christ called on his name in her for owes and stirred him up for her helpe comfort there under the Apple tree the faith and hope of salvation and life thy mother the faithfull company or the primitive Church who brought forth Christ into the world by preaching professing practising and suffering for his Gospell painefully brought thee forth travelled of thee with sorrow The bringing forth of Christ into the world by the preaching and witnessing of the Gospell that the childe might be borne unto us Esa. 9. 6. is set forth by the similitude of a woman in her painefull-travell Rev. 12. 1. 2. Gal. 4. 19. For as child-birth is accompanied with many pangs and sorrowes like bands that constraine forceably so is the bringing forth of Christ into the hearts and mindes of men that they may beleeve in him performed with much labour sorrow and difficulty In much patience in afflictions in necessities in distresses in stripes in imprisonments in tossings to and fro in labours in watchings in fastings c. 2 Cor. 6. 4. 5. and 4. 8. 11. Wherefore the Church signifying her sorrowes for the deliverance and salvation of her children saith Like as a woman with childe that draweth neere the time of her delivery is in paine cryeth out in her pangs so have we beene in thy sight O Lord. Wee have beene with childe wee have beene in paine wee have as it were brought forth winde we have not wrought any deliverance in the earth c. Esa. 26. 17. 18. Vers. 6. Set me or Put mee as a seale upon thine heart The Spouse desireth of Christ assurance and confirmation of his love towards her that she may be graven as the ingraving of a scale or signet upon his heart This hath reference to the high Priest of old who having the names of the twelve Tribes of Israel graven upon twelve precious stones like the ingravings of a signet or seale is said to beare the names of the sonnes of Israel in the Breast-plate of judgement upon his heart for a memoriall before the Lord continually Exod. 28. 21. 29. So shee desireth Christ to be her mercifull and faithfull high Priest in things pertaining to God Heb. 2. 17. that he would have a continuall care of her salvation mindfull of her himselfe and making a memoriall of her before God his Father and that this affection of love might not vanish away but be as a deepe impression in his heart for ever For a seale is used for a ratifying and confirming that which is spoken that it may not be disanulled Neh. 9. 38. Rom. 4. 11. And this God signified to Zerubbabel saying I will set thee as a seale for I have chosen thee Hag. 2. 23. and againe it is said The foundation of God standeth sure having this seale the Lord knoweth them that are his 2 Tim. 2. 19. a seale upon thine arme The high Priest bare the names of the Tribes not onely upon his heart but the same names he also bare ingraven like a seale upon his shoulders before the Lord for a memoriall Exod. 28. 11. 12. And the Lord promising the daughter of Sion that hee would not forget her to have compassion on her saith Behold I have graven thee upon the plames of my hands thy walles are continually before me Esa. 49. 15. 16. But as the heart signifieth inward love so the arme of Christ signifieth his outward manifestation of love by helping bearing and supporting her in all her infirmities through his power wherfore it is said Thou redeemest thy people with the arme Psal. 77. 16. and thou hast scattered thine enemies with the arme of thy strength Psal. 89. 11. and unto Ierusalem he saith Behold the Lord will come with strong hand and his arme shall rule for him Hee will feed his flocke like a sheepheard hee will gather the Lambs with his arme and carry them in his bosome Esa. 40. 10. 11. love is strong as death as death is strong and overcommeth the strongest man Psal. 89. 48. so the love which I beare towards thee desiring to be united unto thee is a strong affection which cannot be subdued in me by any trouble or tentation zeale or gealousie zeale is love inflamed and â—ervent and is used sometime in good part as Ioh. 2. 17. sometime in the evill called bitter zeale or envying Iam. 3. 14. so is gealousie 2 Cor. 11. 2. Here it seemeth to bee meant of godly zeale or gealousie wherewith her heart was also affected towards Christ. hard as hell cruell fierce and inexorable as is hell it selfe that is the grave or state of death whereof see the notes on Gen. 37. 35. that as death and the grave devoureth all so love and gealous-zeale consumeth and eateth up not sparing for the love of Christ constraineth 2 Cor. 5. 14. and the zeale for his glory eateth up the godly Psal. 69. 9. the coales the fierie coales arrowes or fierie darts properly the word signifieth that which flieth and burneth is applyed sometimes to plagues judgements Deut. 32. 24. sometimes to arrowes Psal. 76. 3. here to burning coales or darts of love that pierce and inflame the heart and cannot be quenched flame of Iah the consuming flame of God Shalhebeth-jah noteth a vehement or consuming flame of Iah the Lord as the piercing and devouring lightning but meaneth the fire of his Spirit which is compared unto fire Matth. 3. 11. for the power and efficacie thereof in the hearts of the children of God Vers. 7. many waters By waters and floods are often meant afflictions troubles warres persecutions tentations wherewith the faith love patience of Christs people are exercised tried Psal. 69. 2. Esa. 8. 7. 8. and 59. 19. Dan. 9. 26. and 11. 12. So here is signified that the love of Christ wherewith the
the morning was the second day And God sayd Let the waters under the heavens bee gathered-together unto one place and let the dry land appeare and it was so And God called the dry land Earth and the gathering together of the waters he called Seas and God saw that it was good And God said Let the earth bud-forth the budding-grasse the herbe seeding-seed the fruit-tree yeelding-fruit after his kinde whose seed is in it selfe upon the earth and it was so And the earth brought-forth budding-grasse the herb seeding-seed after his kinde and the tree yeelding fruit whose seed was in it selfe after his kinde and God saw that it was good And the evening was and the morning was the third day And God sayd Let there be lights in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to separate betweene the day and the night and let them be for signes and for seasons and for dayes and yeares And let them be for lights in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to give light upon the earth and it was so And God made the two great Lights the greater light for the rule of the day and the lesser light for the rule of the night also the starres And God set them in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to giue light upon the earth And to rule over the day and over the night and to separate betweene the light and the darkenesse and God saw that it was good And the evening was and the morning was the fourth day And GOD sayd Let the waters bring forth abundantly the moving-thing the living soule and fowle that may flye above the earth on the face of the outspred-firmament of the heavens And God created the great Whales and every living creeping soule which the waters brought forth abundantly after their kinde and every winged fowle after his kinde and God saw that it was good And God blessed them saying be fruitfull and multiply and fill the waters in the seas and let the fowle multiply in the earth And the evening was and the morning was the fift day And God said Let the earth bring forth the living soule after his kinde cattell and creeping thing and beast of the earth after his kinde and it was so And God made the beast of the earth after his kinde and the cattell after their kinde and every creeping thing of the earth after his kinde and God saw that it was good And God sayd Let us make Man in our image according to our likenesse and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the fowle of the heavens and over the cattell and over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth And God created Man in his image in the image of God created he him male and female created he them And God blessed them and God sayd unto them Be fruitfull and multiply and fill the earth and subdue it and have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the fowle of the heavens and over every living thing that creepeth on the earth And God sayd Behold I have given to you every herb seeding seed which is upon the face of all the earth and every tree in the which is the fruit of a tree seeding seed to you it shall be for meat And to every beast of the earth and to every fowle of the heavens and to every creeping thing upon the earth which hath in it a living soule every green herb for meat and it was so And God saw every thing that hee had made and behold it was very good and the evening was and the morning was the sixt day Annotations BOoke of Moses so it is intituled in Mark 12. 26. called elsewhere the booke of the law of Moses 2. King 14. 6. Luke 2. 22. being indeed the booke of the Law of the Lord by the hand of Moses 2. Chro. 34. 14. Of this Moses his birth education authority and death see Exod. 2. and 4. c. Numb 12. Deut 34. He was forty yeares a Philosopher in King Pharaohs Court in Egypt Forty yeares a shepheard in the land of Madian and forty yeares a King and Law-giver of Israel leading them through the wildernesse of Arabia and dying an hundred and twenty yeares old hee was buried of God Act. 7. 22. 23. 29. 30. 35. 36. Deut. 3â— 4â— and 34. 5. 6. 7. His writings are approved of by the Prophets after him by the testimonie of Christ and his Apostles and by the Church of God in all ages Nehem. 8. 1 2 3. Dan. 9. 11. 13. Mal. 4. 4. Luke 16. 29. 31. and 24. 27. 44. Acts 15. 21. Rev. 15. 3. Genesis that is Generation so the Greeke version calleth this booke because it setteth forth the generations of the heavens and earth and of Adam or mankind Gen. 2. 4. and 5. 1. How beit in Hebrew the five bookes of Moses have no names but by the first words of them as this booke is called Breshith that is In the beginning Vers. 1. In the beginning namely of the Creature which God created as our Saviour expoundeth it Mark 13. 19. the whole frame whereof is called the World Mat. 24. 21. Beginning therefore is here extraordinary and supernaturall of the Creature or Creation and so of time The Chaldee paraphrase called Ierusalemy translateth it In wisedome so sundry Hebrewes apply this mystically to the wisedome of God whereby the world was created as it is written The Lord by wisdome founded the earth Prov. 3. 19. and in wisdome hast thou made them all Psal. 104. 24. R. Menachem on Gen. 1. Many Christian writers also apply it unto Christ the wisdome of God by whom he made the world 1. Cor. 1. 24. Heb. 1. 2. Prov. 8. 27. 30. God in Hebrew Aelohim which signifieth the Almighties or Almightie-powers his name is most used in this forme plurall but ioyned with a word singular hee created because God is but one Deut. 6. 4. although in power infinite in person or manner of being there are three which beare witnesse in heaven the Father and the Word and the holy Spirit and these three are one 1 Ioh. 5. 7. The Father is this Creator as is shewed in Eph. 3. 9. The Word or Sonne is the Creator Heb. 1. 8. 10. Col. 1. 16. so is the Holy spirit as is here in the second verse and in Psal. 33. 6. and 104. 30. Iob 26. 13. and 33. 4. Hereupon Solomon saith Remember thy Creators Eccles. 12. 1. and God saith Let us make man Gen. 1. 26. The Apostles apply the generall name God to the persons severally unto the Father Heb. 1. 1 2. unto the Sonne Acts 20. 28. Rom. 9. 5. and unto the Holy Ghost Acts 5. 3. 4. The Hebrew Doctors have left records of this mystery though at this day that nation understands it not Come and see the mysterie of the word Aelohim there are three degrees and every degree by it selfe alone that is distinct and yet notwithstanding
they all are one and ioyned together in one and are not divided one from another saith R. Simeon ben Iochai in Zoar upon the sixt section of Leviticus Sometime this word is used singularly Aeloab the Almighty Iob 12. 4. and in a shorter forme Ael Mighty Gen. 14. 18. And Aeloah hath affinity with Alah hee adjured for by oath and execration men entred covenant with God Deut. 29. 12 14 19. Nehem. 10. 29. Eccles. 8. 2. Angels and Magistrates are sometimes called Aelohim Gods Psal. 8. 6. Heb. 2. 7. Psal. 82. 1. 6. but in this worke Iehovah Aelohim was the Creator onely Gen. 2. 4. Esay 44. 24. and Angels were his creatures Psal. 148. 2 5. Col. 1. 16. The Apostles writing in Greeke use it alwaies singularly Theos God so in our and other languages which cannot attayne the grace and proprietie of the Hebrew speech Created that is excellently and perfectly made of nothing at all or of that which is as good as nothing as mans body of the dust Gen. 2. 7. and 1. 27. Therefore creation is a worke of God alone to bee understood of us by faith Heb. 11. 3. although the eternall power and godhead of the Creator are seene by his works to make all men without excuse Rom. 1. 20. wherefore no heathen writer almost but hath acknowledged the world to be the workmanship of God whereby his wisdome power and goodnesse is manifested the heavens and the earth The world and all things that are therein Act. 17. 24. things visible and invisible Col. 1. 16. The Hebrew articles eth and ha seeme also to imply so much eth having the first and last letter of the Hebrew Alphabet and so being of generall comprehension and ha of plaine demonstration This creation of heavens and earth the Scriptures doe apply to the new and spirituall estate of the Church in Christ Esay 51. 16. and 65. 17. and 43. 7. Eph. 2. 10. Rev. 21. 11. The Hebrew Doctors say All whatsoever the holy blessed God hath created in this his world is parted into three parts Some creatures compounded of matter and forme and are generated and corrupted continually as the bodies of men and beasts and plants and minerals Other some are compounded of matter and forme but are not changed from body to body and from forme to forme like the former and they are the heavenly sphaeres and stars in them And their matter is not like other matters nor their forme like other formes And some creatures have form without matter and they are the Angels for the Angels have no body nor corporall substance but formes disparted one from another Maimony in Misn. in Iesudei hatorah chap. 2. S. 3. Vers. 2. empty Hebr. emptinesse a thing empty without inhabitants and void without ornaments a deformed wildernesse and a wast and so unfit for use not being separated from the waters not having light herbes trees beasts birds or people to adorne and inhabit it Gen. 2. 5. This sense the Chaldee paraphrase also yeeldeth and the Prophet confirmeth it saying Hee created it not to be emptie he formed it to be inhabited Esay 45. 18. and when extreme emptinesse and desolation of a place is meant it is expressed by Tehu and Bohu the words here used Esay 34. 11. Ier. 4. 23. or by one of them as Psal. 107. 40. Deut. 32. 10. Darknesse was It is not said God created darknesse for it was but the want or privation of light and so meer nothing This darknesse is mystically applyed to mans corrupt state destitute of heavenly light Eph. 5. 8. and 4. 18. Sometime it signifieth affliction and then God is said to create it Esay 45. 7. The word was and such like are in the original tongues often vnderstood but not expressed though in translations we usually set them downe for plainenesse sake which the scripture warranteth for in repeating matters it many times expresseth words wanting as 2. Chron. 9. 5. true the word for which in 1. King 10. 6. is written true was the word So in 2. Sam. 23. 18. he chiefe among the three for which in 1. Chron. 11. 20. is said he was chiâ—fe And the Greeke translation adding such words the holy Ghost alloweth it as in Psal. 2. 7. thou my sonne in Greeke thou art my sonne and so the Apostle alledgeth it Acts 13. 33. The like is in many other places Compare Mat. 22. 32. with Exod. 3. 6. Mark 12. 29. with Deut. 6. 4. Ioh. 10. 34. with Psal. 82. 6. Acts 2. 25. with Psal. 16. 8. Heb. 1. 12. with Psal. 102. 28. Rom. 3. 12. with Psal. 14. 3. face of the deepe face is used for the upmost part or outside of any thing the Greeke version omitteth it saying upon the deepe and the Hebrew text sometime doth the like as in 1 King 9. 7. from on the face of the land which elsewhere is written from on the land 2. Chron. 7. 20. By the deepe or abyss is meant the deepe of waters which as a garment covered the earth and stood above the mountaines Psal. 104. 6. Hereupon the Apostle saith the earth consisted out of the water and in the water by the word of God 2 Pet. 3. 5. Spirit The Hebrew Ruach is generally any Spirit Ghost breath or winde here it is as the worke thereof sheweth no created spirit but the creator and cherisher of all as Psal. 104 30. thou sendest forth thy spirit they are created So Psal. 33. 6. Esay 40. 12 13. Later Iewes whom some Christians follow expound this a wind of God or a mightie wind but the wind which is the moving of the ayre was not created till the second day that the firmament was spred and ayre made The ancient Rabbines spake better as Targum Ierusamely here saith the spirit of mercies from before the Lord and R. Menachem on this place interprets it the spirit of wisedome called the spirit of the living God and the author of the Zoar Col. 83. calleth it the spirit of the Messias or of Christ. moved or was moving The Hebrew Rachaph signifieth generally a waving or moving Ier. 23. 9. and in speciall such a moving and fluttering as Eagles use over their yong cherishing and stirring them up Deu. 32. 11. So it is used here for the effectuall comfortable motion whereby Gods Spirit sustained and as it were stirred up the wast creature Here againe moving is used for moved as the Queen of Sheba hearing 1. King 10. 1. for the Queen of Sheba heard 2. Chron. 9. 1. warring 1 Sam. 31. 1. for warred 1 Chron. 10. 1. Or we may understand was moving as the Cherubims spreading the wings 1 King 8. 7. for they were spreading 2. Chron. 5. 8. Vers. 3. God said This sheweth how God created things by his word saying and it was commanding and it was created Psal. 33. 6. 9. and 148. 5. light the first ornament of the world wherewith the Lord decked it as with a garment Psal. 104. 2. This glorious worke Paul
in Iesudei hatorah chap. 3. sect 8. The name of the Sunne is spiritually applied unto Christ Mal. 4. 2. whose face appeared like the Sunne shining in his strength Rev. 1. 16. ac whose death this created Sunne was darkned at noon day for the space of three houres Amos 8. 9. Mar. 27. 45. with him this spirituall Sunne his Church is cloathed Revel 12. 1. and shall shine also as the Sun in the kingdome of heaven Mat. 13. 43. lesser or little light that is the Moone called in Hebrew of her faire whitenesse Lebanah Song 6. 9. and of refreshing the earth with her coole influences Iaroach Deut. 33. 14. starres which also are for to rule the night Psal. 136. 6. called starres of light Psal. 148. 3. Of these some are fixed other some wandring starres or planets whereunto unstable men are compared Iude verse 13. The starres differ one from another in glory 1 Cor. 15 41. and are not for man to number Genes 15. 5. but GOD counts their number and calleth them all by names Psalm 147. 4. and with them he hath by his spirit garnished the heavens Iob 26. 13. Some of the starres or constellations have names in holy scripture as Ash Cosil Cimah and Mazzaroth or Mazzaloth Iob 9. 9. and 38. 31. Amos 5. 8. 2 King 23. 5. which wee call by other names Arcturus Orion Pleides Planets and Signes in the Zodiake They might well bee Englished water-starres winter-starres Thunder-starres and the like for by their rifing and influences stormes tempests faire and pleasant weather c. doe proceed by the disposition of God Consider those places Iob 38. Am. 5. Verse 17. set Hebr. gave them which word is often used for setting or putting as I have given my spirit Esa. 42. 1. that is I have put it Math. 12 18. It signifieth also a firme setling as thou hast giuen thy people 1 Chr. 17. 22. for which in 2 Sam. 7. 24. is written thou hast confirmed thy people Accordingly David sayth that God hath firmly constituted the Moon Stars Psal. 8. 4. Of the Stars with their orbes and sphaeres the Hebrew Doctors write thus The sphaeres are called Heavens and the Out-spred firmament c. and there are nine sphaeres that which is nearest unto us is called the sphaere of the Moone and the next above it is the sphaere wherein is the Starre called Cocab or Mercurie And the third sphaere is that wherein Nogah or Venus is The fourth sphaere hath in it the Sunne the sift Maadim or Mars the sixt hath in it the starre Tsedek or Iupiter the seventh Shabthat or Saturne and the eighth sphaere hath in it all the other starres that are seene in the firmament The ninth sphaere is that which turneth about every day from the east to the west and it compasseth all ronâ—â— about c. The starres that are all in that one 〈◊〉 sphaere although they be one above another yet because the sphaeres are pure and cleare as chrystall and as Saphire therefore the starres in the eighth sphaere are seene underneath the first sphaere c. None of the sphaeres are either light or heauy or coloured redl or blacke or of any other colour and whereas wee see them of a blew colour it is onely to the appearance of the eye by reason of the height of the ayre Also they have neither tast nor smell because these accidents have no place but in bodies that are beneath them Maimony in Misn. treat Iesudei hatorah chapt 3. sect 1. 3. V. 18. over the day or as the Greeke translateth to rule the day for by their successive courses the light is dispensed of God unto the world by day and by night Ier. 31. 35. Vers. 20. the moving thing or as the Greeke translateth creeping things But the Hebrew Sherets is more large then that which wee call the creeping thing for it conteyneth things moving swiftly in the waters as swimming fishes c. Lev. 11. 10. and on the earth as running weasels mise c. Lev. 11. 29. and fowles also flying in the ayre Levit. 11. 29. Moving things in the waters there are innumerable one argument of Gods praise in Psalm 104. 25. Soule named in Hebrew nephesh of breathing and the scriptures apply this word not onely to mankinde but to all creatures that live and the breath of them as here and in Iob 41. 21. The Hebrewes say The soule of all flesh is the forme thereof which God hath given thereunto Maimony in Iesudei hatorah chap. 4. sect 8. V. 21. Whales or Dragons the Hebrew Tannin is used for both These are the greatest creatures in the waters one kinde of them called Levjathan is described in Iob 41. In the belly of a Whale Ionas lived three dayes and three nights Ion. 1. 17. And humane writers testifie that into the riuer of Arabia there have come Whales 600. foot long and 360. foot broad Plinie hist. b. 32. chap. 1. that they are not without cause called great Whales These Whales and Dragons are used in Scripture to signifie great Princes Psal. 74. 13. Ezek. 29. 3. creeping The Hebrew remes which hath the name of treading is also largely used for things creeping on the earth or swimming in the waters Levit. 11. 44. 46. Gen. 1. 25. V. 22. Blessed that is gave power to conserve their kinde by generation and to increase unto many for so the word blessing is often applied unto multiplication Gen. 24. 60. Ps. 128. 3. 4. This word is also largely used for Gods gracious giving of all good things earthly or heavenly Gen. 24. 35. Deut. 28. Eph. 1. 3. And when men give thankes therefore unto God that is called blessing also see Gen. 14. 19. 20. V. 24. cattell in Greeke it is translated foure-footed beasts The Hebrew Behemah is generally all beasts of the greater sort whereof the Elephant is called Behemoth Iob 40. 15. The Apostle once translateth it in Greeke Therion which properly is wilde beast Heb. 12. 20. from Exod. 19. 13. beast or wilde-beast named in Hebrew of life or livelinesse which is most seene in the wilde beasts In Perkei R. Eliezer chap. 11. the Iew Doctors say These that were created out of the earth their soules and their bodies were of the earth and when they dye they returne to the place where they were created as it is sayd in Psal. 104. 29. thou takest away their spirit they dye â—and another Scripture saith Eccles. 3. 21. and the spirit of the beast that goeth downward to the earth Vers. 26. Let us This is meant of the three in heaven the Father the Word and the holy Spirit which three are one 1 Iohn 5. 7. Hereupon hee is called God our makers Iob 35. 10. Psal. 149. 2. After the world was made and garnished the holy Trinity mentioneth the making of man the excellentest creature under heaven he is fearfully and marvellously made Psal. 139. 14. Man or earthly man in Hebrew Adam so called of Adamah that is
18. For shame or confusion is the fruit of sin Rom. 6. 21. the opposite of joy Esay 65. 13. and companion of destruction Ier. 48. 20. CHAP. III. 1 The Serpent deceiveth Eve 6 Man falleth 9 God arraigneth them 14 The Serpent is cursed 15 A seed promised that should bruise his head 16 Mankind is chastised 21 God clotheth them 22 and drives them out of Paradise NOw the Serpent was subtill more than any beast of the field which Iehovah God had made and hee said unto the woman yea because God hath said ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden And the woman said unto the serpent of the fruit of the trees of the garden we may eate But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden God hath said ye shall not eat of it neither shall yee touch it lest ye dye And the serpent said unto the woman yee shall not dying dye For God doth know that in the day that ye eate thereof then your eyes shall be opened and ye shall be as gods knowing good and evill And the woman saw that the tree was good for meat and that it was a desire to the eyes and a tree to be coveted to make one wise and she took of the fruit thereof and did eat and she gave also unto her husband with her and he did eat And the eyes of them both were opened and they knew that they were naked and they sewed-together fig leaves and made themselves aprons And they heard the voice of Iehovah God walking in the garden in the wind of the day and Adam and his wife hid themselves from the face of Iehovah God amongst the trees of the garden And Iehovah God called unto Adam and said unto him where art thou And he said I heard thy voice in the garden and I feared because I am naked and I hid my selfe And he said who told thee that thou art naked Hast thou eaten of the tree which I commanded thee that thou shouldest not eat of it And Adam said the woman whom thou gavest to be with mee she gave me of the tree and I did eat And Iehovah God said unto the woman what is this that thou hast done And the woman said the Serpent beguiled me and I did eate And Iehovah God said unto the serpent Because thou hast done this cursed art thou above all cattell and above every beast of the field upon thy belly shalt thou goe and dust shalt thou eate all the dayes of thy life And I will put enmity betweene thee and the woman and betweene thy seed and her seed Hee shall bruise thy head and thou shalt bruise his heele Vnto the woman hee said multiplying I will multiply thy sorrow and thy conception in sorrow shalt thou bring forth children and thy desire shall be to thy husband and he shall rule over thee And unto Adam hee said Because thou hast hearkned unto the voice of thy wife and hast eaten of the tree which I commanded thee saying thou shalt not eat of it cursed is the ground for thy sake in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the dayes of thy life And thornes and thistles shall it bring-forth to thee and thou shalt eat the herbe of the field In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eate bread till thou returne unto the ground for out of it wast thou taken for dust thou art and unto dust shalt thou returne And Adam called his wives name Eve because she was the mother of all living And Iehovah God made to Adam and to his wife coats of skin and clothed them And Iehovah God said Behold the man is become as one of us to know good and evill And now left he put forth his hand and take also of the tree of life and eat and live for ever And Iehovah God sent him forth from the garden of Eden to till the ground from whence he was taken And he drove out the man and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden Cherubims and the flame of a sword which turned-it-selfe to keepe the way of the tree of life Annotations Vers. SEâ—â—int named in English of creeping on the earth but in Hebrew nachash of subtill observation searching finding out by experience Gen. 30. 27. and 44. 5. The greater serpents are called dragons and nachash is sometimes turned in Greeke a dragon Iob 26. 13. Amos 9. 3. and for it in Hebrew is put Tannin a dragon Exod. 7. 10. with 4. 3. And in the new Testament the same thing is called both a dragon and a serpent Rev. 20. 2. subtill that is prudent and crafty prudent to save and helpe it selfe whereupon it is said be prudent as serpents Mat. 10. 16. crafty to deceive others as Paul saith the serpent by his craftinesse beguiled Eve 2 Cor. 11. 3. by which two words the Scriptures doe expresse the Hebrew here used which often is taken in the good part opposed to simplicity and folly Prov. 1. 4. and 8. 5. and 14. 15. 18. and 22. 3. more than the word more is usually omitted in the Hebrew as easie to be understood yet sometimes is expressed as in Est. 6. 6. And the holy Ghost setteth it downe in Greeke when it wanteth in Hebrew as in Gal. 4. 27. from Esay 54. 1. many are the children of the desolate more than of the maried in Esay 54. 1. the word more is not written So the Greeke version in this place addeth it though sometime the Greeke also wanteth it as Gen. 38. 26. Luke 18. 14. He sayd Whereas beasts are knowne in nature to be speechlesse and the Scripture confirmeth it 2 Pet. 2. 16 because they want reason or understanding Psal. 32. 9. Iud. v. 10. Moses under the name of the serpents speaking closely meaneth Satan who opened the serpents mouth and caused it to speake with mans voice as the Lord by an Angell opened the mouth of Balaams Asse Num. 22. 22. 28. 2 Peter 2. 16. And so the Hebrew Doctors write that the uncleane spirit Sammael the devill was united with the serpent R. Menachem on Gen. 3. And as a man possessed with an evill spirit all the workes that he doth and all the words that he speaketh are not but by the reason of the evill spirit that is in him so the serpent all the workes that he did and all the words that he spake he spake not neither did but by the reason of the Devill Pirke R. Eliezer chap. 13. The Angels of whose creation we spake before on Gen. 2. 1. being spirits and a flaming fire Psal. 104. 4. excellent in wisedome and mighty in strength 2 Sam. 14. 20 Psal. 103. 20. they many of them having one for principall did sinne against God Mar. 5. 9. Mat. 25. 41. 2 Pet. 2. 4. by not abiding in the truth nor keeping their first estate but leaving their owne habitation Iohn 8. 44. Iude 6. and are now still called of their cunning and
salvation wherwith God clotheth his Church Esay 61 10. Vers. 22. is become as one to weet of us three the Father the Word and the Holy Spirit 1 Ioh. 5. 7 See before in Gen. 1. 26. Thus God upbraided Satans lying speech used in v. 5. and would leave an impression in Adams hart of his pride and folly in beleeving the Serpents deceitfull promises that so long as he lived an exile here on earth he might haue continuall motives of repentance and humiliation The Hebrew phrase is as one meaneth is made or become as one as this is Psal. 118. 23. the Evangelist translateth this is done Mat. 21. 42. lest he put An unperfect speech where we may understand by that which followeth he must be driven out lest he be put c. Such phrases are usuall as Gen. 38. 11. 42. 4. Mat. 25. 9. and eate and live or that he may eate and live And is often used for That and noteth the end and purpose of an act as here so in 2 Sam. 21. 3. 2 King 3. 11. Lam. 1. 19. Because the tree of life and the eating of it was at first a signe of eternall life to man if he had obeyed his creator as is noted on Gen. 2. 9. it might not now in the justice of God be so continued to man fallen into disobedience Neither was the new covenant betweene God and man of obedience againe by the workes of the Law unto life but of faith in Christ the womans seed unto forgivenesse of sinnes Gen. 3. 15. 20. God therfore in driving the man from this tree would drive him from all confidence in him-selfe and his owne workes and so from abuse of this tree also which might turne to his further judgement that hee might seeke the life in heaven which is hid with Christ in God Col. 3. 1. 2. 3. who will give to such as by faith doe overcome the world to eate of the tree of life which is in the midst of the Paradise of God Rev. 2 7. V. 23. to till tillage hath the name in Hebrew of servile-worke for all even Kings are as servants to the field Eccles. 5. 8. And this hard labour was a continuall remembrance of sinne and doctrine of humiliation and repentance Wherefore God after in the Law freed every seventh or Sabbath yeare from this tillage in his land when they did all alike eat of that which grew of it owne accord Lev. 25. 4. 6. to remember their former ease lost by sinne but to bee restored spiritually by Christ when hee should preach the acceptable yeare of the Lord Esay 61. 2. 2 Cor. 6. 2. Vers. 24. drove out or expulsed not to return thither againe but that he might seeke admission into the heavenly paradise whereunto Christ giveth entrance Luke 23. 43. minding himselfe an exile and pilgrime here on earth 1 Pet. 2. 11. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 4. The Hebrewes say in Bresith ketanna on this place Adam was driven out of paradise in this world but in the world to come he shalnot be driven out The remembrance of this future mercy was kept afterward among the Gentiles for it is one of the Chaldean oracles Seeke paradise the glorious country of the soule Cherubins or Cherubs These were living creatures with wings as may bee â—athered by comparing Ezek. 1. 5. and 10. 1. 15. the figures of such were wrought in the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 18. and 26. 1. See the annotations there Moses here seemeth to meane Angels by this name for they have appeared sometime with wings flying Dan. 9. 21. and with sword 1 Chron. 21 16. and as fierie chariots 2 King 6. 17. as here they have the flame of a sword that is a flaming sword as the Greeke translateth it to keepe man out of paradise Of Angels see the notes on Gen. 16. 7. By these also God further might signifie the Angels or Ministers in his spirituall paradise the Church and the sharpe two edged sword of his Word wherewith they are armed against all the disobedient 2 Cor. 10. 4. 5. 6. But the twelve Angels at the twelve gates of that paradise direct from all quarters of the world to enter thereinto by the gates which are never shut such as are written in the lambs booke of life where the tree of life groweth and giveth fruit wherein they haue right that doe the commandements of God Rev. 21. 12. 25. 27. and 22. 2. 14. turned it selfe to weet every way for more terrour that man should not there attempt re-entrance Such spiritually is the use of the Law and doctrine therof which terrifieth the conscience and by the workes whereof no flesh can be justified Rom. 3. 20. but it serveth to drive men unto Christ that they may be made righteous by faith Gal. 3. 24. The ancient Iewes had an expectation of recovery of this losse by Christ though now they are ignorant of him for they write of seven things which the King Christ shall shew unto Israel two of which are the garden of Eden and the tree of life R. Elias ben Mosis in Sepher reshith choemah fol. 4. 12. Also expounding that in Song 1. 4. the King hath brought me into his chambers Our Doctors of blessed memory have sayd that these are the chambers of the garden of Eden And againe There are also that say of the tree of life that it was not created in vaine but the men of the resurrection that are raised from the dead shall eate thereof and live for ever R. Menachem on Gen. 3. And by the garden of Eden or Paradise it seemes they understood the kingdome of heaven for the Chaldee paraphrast on Song 4. 12. saith as the garden of Eden into which no man hath power to enter but the just whose soules are sent thither by the hands of Angels According to these speeches familiar in olde time among the Iewes the Holy Ghost also speaketh of carriage by Angels into Abrahams bosome Luke 16. 22. of being with Christ in paradise Luke 23. 43. and of eating of the tree of life which is in the midst of the paradise of God Rev. 2. 7. And that the Iewes understood not these things carnally appeareth by these words of theirs In the world to come there is no eating or drinking nor any other of the things which the bodies of the sonnes of Adam have neede of in this world as sitting and standing and sleepe and death and sorrow and miâ—th and the like So our ancient wise men have sayd In the world to come there is no eating nor drinking nor use of mariage but the just doe sit with their crownes upon their heads and have the fruition of the glory of the Majestie of God Maimony in Misn. treat of Repentance ch 8. S. 2. CHAPT IIII. 1. The birth trade and religion of Kaine and Abel 8. Kaine killeth Abel 9. for it he is examined of God 11. and cursed 13. he despaireth 16. and departeth from Gods presence 17. Kaine buildeth the
the Philistines in the southern parts of the Land of Canaan Gen. 10. 19. Hither Isaak came afterward to so journe for famine Gen. 26. 1. Vers. 2. of Sarah the Hebrew el which properly signifieth unto is used for of or concerning and is so translated by the Greeke here and Ier. 27. 19. and so the Greeke pros in like manner Heb. 1. 7. and 4. 13. Or if we reade it unto Sarah the meaning is that together with her both he and she said it as after in vers 5. is manifested See the like done before in Gen. 12. 11. 12. 13. Vers. 2. Abimelech by interpretation Father-King a common title of the Kings of Palestina as Phar 〈…〉 was of the Kings of Aegypt see Gen. 26. 1. Psal 34. 1. For Kings should beo Fathers to their countries so rulers are casled fathers 2 King 5. 13. Iob 〈◊〉 16. and 1 Sam. 1â— 15. where your fathers is translated in Greeke your King see Gen. 4. 20. Vers. 3 God came the Chaldee saith word came from the face of God This serteth forth Gods care for his he suffered â—o man to doe them wrong but reproved Kings for then sakes Psal. 165. 14. a dream which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 â—on that the mind of man conce 〈…〉 〈◊〉 isle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 natural arising from the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the body or affections of the mind are many and have their vanities and deceits Eccles. 5. 7. Esay 29. 7. 8. But dreames supernaturall sent of God as here or by his Angels as Mat. 2. 13. are to bee regarded for God by them signifieth what he would or what men should doe Gen. 41. 25. Iob 33. 14. 15. 16. c. Dreames also are sometimes by the lying spirit of Satan which are not to bee beleeved or regarded Zach. 10. 2. Deut. 13. 1. 2. 3. See also Gen. 37. 5. a dead man that is shalt surely dye But under such threats conditions often are implyed as here if thou deliver not the woman See Ezek. 33. 14. 15. Vers. 4. come-neere that is lyen with her being stayed by sicknesse as it seemeth by verse 17. the Greeke saith touched her not the Hebrew also in verse 6. So Paul useth the phrase of touching a woman 1 Cor. 7. 1. and Solomon Prov. 6. 29. just nation fearing as it seemeth wrath upon his people also vers 9. as often commeth to passe for the Princes sinnes So for Davids sinne a plague came on his people 1 Chron. 21. 14. 17. Or hee calleth his family a nation which was now visited of God vers 17. 18. Vers. 5. perfection or integrity simplicy sincerity The Chaldee interprets it truth the Greeke a pure heart It is opposed to hypocrisie innocence of my hands or cleannesse of my palmes the palmes of the hands are named as wherein filthinesse might be hidden so purging himselfe even from secret crime Vers. 6. with-held the Greeke translateth spared thee It seemeth Gods chastisement restiained him vers 17. and so hee was not able to doe the evill which otherwise naturally hee could and was proneunto from sinning the Greeke saith that thou shouldst not sinne As God for Abrahams sake with held Abimelech from the fact so respecting the integrity of the Kings hearr hee kept him also from the sinne gave thee not that is let or suffered thee not as the Greeke translateth Giving is often used for suffering as Gen. 31. 7. Exod. 3. 19. Psal. 16. 10. but it is more then bare sufferance as implying an action also on Gods part who giveth meanes to stay from evill or sendeth delusions when so it pleaseth him as 2 Thess. 2. 7. Vers. 7. a Prophet therefore doe him no harme Psal. 105. 15. A Prophet in Hebrew Nabi in Greek Prophetes from which we have the word Prophet so named of speaking interpreting or uttering words and oracles that come from God Deut. 18. 15. 16. 18. as of seeing or receiving them by visions such were named Seers 1 Sam. 9. 9. So Moses interpreter is called his Prophet Exod. 7. 1. and all interpreters of the Scriptures 1 Cor. 14. 29. In speciall a Prophet was one indued with the Spirit of God and could foretell things to come Deut. 18. 22. Psalm 74. 9. Ier. 29. 15. Such are called holy men of God which spake as they were moved by the holy Ghost 2 Pet. 1. 20. The Hebrew Doctors say It is one of the foundations of the Law to know that God maketh the sonnes of men to prophesie and prophesie resideth not but in a man that is great in wisedome mighty in his vertuous qualities so that his affections overcome him not in any worldly thing but by his knowledge he overcommeth his affections continually and he is a man expert in knowledge and of a very large vnderstanding c. On such a man the holy spirit commeth downe and when the spirit resteth upon him his soule is associated unto the Angels and he is changed to another man and perceiveth in his owne knowledge that hee is not so as he was but that hee is advanced above the degrees of other wise men even as it is said of Saul in 1 Sam. 10. 6. and thou shalt prophesie with them and shalt be turned into another man Maimony in Iesudei hatorah ch 7. S. 1. shall pray This was a speciall worke of the Prophets to pray for the people Ier. 14. 11. and 15. 1. whereupon it is said If they bee Prophets and if the word of the Lord be with them let them intreat the Lord c. Ier. 27. 18. Praying or interpellation hath the first signification of judging and so meaneth the presenting of the person and cause of any unto God as the judge and the judging of ones selfe live thou that is thou shalt live but it is a powerfull manner of speech wherupon God is said to command his mercy and the salvation and blessing of his people Psal. 42. 9. and 44. 5. and 133. 3. The like is often used as Amos 5. 4. seeke me and live that is yee shall live and dwell for ever Psal. 37. 27. dying that is shalt surely die see Gen. 2. 17. Vers. 9. that should not the Chaldee translateth that are not meet to be done the Greeke saith which none should doe Vers. 11. Surely or Onely The Greeke translateth Lest there be not the feare of God so making it an unperfect speech implying doubt as in Mat. 25. 9. By the feare of the Lord men depart from evill Prov. 16. 6. Vers. 12. of my father The Iewes opinion from hence is that Sarah was the same that Iseah mentioned in Gen. 11. 29. and had two names and that she being the grandchild of Thara by another woman then Abrahams mother is so spoken of here became Hebr. was to me for a wife Vers. 13. they euen God Aelohim the name of God in forme plurall is usually joyned with a word singular as hee created Gen. 1. 1. here and in some few other places it is coupled with a word plurall â—no without
the child and she sate over-against him and lifted up her voice and wept And God heard the voice of the lad and an Angell of God called to Hagar out of heaven and said unto her what aileth thee Agar feare not for God hath heard the voice of the lad there where he is Arise lift up the lad and hold him in thy hand for I will make of him a great nation And God opened her eyes and she saw a well of water and she went and filled the bottell with water and gave the lad drinke And God was with the lad and he grew and dwelt in the wildernesse and was a shooter with bow And he dwelt in the wildernesse of Pharan and his mother tooke him a wife out of the land of Egypt And it was in that time that Abimelech and Phicol prince of his host said unto Abraham saying God is with thee in all that thou dost And now sweare unto me here by God If thou shalt lye unto me or to my son or to my newphew according to the kindnes that I have done vnto thee thou shalt do unto me and unto the land in the which thou hast sojourned And Abraham said I will sweare And Abraham reproved Abimelech because of a well of water which Abimelechs servants had violently-taken away And Abimelech said I know not who hath done this thing and also thou didst not tell mee and I also did not heare it but to day And Abraham tooke sheepe and oxen and gave to Abimelech and both of them stroke a covenant And Abraham set seven ewe-lambes of the flocke by themselves And Abimelech said unto Abraham what meane here these seven ewe-lambes which thou hast set by themselves And hee said for the seven ewe-lambes thou shalt take of my hand that they may be to me for a Testimonie that I have digged this Well Therefore he called that place Beer-sheba because there they sware both of them And they stroke a covenant in Beer-sheba and Abimelech rose-up and Phicol the Prince of his host and they returned into the land of the Philistines And hee planted a tree in Beer-sheba and he called there on the name of Iehovah the eternall God And Abraham sojourned in the land of the Philistines many daies Annotations Visited This word signifieth a remembrance providence care and performance of that which was spoken be it good or evill For good as here and Gen. 50. 24. Exod. 4. 31. Luk. 1. 68. and often For evill and so it meaneth punishment Exod. 20. 5. Psal. 89. 33. Num. 16. 29. The Chaldee here translateth remembred and the Hebrew implyeth that as 1. Sam. 15. 2. Vers. 2. conceived hereupon her faith is commended Heb. 11. 11. By saith Sarah her selfe received strength to conceive seed and was delivered of a child when when she was past age because shee judged him faithfull who had promised in his or to his oldage so vers 7. the set time promised the yeere before Gen. 18. 10. Hereupon Isaak is sayd to be borne of a freewoman by promise and after the spirit Gal. 4. 22 23 29. and this birth is set forth as an example of Gods mercy to and increase of his Church by the covenant of grace in Christ under the new Testament whereof Sarah was a figure Esay 51. 2 3. Gal. 4. 24. 28. Vers. 3. Isaak which signifieth Laughter or Ioy this name was foreappointed him of God Gen. 17. 19. Vers. 4. son of 8 daies or 8 daies old but understanding in the 8 day as the Greeke translateth it see the Law Gen. 17. 12. Isaak is the first that wee read of circumcised at this age Vers. 6. made me or made laughter to me that is joy as the Chaldee translateth it as if shee had said hath made me to laugh or rejoyce The word is sometime used for laughing to scorne or mocking as v. 9. Ezek. 23. 32. and so some understand it here laughter at me that is hath made me to be laughed at meaning of the profane which would laugh mocke as did Ismael verse 9. Though both may bee implyed in the word yet the first seemeth most proper and according to the prophesies Rejoyce thou barren which didst not beare Esay 54. 1. which hath reference to this birth Gal. 4. 22. 27. 28. Esay 51. 2. 3. with me or at me but the Greeke translateth it rejoyce with me the Chaldee also turneth it into joy And so the Prophet Rejoyce yee with Ierusalem and be glad with her all ye that love her Esay 66. 10. which Ierusalem was figured out by this Sarah Gal. 4. 22 26. Vers. 7. should have given sons Hebrew hath given sons so noting the certainty speaking as of a thing done By sonnes is meant any sonne or child as the Greeke explaineth it see Gen. 46. 23. The like admiration is spoken by the Church Esay 49. 21. who hath begotten me these The Chaldee paraphrast referreth this to God saying faithfull is he that said to Abraham and hath fulfilled it that Sarah should give sucke Vers. 8. weaned The Hebrew word signifieth an exchange of one thing for another and so in weaning from milke to stronger meat which as it signified in Isaak a growth in strength of nature so is it in the faithfull a signe of growth in grace and understanding 1 Cor. 3. 1 2. Heb. 5. 12 13 14. and of abstaining from worldly childish pleasures Psal. 131. 2. and Isaak being a figure of all the children of promise Gal. 4. 28. we may hereupon gather the reason why Abraham made so great a banquet at Isaaks weaning So at Samuels weaning hee was presented to the Lord with a spirituall feast or sacrifice 1 Sam. 1. 22 24. Vers. 9. laughing that is deriding or mocking for so laughing often signifieth as Gen. 19. 14. Ezek. 23. 32. Lam. 1. 7. it meaneth also abusing otherwise whereupon laughter and scorne followeth as Gen. 39. 14. 17. also idolatrous laughing or play as Exod. 32. 6. Hereupon the Ierusalemy paraphrast referreth it to this latter of laughing in Gods worship the Greeke translateth it playing with Isaak her sonne which word playing is sometime used for fighting 2 Sam. 2. 14 16. and by laughing or mocking the Scripture often noteth a contemptuous and malignant carriage Iob 30. 1. and 12. 4. Lam. 3. 14. Mat. 27. 29. But the Apostle plainly calleth it persecuting and saith as then he that was born after the flesh persecuted him that was borne after the spirit even so it is now Gal. 4. 29. And here beginneth by an Egyptians son that 400 yeeres affliction spoken of in Gen. 15. 13. Vers. 10. this bondwoman shee figured the old Testament and her sonne such as are under the works of the law Gal. 4. 24. and the mother being to be cast out it is likely shee was the cause or an abettor of her sons evill not be heire or not inherit under which inheritance is figured heavenly blessings in Christ and life everlasting Gal. 3.
this respecteth Gods spirituall worship Though it may also be meant on Gods part as are the former branches and respect the promises made in v. 13. and 14. Vers. 22. the house of God that is a place of Gods worship as the Chaldee expoundeth whereupon I will serve before the Lord. This Iakob after performed when he built there an altar Gen 35. 7. And this respected Gods outward service tithing give that is surely give the tenth A signe also of homage and subjection unto God which therefore was given to the priests of the Lord see Gen. 14. 20. and the law for tithes in Lev. 27. Numb 18. Deut. 14. 22. 23. c. CHAP. XXIX 1 Iakob commeth to the well of Charan 9 He taketh acquaintance of Rachel 13 Laban entertaineth him 18 Iakob covenanteth for Rachel to be his wife 23 Laban deceiveth him with Leah 28 He marieth also Rachel and served for her seven yeeres more 32 Leah beareth Reuben 33 Simeon 34 Levi 35 Iudah ANd Iakob lifted up his feet and went to the land of the sons of the East And he saw and behold a well in the field and loe there were three flocks of sheepe lying by it for out of that well they watered the flocks and a great stone was upon the wels mouth And thither were al the flocks gathered and they rolled the stone from the wells mouth and watered the sheepe and they put the stone againe upon the wells mouth in his place And Iakob said unto them my brethren whence bee yee and they sayd of Charan are wee And hee said unto them Know ye Laban the sonne of Nachor and they said wee know him And hee said to them Is there peace to him and they sayd Peace and behold Rachel his daughter is comming with the sheepe And hee sayd loe yet the day is great it is not time that the cattel should be gathered together water ye the sheepe and goe feed And they said we cannot untill all the flocks be gathered together and they roll the stone frm the wells mouth then water we the sheepe He yet was speaking with them and Rachel came with the sheep which were her fathers for she fed them And it was when Iakob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mothers brother and the sheepe of Laban his mothers brother that Iakob went neere and rolled the stone from the wells mouth and watered the sheep of Laban his mothers brother And Iakob kissed Rachel and lifted up his voice and wept And Iakob told Rachel that he was her fathers brother and that he was Rebekahs son and shee ran and told her father And it was when Laban heard the tidings of Iakob his sisters sonne that he ran to meet him and imbraced him kissed him broght him in to his house and he told Laban all these words And Laban sayd unto him Surely thou art my bone and my flesh and he abode with him a moneth of dayes And Laban said unto Iakob Because thou art my brother shouldest thou therefore serve me for nought tell me what shall thy wages be And Laban had two daughters the name of the elder was Leah and the name of the yonger Rachel And the eyes of Leah were tender and Rachel was faire in forme and faire in countenance And Iakob loved Rachel and said I will serve thee seven yeeres for Rachel thy yonger daughter And Laban said It is better that I give her to thee then that I should give her to another man abide thou with me And Iakob served for Rachel seven yeres and they were in his eyes as a few daies because he loved her And Iakob said unto Laban Give mee my wife for my dayes are fulfilled that I may goe in unto her And Laban gathered-together all the men of the place and made a banquet And it was in the evening that he took Leah his daughter and brought her in unto him and he went in unto her And Laban gave to her Zilpah his handmaid for a handmaid to Leah his daughter And it was in the morning that loe it was Leah and he said unto Laban what is this thou hast done unto me Did not I serve with thee for Rachel and wherefore hast thou beguiled me And Laban said It may not be so done in our place to give the younger before the first-borne Fulfill thou the seven of this and there shall be given unto thee this also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other yeeres And Iakob did so and fulfied the seven of this and he gave unto him Rachel his daughter for a wife unto him And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid for a handmaid to her And he went in also unto Rachel and he loved also Rachel more then Leah and served with him yet seven other yeeres And Iehovah saw that Leah was hated and he opened her wombe and Rachel was barren And Leah conceived and bare a son and she called his name Reuben for she said for Iehovah hath seene my affliction for now my husband will loue me And she conceived againe and bare a sonne and shee said because Iehovah hath heard that I was hated he hath therfore given me this also and she called his name Simeon And she conceived againe and bare a son and said now this time my husband will be joyned unto me because I have borne unto him three sons therefore she called his name Levi. And she conceived againe and bare a son and she said this time I will confesse Iehovah therefore she called his name Iudah and she stayed from bearing Annotations LIfted up that is went lightly and cheerfully on his long journey being comforted by the vision and oracle of God received at Bethel See a much like phrase in Psal. 74. 3. sonnes of the East that is the easterne people in Mesopotamia which lay eastward from Canaan So in Iob 1. 3. The Greeke omitteth the word sonnes and translateth the east countries From the east God had raised up Abraham the man of righteousnesse Esay 41. 2. Gen. 12. 1. thither now Iakob his nephew fleeth there to serve for a wife Hos. 12. 12. wherein the mystery of Christ and his Church was figured Eph. 5. 32. 2 Cor. 11. 2. Vers. 2. a well at a well in the field Abrahams servant met with Rebekah Isaaks wife Gen. 24. 11. 15. So here Iakob meeteth with Rachel his wife A much like thing befell unto Moses Exod. 2. 15. 16. 21. And Christ sitting on Iakobs Well in Samaria preached there of the living waters of his Gospell and spirit which who so drinketh they shall bee in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life Iohn 4. 6. 14. and 7. 38. 39. lying This the Gr. translateth resting The two works of shepherds to their flockes are feeding and causing them to lye downe or to rest both which Christ performeth to his people Song 1. 6. Ezek. 34. 15. Psal. 23. 1. 2. Vers. 3.
principalitie and he was hanged place that is as Chaldee expounds it Office or ministration So Gen. 40. 13. Vers. 14. brought him hastily Hebr. made him run So Daniel was brought before the King in hast Dan. 2. 25. Of Ioseph it is said The King sent and loosed him the ruler of the people sent and released him Psal. 105. 20. dungeon or pit the Chaldee saith the house of the prisoners shaved who before it seemeth had let his haire grow in signe of sorrow and mourning as i◠2 Sam. 19. 24. Mephibosheth had not trimmed as the Chaldee paraphrast saith not shorn his beard from Davids departure till his returne in peace And other nations kept this rite for T. Livius in his 6. booke telleth how one Malius being cast in prison many men sorrowing for him did let the haire of their head and beard grow long The like is mentioned of others Plutarch in Caton Vtic. Cicero in Orat. de lege Agrar. And by shaving understand polling in a seemly sort for to shave the haire all away specially of the beard was also a signe of sorrow Ier. 41. 5. Therefore both extremities are forbidden and the mean commanded to the Priests in Ezek. 44. 20. See also the notes on Lev. 10. 6. garments his prison weeds which were also mournful and so not meet to come in before the King as Est. 4. 2. Ver. 15. thou wilt heare or that thou canst understand as hearing often signifieth Gen. 11. 7. The Greeke translateth that thou hearing dreames dost interpret them to interpret or as the Chaldee explains it interpret it See the notes on Gē 2. 3. Ver. 16. It is not in me or Be it not in me to take this upon me or without me God will answer The Greeke neglecting the points and distinctions translateth without God shall not be answered the salvation of Pharaoh The Chaldee addeth not out of my wisdome but from before the Lord answered shall be the peace of Pharaoh Like modesty was in Daniel also not to take the glory to himselfe Dan. 2. 30. 28. peace in Greek salvation peace comprehendeth welfare prosperity safety and all good things For the word Salom peace hath the signification of integritie and whole perfection of ones good estate So Gen. 37. 18. Vers. 19. evilnesse that is leannes ill favourednes or deformity Ver. 21. the inward parts that is the bowels as the Chaldee the bellies as the Greeke translateth This noteth the greatnes of the famine v. 30. And both sorts of kine fat leane comming out of the same river seemed to portend the means of the famine For in Egypt there falleth no raine but the land is watred by the overflowing of the river Nilus and by the husbandmens care to draw small rivers along to moysten the country Deu. 11. 10. 11. And as the overflowing of that river is lesse or more so have they their increase I awoke the Greek addeth and slept againe Vers. 30. the land that is as the Chaldee explayneth the people of the land So v. 36. See Gen. 11. 1. Ver. 31. very heavy or vehemently grievous the Greeke translateth in strong Ver. 32. the thing Hebr. word firmly-prepared or surely purposed stablished the Greek saith the word is true Here God teacheth the reason why things are sundry times repeated in the Scriptures Vers. 34. Bishops or overseers officers to visit and looke to the state of the land The Hebr. Pakid as the Gr. Episcopos from whence wee have formed our English word Bishop is any man that hath charge office for any busines civill or ecclesiastical as the Bishops of the army Num. 31. 14. 2 King 11. 16. the Bishops or overseers of them that did the work 2 Chron. 34. 12. 17. So among the Priests Levites Num. 4. 16. Neh. 11. 9. 14. and Ministers of the Gospell 1 Tim. 3. 1. 2. take up the fift Hebr five the land as to tithe is to take the tenth part So Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it to take up one of five Thus taught hee providence in the time of plenty against time of want as Solomon doth by example of the pismire Prov. 6. 6. 7. 8. See also Luk. 16. 9. Ver. 35. of Pharaoh the Chaldee explaineth it of Pharaoh officers Vers. 36. for store or provision a thing committed in trust to be kept See Lev. 6. 2. the land the Chaldee saith the people of the land as in v. 30. Ver. 37. the word was good or the thing was pleasing God gave Ioseph favour and wisdome in the fight of Pharaoh Act. 7. 10. and enclined the Kings heart to assent unto good counsell for the hearing eare and the seeing eye the Lord hath made even both of them Prov. 20. 12. Vers. 38. spirit of God The Chaldee paraphraseth the spirit of prophesie from before God The like praise is of Daniel Dan. 4. 6. 5. 11. So for office in the Church men are to bee chosen full of the holy spirit Act. 6. 3. By this speech of Pharaoh and by the verse following it may be gathered that Ioseph preached many things unto the king of God his power providence goodnes c. whereupon the King made him a teacher of wisdome unto his Senatours Psal. 105. 22. Ver. 39. all this the Greeke saith all these things Ioseph hath honour for opening mysteries so Daniel in Babylon Dan. 2. 46. 47. and 5. 29. and the Lambe Iesus Rev. 5. 5. 9. 12. And as Ioseph by telling two dreames fell into affliction Gen. 37. 8. 19. 20. So here by expounding two dreames he commeth to his exaltation discreet c. the Greek translates it more prudent and wiser then thou Vers. 40. over my house as steward or governour as the Chaldee saith Officer of my house so 1 Kings 8. 3. 2 Kings 18. 18. Luk. 12. 42. He made him Lord of his house and ruler of all his possession Psal. 105. 21. mouth that is word as the Chaldee explaineth it or commandement so Iob 39. 30. Num. 9. 20. Luk. 19. 22. Gen. 24. 57. kisse or apply namely the hand to the mouth as Iob 31. 27. in signe of honor and obedience so the Gr. translateth at thy mouth shall all my people obey Or we may refer it to the former shall kisse thy mouth that is love honor obey thee and thy words in which sense David saith kisse the son Ps. 2. 12. and Samuel kissed Saul when he anointed him King 1 Sam. 10. 1. and men kisse his lips that answereth right words Prov. 24. 26. The Chaldee translateth at thy word shall all the people be armed Ioseph had authority over all the Princes of Egypt to bind them to his will and to make the Elders wise Psal 105. 22. the king made him governour over Egypt and all his house Act. 7. 10. V. 41. I set or give so v. 43. these words are used as one see Gen. 1. 17. and 9. 12. and 17. 5. The Gr. saith I constitute thee this day As Ioseph over Egypt
the good things the Greeke addeth of all the good things So after in verse 20. and 23. the fat the Chaldee translateth the good the Greeke the marrow that is the best fruits see Gen. 27. 28. Vers. 19 thou art commanded thou Ioseph hast authority from me and full power The Greeke expresseth it thus and thou command thou these things that they take wagons c. As Pharaoh here sheweth himselfe bountifull and gracious to Iakobs house for Iosephs sake so God hath promised for Iesus sake to make Kings the nursing fathers of Israel Esa. 49. 1. 23. Vers. 20. let it not spare that is not regard your stuffe or vessels or let it not be grieved to leave your stuffe behinde you The eye-sparing or pittying is a common phrase see Deut. 7. 16. and 19. 13. 21. Ezek. 7. 4 9. and 16. 5. and 20. 17. c. Vers. 21. the mouth that is the commandements verse 19. or words as the Greeke explaineth it So in Iob 39. 30. Eccles. 8. 2. See Gen. 24. 57. provision or food as the Greeke hath Vers. 22. changes of garments robes or upper garments which they used in those countries often to shift putting off and on as wee doe clokes or gownes The Chaldee translateth them stoles or robes and the Grâ—â—ere double stoles after to Benjamin changeable stoles Such were wont to be given for honor or reward Iudg. 14. 12. 19. So in Rev. 6. 11. white stoles or robes are given to the soules under the altar Also Rev. 7. 9. 14. shekels or shillings this word the Chaldee also addeth see Gen. 20. 16. Vers. 23. after this manner as many robes and shekels as he gave Benjamin so the Greek translateth according to the same things Or as this that followeth viz. tenne asses c. Vers. 24. be not stirred or make no stirre that is as the Greeke translateth be not angry the Chaldee contend not or fall not out by the way The word signifieth stirring with anger and rage as Prou. 29. 9. 2 King 19. 27. or with griefe as 2 Sam. 18. 33. This he spake because some perswaded and the rest save Ruben consented to the selling of him into Egypt Gen. 37. that now they should make no stirre about these and the like things and Rubens former words in Gen. 42. 22. occasioned this charge Vers. 26. and that he or leaving out the word that as superfluous as the Greeke translateth and he ruleth all Egypt For in the Hebrew words sometime are redundant as is observed on Gen. 7. 17. and 17. 4. fainted or was weakened with unbeliefe that is doubted of that they said yet daunted with the newes they brought So the Chaldee interprets it doubting or wavering and the Greeke astonishment For unbeliefe and doubting weakeneth the heart Rom. 4. 19. 20. Mat. 14. 31. See also Gen. 15. 6. Vers. 27. revived the Greeke expresseth it by a word anezopurese which signifieth the reviving or stirring-up of fire that is buried under ashes which word Paul useth in 2 Tim. 1. 6. for stirring-up the gift of God The Chaldee also here translateth the holy spirit restod upon Iakob Vers. 28. enough or much The Greeke translateth It is a great-thing to mee if my sonne Ioseph yet live and the Chaldee faith it is great joy unto me CHAP. XLVI I Iakob sacrificing at Beersheba is comforted of God concerning his journey 5 Thence â—e with his company goeth into Egypt 8 The number of his family that went into Egypt 28 Iudah is sent to Ioseph who commeth to meet Israel his father 31 He instructeth his brethren how to answer to Pharaoh ANd Israel journied and all that he had and came to Beersheba and sacrificed sacrifices unto the God of his father Isaak And God said to Israel in visions of the night and said Iakob Iakob and hee said loe here I am And hee said I am God the God of thy father feare not to goe downe into Egypt for I will make of thee there a great nation I will goe downe with thee into Egypt and I will also bringing bring thee up and Ioseph shall put his hand upon thine eyes And Iakob rose-up from Beer-sheba and the sonnes of Israel caried Iakob their father and their little-ones and their wives in the wagons which Pharaoh had sent to cary him And they took their catrell and their substance which they had gathered in the land of Canaan and came into Egypt Iakob and all his seed with him His sonnes and his sonnes sonnes with him his daughters and his sonnes daughters and all his seed brought he with him into Egypt And these are the names of the sonnes of Israel which came into Egypt Iakob and his sonnes the first-borne of Iakob Ruben And the sonnes of Ruben Enoch and Phallu and Hezron and Carmi. And the sonnes of Simeon Iemuel and Iamin and Ohad and Iachin and Zohar and Saul the sonne of a Canaanitesse And the sonnes of Levi Gershon Kohath and Merari And the sonnes of Iudah Er and Onan and Selah and Pharez and Zarah and Er and Onan dyed in the land of Canaan and the sonnes of Pharez were Hezron and Hamul And the sonnes of Issachar Thola and Phuvah and Iob and Simron And the sonnes of Zabulon Sered and Elon and Iahleel These be the sonnes of Leah which she bare unto Iakob in Padan-Aram and Dinah his daughter all the soules his sonnes and his daughters were thirtie and three And the sonnes of Gad Ziphion and Haggi Suni and Ezbon Eri and Arodi and Areli And the sonnes of Aser Iimnah and Iisvah and Iisvi and Beriah and Serah their sister and the sonnes of Beriah Cheber and Malchiel These are the sonnes of Zilpah whom Laban gave to Leah his daughter and she bare these unto Iakob sixteene souls The sonnes of Rachel Iakobs wife Ioseph and Benjamin And there was borne to Ioseph in the land of Egypt whom Asenath daughter of Potipherah Priest of On bare unto him Manasseh and Ephraim And the sonnes of Benjamin Belah and Becher and Ashbel Gera and Naaman Aechi and Rosh Muppim and Huppim and Ard. These are the sonnes of Rachel which were borne to Iakob and all the soules fourteene And the sonnes of Dan Chushim And the sonnes of Naphtali Iachzeel and Guni and Iezer and Sillem These are the sonnes of Bilhah whom Laban gave to Rachel his daughter and she bare these unto Iakob all the soules were seven All the soules that came with Iakob into Egypt which came out of his thigh besides the wives of Iakobs sonnes all the soules were sixtie and sixe And the sonnes of Ioseph which were borne to him in Egypt were two soules all the soules of the house of Iakob that came into Egypt were seventie And he sent Iudah before him unto Ioseph to signifie before him to Goshen and they came into the land of Goshen And Ioseph bound his charret and went-up to meet Israel his father to Goshen and he presented himselfe unto him and
hee fell on his necke and wept on his necke still And Israel said unto Ioseph now let mee dye since I have seene thy face because thou art yet alive And Ioseph said unto his brethren and unto his fathers house I will goe-up and shew Pharaoh and wil say unto him my brethren and my fathers house which were in the land of Canaan are come unto me And the men are sheep-herds for they are men that feed cattell and they have brought their flocks and their herds and all that they have And it shall be when Pharaoh shall call you and shall say what are your workes Then yee shall say thy servants have beene men that fed cattell from our youth even untill now both we and also our fathers that ye may dwell in the land of Goshen because every sheep-herd is an abhomination to the Egyptians Annotations BEersheba in Greeke The well of the eath see Gen. 21. 14. 31. and 26. 33. this was the way from Chebron in Canaan towards Egypt and a place where he and his fathers had received mercies from God Gen. 21. 31. 33. and 26. 33. sacrificed that is killed beasts for sacrifice so both giving thankes for the tidings of Ioseph and consulting with God about his going into Egypt whither in former time Isaak his father was forbidden to goe in time of famine Gen. 26. 1. 2. 3. and whereof he now made some doubt v. 3. For he knew the oracle that his seed should bee afflicted in Egypt Gen 15. 13. 14. and now hee and his fathers had beene pilgrimes 215. yeeres from the time that God had promised the inheritance of Canaan unto Abraham Gen. 12. and hee saw little hope of the fulfilling of that promise being now to goe but with 70. soules into an other barbarous country Onely as by faith they had sojourned in the land of promise as in a strange country Heb. 11. 9. so now also by faith hee would goe to sojourne in Egypt if God should so command him Among the Gentiles they used also to offer sacrifice when they tooke a journey in hand Festus lib. 14. Vers. 2. visions in Greeke a vision or Sight See Gen. 15. 1. Vers. 3. God Hebr. Ael that is the mighty see Gen. 14. 18. make of thee Hebr. put thee there unto a great nation So Gen. 21. 13. This God had promised him in times before Gen. 28. 14. and 35. 11. Vers. 4. bringing bring-up that is surely bring thee up Gr. will bring thee up unto the end This promise was like that which God gave him when he went to Mesopotamia Gen. 28. 15. And Iakob himselfe was brought againe into Canaan dead Gen. 50. 5. 13. his posterity were brought alive a mighty army Ios. 3. c. And from hence the Hebrew Doctors gather a generall rule that whersoever Israel are in captiuity or affliction the presence of God is with them R Menachem on Gen. 46. upon thine eyes that is shall close up thine eye when thou dyest and so burie thee An ancient and honourable custome used of them and all nations The custome afterwards in Israel about the dead and their buriall was this they closed up the eyes of the dead and if his mouth were open they tyed up his jawes and stopped the holes of his body after that they had washed him and anointed him with ointment made of divers sorts of spices and shaved off his haire and wrapped him in white linnen clothes that were not of deare price and they used to cover the face of the dead with a napkin of a zuz that is a quarter of a shekel price that the poore might bee able also to buy it c. And it was unlawfull to bury them in shrowds of silke or cloth of gold or broiderie though hee were a Prince in Israel for this was grosse pride of spirit and the corrupt worke of infidels And they caried the dead upon their shoulders unto the grave Maimony in Misn. tom 4. treat of Mourning ch 4. S. 1. 2. Vers. 6. into Egypt to sojourne there in the land of Cham. Psal. 105. 23. This journey of his is sundry times mentioned Ios. 24. 4. Esa. 52. 4. Act. 7. 15. Num. 20. 15. Deut. 10. 22. This was in the 130. yeere of Iakobs life Gen. 47. 9. after the promise made to Abraham 215. yeeres Gen. 12. 4. in the yeere of the world 2298. seed that is children or posterity See Gen. 3. 15. and 13. 55. So the Chaldee translateth it sonnes Vers. 7. daughters one daughter Dinah verse 15. so in vers 23. sonne for one sonne Vers. 9. Carmi in Greeke Charmee These foure were heads of their fathers house and of them are named the families of the tribe of Reuben Exod. 6. 14 Num. 26. 5. 6. 1 Chron. 5. 3. So of the rest that follow Vers. 10. Iemuel called also Nemuel in Numb 26. 12. 1 Chro. 4. 14 Ohad in Greeke Aod This man is not mentioned in the families of Simeon Num. 26. 12. 1 Chro. 4. 24. it seemeth hee and his were then perished Iachin called also Iarib 1 Chron. 4. 24. of him was a familie called Iachinites Numb 26. 12. Zohar in Greeke Saar by transposition of letters hee is also called Zerah and his familie Zarhites Num. 26. 13. 1 Chro. 4. 24. Canaanitesse or Canaanitish woman the cursed stocke with which Israels sonnes ordinarily might not marry Gen. 28. 1. Vers. 11. Gershon called also Gershom 1 Chron. 6. 16. Kohath or Kehath in Greeke Kath. This man was grand-father to Aaron and Moses and Marie Exod. 6. 18 20. Of this familie came the Priests of Israel 1 Chro. 6. 3. 4. c. and the Kohathites had the principall place in the service of the sanctuarie Num. 3. 31. and they are reckoned before the Gersonites Num. 4. 34. c. Vers. 12. dyed by untimely death at Gods hand for their sinne Gen. 38. 7 10. Hezron in Greeke Asron but the Apostle writeth him in Greeke Esrom Mat. 1. 3. by interpretation the middest of exultation V. 13. Issachar why his familie is set before other his elder brethren is shewed on Gen. 35. 23. Thola he had a rare blessing in multitude of children for of this Tholah were 22600. valiant men of warre in Davids dayes 1 Chron. 7. 2. There was also a Iudge of this name and tribe Iudg. 10. 1. Phuvah called also Phuah 1 Chron. 7. 1. and so the Greeke here writes him Phoua Iob called also Iashub Num. 26. 24. 1 Chron. 7. 1. and so the Greeke writeth him here Iasoub Simron or Shimron in Greeke Zambran Vers. 14. Elon in Greeke Allon Iahleel in Greeke Aiel Vers. 15. Padan or Mesopotamia see Gen. 25. â—0 There Leahs sonnes were borne but the families of her sonnes here reckoned were borne after they came thence into Canaan all the soules that is persons Gen. 12. 5. Heb. soul which the Greeke translateth soules so after and three counting Iakob himselfe for one as verse 8. and excluding Er and Onan
these two signifieth in Ezek. 3. 6. The Greek translateth of a smal voice of a slow tongue the Chaldee of a heavy speech and of a deep tongue This as other things in Moses may have reference to the effect of the Law which he administred as on the contrary the Psalmist prophesying of Christ had his tongue the penne of a speedy writer Psal. 45. 2. and the Spirit which is received not by the works of Moses law but by the hearing of faith in Christ Gal. 3. 2. causeth prophesie and other words of wisdome and knowledge Act. 2. 18. 1. Gor. 12. 8. 10. causeth the lips of those that are asleepe to speake Song 7. 9. By the Hebrew cannons no Priest that stammered lisped or was of an heavy mouth or tongue might lift up his hands to blesse the people Maimony in Misneh treat of Prayer chap. 15. S 〈…〉 Soe the notes on Num. 6. 23. Vers. 11 hath made or as the Greek translateth hath given Heb put the mouth to 〈◊〉 open eyed or open cared for the Hebrew word signifieth both these Esa. 42. 7. 20. and may have reference here to both The Greeke tranflateth the seeing Compare Psal. 146. 8 Esa. 61. 1. and 33. 5. 6. Vers. 12. I will be The Chaldee expounds it my word shall be the Greeke I will open thy mouth will tâ—aoh by my spirit as Christ in like manner promiseth his Apostles Matth. 10. 19. 20. Mark 13. 11. Luke 12. 11. 12. Vers. 13. by the hand thou shouldest that is by his hand or ministery whom thou shouldest send as being fitterthand or by the hand of any other whom thou wilt send The Chaldee and That gum Ierusalemy translate by the hand of him whom it is meet to send and the Greeke 〈◊〉 choose anâ— then able man whom thou wilt send Moses 〈◊〉 greatnesse of the worke would with draw his shoulder through infirmity God hereby 〈…〉 wing the imperfection of Moses administration and impossibility of the law to bring men to perfection when Moses could not bring Israel into the promised land 〈◊〉 3. 24. 25. 27. 28. Romans 8. 3. Hebrewes 7. 19. The hand of one is usually put for his ministerie as Moses now was sâ—m of God by the hand of the Angel which appeared to him in the bush 〈◊〉 7. 35. See Exodus 9. 35. Psal. 97 2â— Hag. 1. 1. Mal. 1. 1. Vers. 24. speaking speake that is speake well and eloquently Thus God distributeth his gifts by measure diversly to one is given by the spirit the word of wisedome to 〈…〉 ther the word of knowledge to another kindes of tongues to another the interpretation of tongues c. 1 Cor. 12. 8. 10. So among the Apostles 2 Cor. 11. 6. and 10. 10. Mar. 3. 17. Of this Aaron see after in Exod. 6. 20. 26. Vers. 15. the words which I have spoken to thee as the Greeke saith my words God signifying hereby that the Priests which came of Aaron should receive their doctrine from the Law which was given by Moses as Ezek. 44. 24. Mal. 4. 4 Levit. 6. 8. 9. I will be the Chaldee faith my word shall be the Greeke I will open thy mouth as vers 12. Verse 16. hee shall bee or it shall bee that hee shall be the word is doubled for more vehemency and assurance a mouth that is a spokes-man or as the Chaldee saith an interpreter In Exod 7. 1. he is callled his Prophet a God the Chaldee saith Rab that is a Master and the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth an inquirer of Doctrine from before the Lord. The Greeke translateth in things pertaining to God which very phrase Paul useth in Hebrewes 5. 1. The Hebrew Elohim God is after attributed to Iudges and Magistrates Exod. 22. 8. 9. Psal. 82. 6. and the reason is rendred by Christ because the word of God is given to them Ioh. 10. 34. 35. Here Moses though the yonger brother Exodus 7. 7. is preferred before Aaron his elder so God oftentimes disposed see Geneâ— 25. 23. and 48. 19. Vers. 17. this rod which was turned into a serpent as the Greeke addeth for explanation In verse 20. it is called the rod of God it was before Moses shepherds staffe Vers. 18. Iether called after Iethro in Greeke Iethor see Exod. 3. 1. in peace or with peace the Greeke translateth with health or welfare Vers. 19. thy saule that is thy life as Genesis 19. 17. So the Chaldee well explaineth it that sought to â—ill thee Though sometime to seeke the soule is taken in the good part as none seeketh for my soule Psal. 142. 5. that is careth for me or for my life yet usually it signifieth seeking to kill one and is sometime explained seeking the soule to take it away as 〈◊〉 Kings 19. 10. This phrase is often used So Matth. 2. 20. Vers. 20. sonnes two Gershom and Eliezer Exodus 18. 3 4. an asse the Greeke translateth 〈◊〉 as moe then one and often the Hebrew putteth the singular for many See Genesis 3. 2. This may argue Moses poore estate as Christs Zichar 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 â—od of God that is which God had appo 〈…〉 him to worke miracles with as verse 3. 17. So the Chaldee explaineth it the rod whereby miracles should be done from before the Lord. So in Exod. 17. 9. Vers. 21. have put or shall p 〈…〉 t in thy hand that is give thee power to doe What wonders signifie see on Exodus 7. 3 make strong or make 〈◊〉 fast 〈◊〉 and hard that hee shall not reâ—ut or yeeld therefore iâ— Exodus 7. 3. God useth another word I will den and so the Greeke translateth this here As before God 〈◊〉 Pharaohs heart to hate his people Psalme 105. 25. so now hee is said to make-strong and to harden his heart and of King Sichon the Lord hardened his spirit and made his heart strong or obstinate Deuteronomie 2. 30. and hardned the hearts of the other Canaanites Ioshua 11. 20. and made fatte and hardened the hearts of the Israelites Esay 6. 10. Iohn 12. 40. and gave them the spirit of slumber Romans 11. 8. As hardnesse is sinne so Pharaoh hardened his owne heart Exodus 9. 34. and so all wicked men Psalme 95. 8. but as it is a judgement and punishment for sinne GOD hardneth using hereunto sundry meanes sometime withdrawing his outward word and workes Psalme 147. 19. 20. Matthew 11. 21. 23. sometime the inward working of his spirit Genesis 6. 3. and sending outward meanes to deceive them 1 Kings 22. 20. 23. or strong delusions to blinde their mindes 2 Thes. 2. 10. 11. Romans 11. 8. 10. or making his word which they abuse to be the favour of death unto them 2 Corinthians 2. 15. 16. 1 Pet. 2. 8. or giving them over to a reprobate minde Romans 1. 28. or to Satan to be blinded and deluded unto destruction 2 Corinthians 4. 4. 1 Kings 22. 22 2 Thessal 2. 9. 12. So God is said to determine and to doe those things but justly
journey into the wildernesse and sacrifice to Iehovah our God as he shall say unto us And Pharaoh said I will send you away that yee may sacrifice to Iehovah your God in the wilderdernesse onely in going you shall not remove very farre away intreat yee for mee And Moses said Behold I goe out from thee and will intreat Iehovah that the mixed swarme may depart from Pharaoh from his servants and from his people to morrow onely let not Pharaoh any more deceive in not sending away the people to sacrifice unto Iehovah And Moses went out from Pharaoh and intreated Iehovah And Iehovah did according to the word of Moses and hee removed the mixed swarme from Pharaoh from his servants and from his people there remained not one And Pharaoh made his heart heavy at this time also and sent not away the people Annotations ABundantly bring This word is used in the creation Gen. 1. 20. that which then was a blessing is here turned to a curse And this second plague even as the former God raiseth from the waters the next is from the earth verse 16. this is threatned before it was inflicted the next is not so house The Greeke Interpreters understood one for many translating houses chambers c. which the Hebrew also may imply see Gen. 3. 2. and upon or and into the houses of thy people in this sense the Greeke translateth it â—roughes of dough or as the Greeke expounds it lumpes of dough which the word seemeth properly to meane in Exodus 12. 34. This was one of the particulars in which God threatneth the transgressours of his law to curse them Deut. 28. 17. Vers. 4. upon thee or against thee This signifieth the greatnesse of this plague invading not onely their houses beds pantries c. but the Egyptians themselves whom neither doores gates walles nor weapons could defend from those silly creatures By expressing these persons the exempting of Israel seemeth to be implyed as after in plaine 〈◊〉 verse 22. And in Psal. 78. 12. 43. these wonders are said to be done in Tsoan or Tâ—nis a region in Egypt which was distinct from Goshen where Israel dwelt Vers. 6. the frog put generally for frogs with multitudes whereof God plagued he Egyptians and as it is said in Psal 78. 45. corrupted or destroyed them Frogs are loathsome and troublesome creatures and by Gods law uncleane and abominable Levit. 11. 12. 23. and by frogs else-where the Holy Ghost signifieth the uncleane spirits of devills which comming out of the mouth of the Dragon Beast and False Prophet as here they came out of streames rivers and Ponds goe to the kings of the earth as these did into kings chambers Psal. 〈◊〉 30. to gather them to the battle of the grean day of God almighty Rev. 16. 13. 14. Plime in his â—at Historie booke 8. c. 29. speaking of notable documents of destruction by contemptible creatures mentioneth a citie in France that was of old driven away by frogs V. 7. did so or did likewise see Exod. 7 11. 22. V. 8. that he may take away or and let him remove by this Pharaoh acknowledgeth both the grievousnesse of this plague for he requested not the like for the first of the blood Exod. 7. 23. and that his Magicians could adde unto his plagues but were not able to deliver him from any Wherfore he is now forced to seeke helpe of that God whom before he would not know Exod. 5. 2. And when the Philistines land was plagued with mice as Egypt was now with frogges they by counsell of their soothsayers sent a sin-offring to the God of Israel that they might be healed and shunned hardnesse of hart taking warning by this Pharaoh and the Egyptians 1 Sam. 6. 2. 3. 6. V. 9. Glorie over me in appointing me the time when I shall intreat for thee so the Greeke translateth it Appoint unto mee when I shall pray and the Chaldee paraphraseth Aske for thee a powerfull worke and give thou the time c. The Hebr. properly signifieth to glorie over or to vaunt ones selfe against another as Iudg. 7. 2. Esay 10. 15. In this speech Moses shewed both great faith in God and humilitie towards the king cut off that is destroy or kill vers 13. onely or as the Greeke translateth but in the river So Moses limiteth the measure of the release the time he leaveth to Pharaohs choise who by seeing the remainders of both plagues that frogs were in the river where fish had been before Exod. 7. 21. might be the more moved to keepe his promise in letting Israel go Therefore this deliverance is called but a breathing v. 15. V. 12. because of or concerning the word or busines as the Chaldee translateth it of the frogs which the Gr. interpreteth for the limited ending of the frogs as he had appointed to Pharaoh he had put that is God had laid as a plague or w ch Moses had put unto Pharaoh for choise of the time v. 9. The Gr. favoreth this latter sense so do the words following V. 14. upon heaps or many heaps Hebr. heapes heaps of which phrase see Gen. 14. 10. stanke with dead frogs as the river did before with dead fish Exod. 7. 21. The Chaldee translateth they stank upon the land Hereby God recompensed the Egyptians sin in whose eies the savour of Israel did stink before Exod. 5. 21. and there remained as yet a memoriall of their plague the stinke wherof came up into their nostrils and the ill favour of such uncleane spirits as were figured by these frogs Rev. 16. 13. 14. is signified The like is prophesied concerning the Locusts in Ioel. 2. 20. and the armie of Gog Ezck. 39. 11. and all other enemies of the Church Esay 34. 3. V. 15. a breathing or respiration in Gr. a refreshing that 〈◊〉 some inlargement respit from the plague whe 〈…〉 with he was before so straitly afflicted The like word is used in Esth. 4. 14. heavy unfit to understand oâ—â—y 〈◊〉 to the word of God see Exodus 7. 14. Thus neither the laying on of the plague nor taking it off could worke any good in Pharao 〈…〉 let favour bee shewed to the wicked yet will hee not leaâ—â—e righteousnesse Esay 26. 10. V. 16. thy rod the Gr. addeth with thy hand w ch the Heb. also expresseth in v. 17. And so in Exod. 10. 21. where Moses is bidden stretch out his hand seemeth to be meant his rod withall Of this third plague God gave Pharaoh no warning aforehand as he did of the other two but hastened his punishment as his sins increased bringeth this plague from the earth which was neerer unto them than the waters So of the fourth and fifth plagues God gave theÌ„ warning beforehand but not of the sixt Exod. 9. 8. againe of the seveÌ„th eighth plagues he warned them but not of the ninth Exo. 10. 21. at the tenth plague the Israelites are sent away Exod. 12. Moreover these three
Barley and Oates But the kindes of pulse as Rice and Millet and Beanes and Lontiles and the like there is not of them any levened bread For though the meale of Rice and the like â—â—kneâ—ded and covered with cloathes like dough which is levened yet is it lawfull to be eaten for it is not levened but putrified The five sorts of corne aforesaid if they be kneaded with the liquour of fruits onely without any water they are never counted levened but are lawfull to be eaten for the juyce of fruits doe not leven but putrifie And the liquors of fruits are as wine and milke and honey and oyle olive and the juyce of apples and pomgranats and all such like But if any water be mixed with them they doe leaven They may not boyle wheat in water neither the beaten graine nor the meale for then it is perfectly levened and if that it be burst in the boylying They may not frâ—e the paste in oile in a pan But they may boyle the graine and the meale of parched corne It is lawfull to boile the corne or the meale in the liquor of fruits Likewise paste that is kneaded in the liquor of fruits if they boyle it in the liquor of fruits or frie it in a pan in oyle it is lawfull for the liquor of fruits leven not c. In any â—roth or pottage that they boile if any Barley or Wheat be found therein and the graine be burst all that broth is unlawfull for leven is mixed with it If the graines be not broken they take them out and burn them and the rest of the pottage they may eat for corne so mixed or boiled and not burst is not by the Law perfectly levened c. Maimony in treat of Leven and Unlevened bread c. 5. S. 1. c. that soule the Chaldee expounds it that man So in verse 19. cut off the Greeke saith destroyed see Gen. 17. 14. The Hebrew cannons say who so eateth so much as an olive of leven in the Passeover from the beginning of the might of the 15 night unto the end of the one and twentieth day of Nisan if he doe it presumptuously is guilty of being cut off if ignorantly he is bound to bring the sameoffring appointed for the same If hee eat any whit of leven at all it is forbidden by the law and though he bee not to be cut off or bring an offring but for the foresaid quantitie of an olive yet he that eateth lesse than that presumptuously is to be chastised with stripes Maimony treat of Leven chap. 1. S. 1. 7. from the first c. that is who so eateth leven any of these daies Vers. 16. convocation an holy assembly of all the people and so a Sabbath as Levit. 23. 39. The like order was at other feasts Levit. 23. 2. 3. 7. 21. 24. 27. 35. So these feasts were for the honour of God and increase of faith and holinesse in his people assembling for religious exercises done dressed and made ready to eat which yet on the Sabbath day was unlawfull to be done Exodus 16. 5. 23. 29. and 35. 2. 3. Vers. 17. selfe same Hebr. the strength or body of this day so verse 41. and 51. see Gen. 17. 23. I brought forth God did this by his Angell as it is written he sent an Angell and brought us forth out of Egypt Num. 20. 16. The Hebrew Doctors say The redemption from Egypt was by the hand of the Angell the Redeemer with the power of the great God as is said in Exod. 32. 11 which thou hast brought forth out of the land of Egypt with great power and with a strong hand R. Menachem on Exod. 12. Vers. 18. first The Chaldee nameth it In Nisan in the tenth day see verse 1. The Greeke saith Beginning in the fourteenth day of the first moneth Verse 19. not be found from hence the Hebrew Doctors gather Whosoever leaveth leven within his power at the Passeover although he eat not of it yet hee transgresseth two prohibitions no old leven shall be seene with thee Ezod 13. 7. and old leven shall not be found in your houses Exod. 12. 19. Moreover Leven when the Passeover is gone over it is for ever unlawfull to bee put to any use Maimony treatâ— of Leven chap. 1 S. 2 〈…〉 stranger that is strangers as the Greek translateth it opposed to the naturall Israelites to be borne afterward in the land of Canaan Vers. 21. elders by whom hee would signifie this law to all the people as vers 3. So before in Exodus 3. 16. draw out separate from the restoâ—â—he flocke and dest 〈…〉 ate unto this end as before in verse 5. 6. The Greeke translateth Goe and take 〈…〉 lambs or stocke beasts of the sheepe or goats as verse 5. So the Greeke and Chaldee translate it plurally neither is the Hebrew word tson used for one particular lambe but for many Passeover that is the Paschall Lambe called by figure of speech and 〈…〉 ally the Passeover as circumcision is called the covenant G 〈…〉 â—7 13. the Rocke Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. bread and wine the body and bloud of Christ Mark 14. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 d many the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 P 〈…〉 followeth 〈◊〉 〈…〉 Cor. 5. 7. Christ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is 〈◊〉 is killed 〈◊〉 Verse 22. hyssope called in Hebrew a 〈…〉 in Greeke by the Apostle hyssopos Heb. 9. 19. wherupon we English it eizop or hyssope but whether it were that herbe which wee commonly call by that name is uncertaine It grew out of wals 1 King 4. 33. The Iewes write that there were foure sorts of hyssope and that this spoken of in the Law was such as men used to eat of and season poâ—tuge with And the bunch spoken of was three stalkes of hyssope bound together Maimony in Misn. treat Of the red Cow chap. 3. S. 2. and chap. 11. S. 1. This herbe was used to sprinkle with in other services and purifications See Exod. 24. 6. 8. Leviticus 14. 4. Num. 19. 6. 18. and signified the instrument wherby the blood of Christ is sprinkled upon and applied unto our hearts which is the preaching of faith for faith purifieth the heart of sinners Acts 15. 9. and it commeth by the preaching of the Word Rom. 10. 14. 17. which ministreth unto us the spirit Galat. 3. 2. and wee are elect through sanctification of the spirit unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Iesus Christ 1 Pet. 1. 2. which purgeth our consciences from dead workes to serve the living God Hebr. 9. 14. See Psal. 51. 9. strike or sprinkler Hebrew make touch which the Greeke translateth set or put the Chaldee sprinkle not goe This also was but at the Passeover in Egypt for the present danger of death by the destroying Angells after it was not required and Christ with his Disciples went out that night they are the Pasche Matth. 26. 30. The houses of the Israelites thus sanctified by the paschall Lambe and blood thereof out
light unto Israel and the darknesse gave darknesse unto the Egyptians The Greeke translateth and there was darknesse thicke darknesse and the night came A like manifestation of Gods glorie the Psalmist celebrateth He set darknesse his secret place round about him his pavillion darknesse of waters that is of watrie clouds thicke clouds of the skies Psal. 18. 12. Vers. 21. to goe backe O sâ—a what ailed thee that thou fleddest Psalme â—14 5. The waters saw thee ô God the waters saw thee they trembled the depths also were troubled Psal. 77. 17. This worke of God figured the afflictions of this world made easie for Christs people to passe thorow by the power of God Ps. 66. 12. Esay 43. 2. east winde which being violent is used to denote Gods anger Ier. 18. 17. Ezek. 19. 12. Psal. 48. 8. And of this worke the Prophet saith was thy wrath Lord against the sea Habakkuk 3. 8. and David saith he rebuked the sea and it was dried up Psal. 106. 9. It figured also the power of Gods Spirit for the salvation of his Church by Christ Esay 11. 15. who for the help of his people flyeth swiftly on the wings of the wind Ps. 18. 11. dry land Come see the works of God he is fearfull in his doing toward the sons of men he turned the sea into dry-land Psal. 66. 5. 6. cloven or forcibly divided into parts as Psal. 136. 13. from which the Iew Doctors teach that there were 12. according to the number of the twelve tribes of Israel Pirkei R. Eliezer c. 42. and Thargum Ierusalemy on Deut. 1. 1. Vers. 22. went in following the Lord by faith for he led them by the right hand of Moses with his glorious arme dividing the water before them to make himselfe an everlasting name Esay 63. 12. and by faith they passed through the red sea as by dry land which the Egyptians assaying to doe were drowned Heb. 11. 29. And in this sea they were baptized 1 Cor. 10. 2. a wall standing up stedfast as an heape Psal. 78. 13. so they went safely God led them through the deepe as an horse in the wildernesse that they should not stumble as a beast goeth downe into the valley the Spirit of the Lord quietly led the people to make himselfe a glorious name Esay 63. 13. 14. Vers. 24. watch or ward custodie so called because men kept watch and ward there certaine houres in the night As here and in 1 Sam. 11. 11. is mentioned the morning watch so in Lam. 2. 19. the beginning of the watches and in Iudg. 7. 19. the middle watch is spoken of in Luk. 12. 38. the second and third watch and in Matt. 14. 25. the fourth watch of the night which in Mar 13. 35 are named evening midnight cock-crowing and day-dawning See also after in v. 27. looked and manifested his presence with Israel and wrath against Egypt for the clouds streamed downe waters the skies gave out a sound Gods arrowes also or hailestones went abroad the voice of his thunder was in the aire lightnings lightned the world the earth trembled quaked Psal. 77. 18. 19. pillar of fire wherein God did as it were ride upon his horses his chariots of salvation for his people Habak 3. 8. 9. troubled the campe or made a tumult in their host and terribly strooke them downe The Ierusalemy Thargum here saith God threw downe upon them pitch and fire and haile-stones and astonished the host of the Egyptians This word is after used when God promiseth to destroy the Canaanites from before his people Deut. 7. 23. And David in like sort celebrateth his victories saying he sent out his arrowes and scattered them and he hurled forth lightnings and troubled them Psalme 18. 15. Vers. 25. heavily Hebrew with heavinesse Greeke by force For the raine and tempest so softned the ground that they could drive but slowly and with much adoe Egyptians Hebrew the Egyptian said let meflee spoken as of one man to note their joynt consent So in v. 26. Vers. 26. shall returne the Greeke translateth let the water returne and cover the Egyptians The word cover is borrowed from v. 28. This was done with a wind as before v. 21. Exod. 15. 10. Vers. 27. the looking forth or turning towards of the morning at the day dawning which time the Scripture noteth both for judgement upon the wicked as in this place and for mercy to the city of God as in Psal. 46. 6. It was also the time of Christs resurrection Matt. 28. 1. 2. The like phrase is of the evening in Gen. 24. 63. shooke off that is cast away destroyed so this word is elsewhere used Iob 38. 13. Nehem. 5. 13. Herein God recompenced them according to their workes for they had drowned the children of Israel in the river Exod. 1. 22. and now they themselves were drowned in the sea This overthrow of the Egyptians was also a figure of Christs victory over our spirituall enemies by subduing our iniquities and casting al our sinnes into the depths of the sea Micah 7. 15. 19. Vers. 29. walked or went on dry land as before so whiles the waters retired and drowned the Egyptians Of this miracle Asaph sung O God thy way was in the sea and thy pathes in the many waters and thy foot-steps were not knowne thou didst lead thy people like a flocke by the hand of Moses and Aaron Psal. 77. 20. 21. Alike marvellous worke was at the river Iordan when Israel entred in Canaan Ios. 3. 16. Vers. 30. shore Heb. lip of the sea Vers. 31. hand that is handy worke so in Psalme 109. 27. the Chaldee translateth it the power of the great hand in Iehovah the Greeke translateth beleeved God so in Gen. 15. 6. where is shewed that the Apostles approve the version in Moses that is in the word which Moses taught them from God as the Chaldee explaineth it they beleeved in the word of the Lord and in the prophesie of Moses his servant So in 2 Chro. 20. 20. it is said beleeve in Iehovah c. beleeve in his Prophets and in Exod. 19. 9. that they may beleeve in thee It meaneth trust or confidence in the faithfulnesse of any as in 2 Cor. 2. 3. Gal. 5. 10. A like speech is of Sion in Esay 14. 32. the poore of his people shall trust in it So in 1 Sam. 12. 18. the people feared Iehovah and Samuel See further in the notes on Exod. 19. 9. CHAP. XV. 1 The song of Moses and Israel wherein they celebrate Gods power and grace for drowning the Egyptians and saving of Israel in the red sea 13 for leading his people through the wildernesse 14 for terrifying the nations round about 17 for seating his people in Canaan 20 Marie and the women answer the men in singing Gods praise 22 The people in the wildernesse are brought to bitter waters 25 a tree sweetneth them 27 At Elim are twelve wels and seventie palme trees THen sang
before them â—oth they shall bee for 〈…〉 And they shâ—ll bee eight 〈…〉 and thâ—â—◠〈…〉 of silver sixteene 〈…〉 two soâ—â—◠〈…〉 board and 〈…〉 under another board And thou shalt make barres of Shittim wood five for the boards of the one side of the Tabernacle And five barres for the boards of the second side of the Tabernacle and five barres for the boards of the side of the Tabernacle for the two sides Seaward And the mid 〈…〉 barre in the mids of the boards reaching from end to end And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold and their rings thou shalt make of gold places for the barres and thou shalt overlay the barres with gold And thou shalt reare up the Tabernacle according to the right fashion therof which thou wast shewed in the mount And thou shalt make a veile of blew and purple and scarlet and fine linnen twined the worke of a cunning workeman he shall make it with Cherubims And thou shalt hang it upon foure pillars of Shittim overlaid with gold their hookes shall be of gold upon the foure sockets of silver And thou shalt hang the veise under the taches and shalt bring in thither within the veile the Arke of the Testimonie and the veile shall divide unto you betweene the Holy place and the Holy of holies And thou shalt put the Covering-mercie-seat upon the Arke of the Testimony in the Holy of holies And thou shalt set the Table without the veile and the Candlesticke over against the table on the side of the Tabernacle toward the South and the table thou shalt put on the North side And thou shalt make an hanging-veile for the doore of the Tent of blew and purple and scarlet and fine linnen twined the worke of the Embroiderer And thou shalt make for the hanging-veile five pillars of Shittim and overlay them with gold their hookes gold and thou shalt cast for them five sockets of brasse Annotations 〈◊〉 or Habitacle which was for the foresaid Arke Table with shew-bread and Câ—â—dlâ—sticke to be placed in a figure of the Church wherein God dwelleth graciously with his people and inligh 〈…〉 them with his Law and the seven spirits which are before his throne See the annoâ—â—tions on the former Chapter twined or twisted after it was spunne and this was for more strength 〈◊〉 4. 12. In the Hebrew canons it is said Wheresoever fine linnâ—n twisted is spoken of in the 〈◊〉 it must be sixâ— double thred Maimony treat of the 〈…〉 of the Sanctuary chap. 8. Sect. 14. scarlet or double dyâ—d scarlet These colours represented the blood of Christ and the white 〈…〉 bysse his justice and so the vatietie of 〈…〉 erewith he and his Church is made glorious 〈…〉 he notes on Exod. â—5 4. Cheru 〈…〉 that is as the Chaldee explaineth it figures of 〈…〉 signifying heavenly affections in Christ a 〈…〉 his Church and the Angels ministers 〈◊〉 and about them See Exod. 25. 18. cun 〈…〉 or exquisite craftsman that skilfully deviseth and curiously worketh in any Arte Exod 35. 〈◊〉 33. 2 Chro. 26. 15. The Chaldee translateth it Craftsman the Greeke Weaver of which there is also mention in this worke of the Tabernacle Exod. 35. 35. and 39. 22. The Hebrew Doctors put a difference betweene this cunning workeâ—aâ— and the embroiderer in verse 36. Wheresoever it is said in the Law THE WORKE OF THE EMBROIDERER that is when the figures which are made in the weaving are seene but on the one side but THE WORKE OF THE CVNNING WORKEMAN is when the figures are seene on both sides before and after Maimony in 〈◊〉 of the Implements of the Sanctuarie chap. 8. Sect. 15. The veile of the most holy place being of this cunning workemanship verse 31. sheweth that both sides were wrought alike Vers. 2 cubits Hebr. by cubit that is measuring by the Cubit which is sixe hand-breadths or a foot and a halfe of one which may bee understood of every one as in 2 Chron. 9. 16. one shield it for every shield Or as the Greeke here translateth the curtaiâ—â—â— shall be one Vers. 3. one to anothâ—â— Hebr. woman to her sister which Heâ—â—aisme the Chaldee also translateth one 〈◊〉 another and the Greeke giveth the like sense and Moses himselfe so explaineth it in Exod. 36. 10. 12. where he saith one 〈◊〉 So after in verse 5. and 17. This signified the union of persons and of gâ—â—â—es in the Church by the Spirit Ephes. 4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1 Cor. 12. 4. 5. 6. 12. 13. for in Christ all the building 〈◊〉 coupled together groweth unto an holy Temple in the Lord Ephes. 2. 21. 22. and 4. 16. Verâ— 4. â—dge Hebr. lip So in vers 10. the one or the first curtaine so in verse 5. So one is used for the first G 〈…〉 1. 5. second coupling or coupling of the 〈…〉 so in verse 5. Vers. 5. being one right oveâ— against another or â—eceiving one to another so holding by the taches one curtaine to another But both the Greeke and Chaldee version favoureth the first exposition Vers. 6. one Tabernacle or the Habitacle shall bee 〈…〉 is said for the Tent verse 〈◊〉 Howâ—â—â—â— because of the distinction by the veise there were after a sort two Tabernacles and so the Aposâ—â—e speaketh of the first called the Holy and after the second 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tabernacle called the Holy of holies 〈…〉 As the golden taches clasped in the blew oâ— heaven-coloured loopes made the ten 〈…〉 one Tent so by faith and love in Christ the Saints are fastened builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit Eph. 2. 22. where 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 mentioneth the unitie of the Spirit 〈…〉 peace the â—nitâ—e of the faith and our 〈…〉 together in love Ephes 4. 3. 13. Coâ—â—s 2 2. 〈◊〉 this is to be for all affaires both of peace and of warre Iudges 20. 11. Vers. 7. a Tent that is a Covering spred over so the Greek translateth it a Covering the Chaldee an overspreading See Exod. 40. 6. eleven wheras the embroidered curtaines were but ten verse 〈◊〉 So these were thirty cubits long verse 8 those but 28. cubits verse 2. Thus the Covering was larger in length and bredth then the thing covered The like may be thought by proportion of the two upper Coverings of skins in verse 14. that they also were larger theâ— this Tent of haire though for brevity their sise is not expressed And that this Goats haire was woven into cloath appeareth in that it was spunne by women as the other stuffe Exod. 35. 26. Verse 14. Tachash skinnes in Greeke Violet colour skinnes of them see Exod. 25. 5. These three sorts of Coverings served for the safetie of the Tent and things in the same from the injurie of the weather also by these covers and veils the people were kept from beholding the holy things as at the removing of the Tent likewise Num. 4. 5. 15. So they signified the safetie of Gods Church covered and hid
from the injuries of the world Esa. 4. 6. and 25. 4. Psal. 27. 5. that the Sâ—â—ne shall not light on them nor any heat Rev. 7. 16 and the state of the Church then which had the mysteries of Christ under shadowes and coverings now taken away Heb. 10. 1. Therefore the Tabernacle of the Gospell is described without any such veiles or covers in the open heaven where the most holy things even the Aâ—â—e of Gods Covenant is to bee seene Rev. 4 1. 6. and 11. 19. and 21. 2. 3. c. Vers. 15. boards these were to beare up the embroidered curtainâ—â— the Greeke calleth them styles or pillars and to these with the silver sockets wheron they stood verse 19. the Apostle alludeth when he calleâ—ly Gods House and Church the pillar and stay of the Truth 1 Tim. 3. 15. Vers. 17. tenons called in Hebrew hands for that they held fast in the mortaiâ—â—es of the sockets set in order or set ladder wise that is equally distant one from another as the staâ—es of a ladder Vers. 19. sockets or bases as the Greeke translateth them the 〈…〉 grounds that sustained the boards having hollow mortailâ—â— for the tenons of the boards to be fastened in Every one of these sockets was of a talent of silvâ—◠〈…〉 an â—â—â—dred and twenty pound weight 〈…〉 Vers. 20. twenty boards and every be and being a â—â—biâ— and an halfe broad verse â—6 〈…〉 of the whole Tabernacle appeareth to be â—0 cubiâ—s 〈◊〉 45. foot Vers. 22. S 〈…〉 d that is 〈◊〉 so vers 27. See the notes on Gen. 〈◊〉 8. Vers. 24. equally joyned or j 〈…〉 that is joyned alike to the boards that are 〈◊〉 the side and on the end of the Tabernacle so fastening them both together The Hebrew signifieth twinning or twins 〈…〉 in this sonse but here and againe 〈…〉 The Chaldee 〈…〉 reth it disposed or 〈◊〉 the Greeke thâ—â— shall be of equaâ—â—â—â—e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 together 〈◊〉 perfectly joyned or equally joyned The Hebrew though it differeth in forme yet is thought to be of like signifie at 〈…〉 with the former and so the Chaldee 〈◊〉 it as before and the Greeke varieth but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall be exisou of equalitie beneath and likewise they shall be isoi equall at the heads c. so in Exod 36. 19. Vers. 26. â—arres or â—afâ—ers which were for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 â—n the boards together Vers. 28. in the mids This â—ids seemeth to bee 〈◊〉 of the length of the boards not of the thicknesse as if this barre went through the boards which so must needs bee of an extraordinary thicknesse and weight but through rings put in the mids of the boards as the other barres went through rings put in the ends reaching or shooting through of this word the barre afore-said hath the name in Hebrew which signifieth â—â—eeing or speedy passing through Vers. 29. places Hebr. houses as Exod. 25. 27. The Greeke explaineth it thus into which thou shalt bring the barres Vers. 30. right fashion or just constitution Hebr. judgement which the Greeke translateth fashion or shape and Stephen calleth it a type Acts 7. 44. so it is the same in effect with Exod. 25. 40. Vers. 31. of a cunning workeman that is wrought or woven both sides alike see the notes on verse 1. he that is the workeman the Greeke saith as before thou shalt make Cherubiâ—s that is as the Chaldee â—â—presseth figures of Cherub 〈…〉 wrought in the veile Vers. 32. hang Hebrew giveâ— so verse 33. Shittim or â—edar wood that will not rot Exodâ—â— 25. 5. Vers. 33. of the testimony that is of the Tables where on the Law was written for a testimonie to Israel See Exod. 2â— 16. divide or separate This was the speciall use of this veile to deâ—arre men from entring yea or seeing into the most holy place or the Arke Exod. 40. 3. whereby as Paul saith the Holy Ghost signified this that the way into the Holies was not yet manifested while as the first Ta 〈…〉 had st 〈…〉 g Heb. 9. 8. that is the way 〈◊〉 heaven which the most holy place shadowed was not by those legall services but should be 〈◊〉 â—â—to 〈…〉 n by Christ first entring there 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 Heb. 9. 24 and 10. 19. Therefore 〈◊〉 this 〈◊〉 signified the flesh of Christ under 〈…〉 was veiled and through 〈…〉 death hee entred himselfe 〈…〉 also for us to enter into heaven Heb. 9. 19. 20. To 〈◊〉 this the veile of the Temple at the death of Christ was rent in 〈◊〉 〈…〉 Mattâ— â—7 51. So the curious embroiderie and glorious Cherubims of this 〈…〉 manifold graces of the Spirit 〈…〉 had in his 〈…〉 al 〈…〉 of his Word and Spi 〈…〉 which are in 〈…〉 understood 〈…〉 of Holinesses that 〈…〉 most holy place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 name Christ him 〈…〉 câ—â—â—ed 〈◊〉 9 â—4 but 〈◊〉 it figured Heaven into which Christ is entred in flesh we also now are by hope and shall also in our flesh at his appearing Heb. 6. 19. 20. and 9. 11. 12. 24. and 10. 19. Ioh. 14. 2. 3. It was also a type of the Churches estate under the Gospell wherein without veiles we enjoy the mysteries of Christ Revel 4. and 11. 19. This place in Solomons Temple was called Debir that is the Oracle because from thence Gods oracles were heard Num. 7. 89. 1 King 6. 19. where the Chaldee translateth it the house of propitiations Vers. 35. without signifying that the twelve Tribes of Israel represented by the Cakes upon that Table were yet without the open enjoying of the mysteries of the Gospell Heb. 9. 8. 9. 10. and 10. 19. and 11. 39. 40. and in respect of heaven it selfe we all in this life are yet without and enter in onely by the anker of hope Heb. 6. 18. 19. 20. 1 Pet. 1. 4. 5. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 2. 3. c. the south which is the right hand both in respect of the world Psal. 89. 13. and of this Tabernacle where God from the most holy place betweene the Cherubims beheld his people worshipping with their faces towards the West the type of them on the table being on the Northside and the Candlesticke of his law burning with the seven lamps of his Spirit on the South side So the Word is above the Church Vers. 36. an hanging veile or covering as the word more properly signifieth This was another veile which hung as a doore at the entry of the Tabernacle through which the priests of the Law went every day to minister in the holy place but the people might not Heb. 9. â—2 6. Shewing also the restraint of the Iewish Chruch from such blessings as God hath opened unto us in Christ Heb. 9. 9. 10. c. and 10. â—9 20. embroiderer or weaver with tinsell worke who worketh curiously and with many colours figuring the variety of graces which God deeketh his Church with Ezek. 16. 10. Psal. 45. â—5 But the workmanship of this veile was infeâ—â—ouâ— to the former which had Cherubiâ—â—s See the notes
Others referre it to the square compasse which was within the Altar that was hallow verse 1. and 8. where either by rings or upon a ledge this grate was hanged on the mids This signified the place within where the holy fire alwaies burneth that is the heart which sustaineth also the sacrifice and where all ashes and excrements of corruption are inwardly conveyed away as they are discovered by Gods Word and Spirit and our sanctification furthered by afflictions 2 Tim. 1. 3. and 2. 22. Rom. 12. 1. 1â— Hebr. 9. 14. and 12. 10. Vers. 8. he that is God shewed or according to the Greeke translation as it was shewed Thus all the instruments of Gods daily service in Israel were appointed and shewed of God himselfe that no place might be left for mans wil-worship or inventions Colos. 2. 23. Matth. 15. 9. Vers. 9. Court or Courtyard an open place into which the people should come daily unto the sacrifices and publike service of God Psal. 100. 4. and 116. 17. 18. 19. Thus was the Habitation of God divided into three roomes the outward Court which was in the open light and view of all The Tabernacle or Holy place which had light by the seven lampes of the gold Candlesticke and the most holy place wherein was no externall light wherein God â—ate upon the glorious Cherubims 〈◊〉 man who is the true Tabernacle and Temple of God consisteth of three parts Body 〈◊〉 and Spirit 1 Thes. 5. 23. The body is as the open Court where all doe see what is done The Soule is as the Holy place where by the lamps of Gods Word and Spirit mans reason and understanding 〈…〉 The Spirit is as the most holy place where God onely dwelleth in secret by faith which is of things not seene nor by humane reason to be comprehended And so by the Hebrew Doctors opinion the heart of man is answe 〈…〉 to the Holy of H 〈…〉 s in the Sanctuarie R. Eliâ—◠〈◊〉 â—â—pher reshith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Holinesse chap. 7. 〈◊〉 219. The world also hath three parts this i 〈…〉 wherein we live and dyâ—â— the superiour or heaven lightned with seuen Planets and staâ—res innumerable and the Heaven of heavens for third Heaven 2 Cor. 12. 2. the place of eternâ—ll blessednesse unto which the most holy place is resembled Heb. 9. 24. tapestrie-hangings which were Curtaines woven with Tapestrie worke The same word when it is spoken of other matter signifieth carved-worke as in 1 King 6. 32. fine linnen in Greeke bysse see Exod. 25. 4. within this which figured the righteousnesse of the Saints Revel 19. 8. was the Church of God to be in the service of him as in a holy pure and glorious inclosure Vers. 10. Pillars which served to uphold those hangings fastened unto them by silver hookes Figuring the stabilitie of the Church and of the righteousnesse thereof by the word of God compared unto silver and Ministers of the same Ieremie 1. 18. Revel 3. 12. Psalme 12. 7. Galath 2. 9. fillets or hoopes of silver which compassed the â—oppes of the Pillars and served both for ornament and for the hangings to be fastened by They have their name in Hebrew of imbracing about and cleaving fast derived from a word which is applied unto loving affection Psalme 91. 14. and signifie the pure love wherewith the Saints are to imbrace and cleave to and serve one another Colos. 2. 2. and 3. 14. Galath 5. 13. In the making of these it is said that their heads also or chapiters were overlaid with silver Exodus 38. 17. 19. Vers. 12. Sea that is the west side see Genesis 12. 8. fiftie so the bredth was halfe so much as the length and the forme of the Court was 〈◊〉 long square 100 cubits long and 50 broad The Tabernacle within the Court was of like forme 30 cubits long and 12 broad Exod. 26. Vers. 14. for the side that is for the one side as the Greeke translateth it meaning the side of the gate or entrie the Hebrew figuratively calleth it a shoulder Vers. 16. hanging veile or covering for of that it hath the name so there was at the doore of the Tabernacle Exodus 26. 36. see the notes there blew c. so it differed from the other hangings of the Court which were but of one colour this with varietie of colours represented the manifold graces of Christ applied unto us by his blood by whom as by a doore we have entrance and accesse unto God in his Church Iohn 10. 9. Rom. 5. 1. 2. Vers. 18. with fiftie that is fiftie on the West end with fiftie on the East end The like is to be understood before of the length an Hundred on the one side with an Hundred on the other and so the Greeke translation speaketh of that as of this five halfe the height of the Tabernacle which was Ten Cubits high Exod. 26. 16. Vers. 19. for all the service the Greeke explaineth it thus and all the instruments such as served for the worke thereof pinnes or â—ailes stakes which were to fasten it and the parts thereof that it might stand sure These signified also the stabilitie of the Church and the ministery of Gods word fastening the same Ezr. 9. 8. Esa. 33. 20. and 22. 23. Zach. 10. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the twentieth section or lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. Vers. â—0 take and bring unto thee so in Lev. 24. 2. where this law is againe repeated Olive that is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Olive tree which is alwaies green and flourishing faire and of goodly fruit of whose fruit oyle is made good for food for ointment and for light of which last he here speaketh This oile Olive signified the fruitfull graces flowing from Christ and the Saints compared to Olive trees Iudg. 9. 9. Ps. 52. 10. Zach. 4. Rev. 11. 4. Ier. 11. 16. who by the fire of Gods spirit cause the seven lampes to burne before his throne and doe inlighten the Church with his word Esa. 61. 1. 2. Rev. 4. 5. Psal. 119. 105. Prov. 5. 23. 2 Cor. 4. 46. beaten signifying how with much labour affliction the light of Gods word is to be prepared with patience preached and made to shine in his Church 2 Cor. 1. 4. 2. 4. 11. 23. 24. 25. c. 1 Thes. 2. 9. to ascend that is as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it to burne V. 21. the Testimonie the Tables of the Law within the Arke Ex. 25. 21. shall order it by causing it to burne as the Greek interpreteth The manner whereof the Iewes record to be thus When the Priest commeth to trim the Candlesticke of every lampe that is burnt out he takes away the weke and all the oile that remaineth in the lampe and wipeth it and putteth in another weke and other oile by measure and that is halfe a log that is about a quarter of a Pinte of which measure see Lev. 14. 10. and the notes on
Exod. 30. 24. and that which he taketh away he casteth into the place of the ashes by the Altar and lighteth the lampe which was out and the lampe which he findeth not out he dresseth it The lampe which is middlemost when it is out he lights not it after it is made cleane but from the Altar in the Court but the rest of the lampes every one that is out he lighteth from the lampe that is next He lighteth not all the lampes at one time but lighteth five lampes and stayeth and doth the other service and afterwards commeth and lighteth the two that remaine He whose dutie it is to dresse the Candlesticke commeth with a vessell in his hand which is called Cuz and it is of gold like to a great pitcher to take away in it the wekes that are burnt out and the oile that remaineth iâ— the lampâ— and lighteth five of the lamps and leaveth the vessell there before the Candlesticke c. and goeth 〈◊〉 afterwards â—e commeth and lighteth the two lamps and taketh up the vessell in his hand and boweth himselfe downe to worship and goeth his way Maim treat of the daily Sacrifices c. 3. S. 12. 13. 16. 17. The like they have in other records as for the measure of oile in T 〈…〉 yl treat Menacheth chap. 10. fol. 88. Three lâ—gges of oile and a halfe for the Candlesticke 〈◊〉 a logge for every lampe And for the order in the same 〈◊〉 in Ioma c. 3. fol. 33. The cleansâ—â—g of the 〈◊〉 Altar was before the trimming of 〈◊〉 â—ive lamps and the triâ—â—â—ing of the five lamps before the blood of the daily sacrifice and the blood of the daily sâ—â—rifiâ—â— before the trimming of the two lamps and the trimming of the two lamps before the burning of incense c. This charge of the Priests to order the lamps signified how Christ and his ministers should continually looke unto the puritie of doctrine and preaching of the light of the Gospell from evening to morning in the darke place of this world till the day dawne the day-starre arise in our hearts Rev. 1. 13. and 2. 1. Deut. 33. 10. Ioh. 5. 35. Eph. 3. 8. 9. 2 Pet. 1. 19. 20. 21. Matth. 4. 16. CHAP. XXVIII 1 Aaron and his sonnes are set apart for the Priests office 2 Holy garments are appointed 6 The Ephodâ— 8 And the curious girdle of it 9 The two Beryll stones on the shoulders thereof on which the names of the twelve Tribes were graven 15 The Brestplate of judgement with twelve precious stones therein 21 on which the names of the twelve Tribes of Israel were graven 22 The golden chaines to fasten it 26 And the golden rings for the same 30 The Vrim and Thummim 31 The Robe of the Ephod with Pomgranats and Bels. 36 The golden plate of the Miter 39 The fine linnen Coate the Miter and the Girdle 40 The Coats for Aarons sonnes with their girdles and bonnets 42 and their linnen breeches 43. The Priests must we are their garments in their administration AND thou take neere unto thee Aaron thy Brother and his Sons with him from among the Sonnes of Israel that he may minister-in-the-Priests-office unto mee Aaron Nadab and Abâ—hu Eleazar and Ithamar Aarons Sonnes And thou shalt make garments of Holinesse for Aaron thy Brother for honour and for beautifull glory And thou speake unto all the wise hearted whomsoever I have filled with the spirit of wisedome and let them make Aarons garments to sanctifie him that he may minister-in-the Priests-office unto me And these are the garments which they shal make a Brestplate and an Ephod and a Robe and a Coat of circled-circled-work a Miter and a Girdle and they shall make garments of Holinesse for Aaron thy brother and for his Sonnes that hee may minister-in-the-Priests-office unto mee And they shall take gold and blew and purple and scarlet and fine linnen And they shall make the Ephod of gold of blew and of purple of scarlet and fine linnen twined the worke of a cunning workeman It shall have the two shoulder-peeces joyning together at the two edges thereof and it shall bee joyned together And the curious girdle of his Ephod which is upon it shall be of the same according to the worke thereof of gold of blew and purple and scarlet and fine linnen twined And thou shalt take two Beryll stones and shalt grave on them the names of the Sonnes of Israel Six of their names on the one stone and the names of the fix that are remaining on the second stone according to their births The worke of an engraver in stone like the engravings of a signet shalt thou engrave the two stones with the names of the sonnes of Israel inclosed in ouches of gold shalt thou make them And thou shalt put the two stones upon the shoulders of the Ephod stones of memoriall for the sons of Israel and Aaron shall beare their names before Iehovah upon his two shoulders for a memorial And thou shalt make ouches of gold And two chaines of pure gold at the ends shalt thou make them of wreathen worke shalt fasten the wreathen chaines to the ouches And thou shalt make the Brest-plate of judgement the worke of a cunning workeman like the worke of the Ephod shalt thou make it of gold of blew purple scarlet and fine linnen twined shalt thou make it Foursquare shall it be doubled a spanne the length thereof and a span the bredth therof And thou shalt embosse in it embosment of stones foure rowes of stones a row a Sardius a Topaz a Smaragd the first row And the second row a Chalcedonie a Saphir a Sardonyx And the third row an Hyacinth a Chrysoprase and an Amethyst And the fourth row a Chrysolyte and a Beryll and a Iasper they shall be set in gold in their embosments And the stones shall be with the names of the Sons of Israel twelve according to their names like the engravings of a signet every man with his name they shall be according to the twelve Tribes And thou shalt make upon the Brestplate chains at the end of wreathen worke of pure gold And thou shaft make upon the Brestplate two rings of gold and shalt put the two rings on the two ends of the Brestplate And thou shalt put the two wreathings of gold in the two rings on the ends of the Brestplate And the other two ends of the two wreathings thou shalt faâ—â—en on the two ouches and shalt put them on the shoulders of the Ephod before it And thou shalt make two rings of gold and shalt put them upon the two ends of the Brest-plate upon the border thereof which is in the side of the Ephod inward And thou shalt 〈◊〉 two other rings of gold and shalt put them on the two shoulders of the Ephod underneath towards the forepart thereof over-against the coupling thereof above the curious girdle of the Ephod And they shall binde the Brestplate by
the rings therof unto the rings of the Ephod with a lace of blew to be above the curious girdle of the Ephod and that the Brestplate bee not loosed from the Ephod And Aaron shal beare the names of the Sons of Israel in the Brestplate of judgment upon his heart when hee goeth in into the Holy place for a memoriall before Iehovah continually And thou shalt put in the Brestplate of judgment the Vrim and the Thummim and they shall be upon Aarons hart when he goeth in before Iehovah and Aaron shall beare the judgement of the Sonnes of Israel upon his heart before Iehovah continually And thou shalt make the Robe of the Ephod all of blew And there shall be a hole in the top of it in the mids thereof it shall have a binding for the hole round about of woven worke as the hole of an habergeon shall it have that it bee not rent And thou shalt make upon the skirts thereof Pomgranats of blew and of purple and of scarlet upon the skirts thereof round about bels of gold between them round about A bell of gold and a pomgranate a bell of gold and a pomgranate upon the skirts of the Robe round about And it shall be upon Aaron to minister and his sound shall be heard when he goeth in unto the Holy place before Iehovah when he goeth out that he die not And thou shalt make a Plate of pure gold and shalt grave upon it like the engravings of a signet HOLINES TO IEHOVAH And thou shalt put it on a lace of blew it shall be upon the Miter upon the forefront of the Miter it shall be And it shall be upon Aarons forehead and Aaron shall beare the iniquity of the holy things which the Sons of Israel shall â—allow in all the gifts of their holy things and it shall be upon his forehead alwaies for favourable acceptation of them before Iehovah And thou shalt weave with circled worke the Coat of sine linnen and thou shalt make the Miter of fine linnen and thou shalt make the Girdle the worke of the Embroiderer And for Aarons Sonnes thâ—â— shalt make Coats and thou shalt make for them Girdles and Bonnets shalt thou maâ—â— for them for honour for beautifull glory And thou shalt put them upon Aaron thy brother and upon his sonnes with him and shalt anoint them and fill their hand and sanctifie them that they may minister-in-the-priests-office unto mee And thou shalt make for them linnen breeches to cover the naked flesh from the loines even unto the thighes they shall be And they shall be upon Aaron and upon his sonnes when they goe in unto the Tent of the congregation or when they come neare unto the Altar to minister in the Holy place that they beare not iniquity and die it shall be a statute for ever to him and to his seed after him Annotations TAke nere or cause to come â—igh that is to present themselves unto thee Hitherto God hath appointed such holy things as pertained to his service now he giueth order for holy persons to administer before him minister in c. or execute the Priesthood This honour no man might take unto himself but he that was called of God as Aaron Heb. 5. 4. In this work Aaron chiefly figured out Christ secondarily all Christians whom hee hath made priests unto God Heb. 5. 5. Re. 1. 6. Vers. 2. of holinesse that is holy garments in Greeke an holy stole so called because they signified the holy graces of Gods Spirit wherewith Christ and his people should be clothed For such an high priest it became us to have as is holy harmlesse undefiled Heb. 7. 26. and Gods priests are to be clothed with justice and with salvation Psal. 132. 9. 16. and so are all the Saints Esay 61. 10. beautifull glory the Greeke translateth for honour and glory These two signifie the highest degree of dignitie honour inwardly in the heart and affections glory outwardly in the appearance and cariage as in Esay 28. 1. 4. glory or beauty is compared to a floure and in Esay 61. 3. it is opposed unto ashes As Iesus the son of Iosedek the high priest was clothed in filthy garments which signified iniquitie in him and his ministration Zach. 3. 3. 4. so these garments of honour and glory signified the holy and pure administration of Iesus the Son of God who offered himselfe without spot unto God to purge our conscience from dead workes Heb. 9. 14. by whom also his Church is clothed with garments of beautifull glory Esa. 52. 1. with fine linnen cleane and bright which is the righteousnesse of the Saints Rev. 19. 8. From this speech of honour and glory the Hebrew Doctors have delivered that the garments of the priests were to be new faire c. like the garments of great men If they were foule or torne or overlong or overshort c. and the Priest did his service in them it was unlawfull Every Priests garment that was made filthy they did not whiten it or wash it but leave it for threds or weke and put on new The high Prists garments when they were old were laid up in store and the white garments wherin he served on the fasting day mentioned in Lev. 16. 4. hee never served in them the second time but they were reserved in the place where 〈◊〉 put them off as it is written AND HE SHALL LEAVE THEM THERE Levit. 16. 23. and it was unlawfull to put them to any use The coats of the inferior Priests when they were worne old they made of them threds or weke for the Candlesticke continually Maimony in treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 8. Sect. 4. 5. 6. Vers. 3. whomsoever Heb. him whom I have filled Here God sheweth his Spirit to be the author and teacher of handicrafts the Prophet sheweth the like of husbandrie Esay 28. 24. 26. sanctifie or consecrate him that is to be a signe of his sanctification from God Therefore it was death to minister without these garments v. 43. and they are called holy garments verse 2. and in times following were laid up in holy chambers and the Priests might not weare them among the people to sanctifie them with their garments Ezek. 44. 19. Vers. 4. circled worke this differed from broidered worke which was of many colours but this coat was of one colour white being of fine linnen onely verse 39. but woven with circles or round hollow places like eyes wherefore the same word is after in v. 11. used for ouches or hollow places wherin stones were set Maimony in the forenamed treatise chap. 8. Sect. 16. saith The coats both of the high Priest and of inferiour priests were of circled worke that is had many hollow places or houses in the weaving like the hollow place of cups c. and a Girdle To these sixe adde the golden Plate or crowne verse 36. and the Breeches vers 42. so the high Priest
chaines Afterwards they put the ends of the â—â—eathings of the Brestplate into the rings that were above on the shoulders of the Ephod Then they pâ—t the two laces of blew which were on the edges of the Brestplate into the two rings which were above the curious girdle of the Ephod And they let downe the 〈◊〉 which were in the rings on the shoulders of the Ephod unto the rings of the Brestplate which were uppermost that the one might cleave fast unto the other and so the Brestplate might not bee loosed from the Ephod M 〈…〉 ony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary 〈◊〉 9. s. 9. 10. Ver. 29. upon his heart The Greeke translateth upon his brest so in Revel 15. 6. the brests girded meaneth the hearts As before presenting them â—nto God he bare them on his shoulders on two 〈◊〉 of equall worth and glorie so now to signifie Gods favour in Christ towards the Church they are borne upon his heart graven on sundry stones which signified the manifold and sundry graces of the Spirit wherewith the Saints are glorified here every one in their measure proceeding all from the love of Christ. Wherefore the Church desiring confirmation in his grace love prayeth Set me as a â—ignet upon thy heart Song 8. 6. memoriall which the graving did signifie as in Esay 49. 15. 16. I will not forget thee behold I have graven thee upon the palmes of my hands c. Ver. 30. the Urim and the Thummim which is by interpretation the Lights and the Perfections but what these were is not easie to say The Gr. translateth them the Manifestation and the Truth There is no commandement given unto Moses for to make them neither is there any mention of them in Exod. 39. where the making of all Aarons ornaments is related but in Levit. 8. 8. it is said of Moses he put in the Brestplate the Vrim and the Thummim From which some of the Hebrews as R. Menachem on Exod. 28. doe gather that they were not the worke of the artificer neither had the artificers nor the Church of Israel in them any worke or any voluntary offring but they were a mysterie delivered to Moses from the mouth of God or they were the worke of God himselfe For Moses tooke the Urim and the Thummim and put them in the Brest-plate after that he had put upon Aaron the Ephod and the Brestplate Levit. 8. 7. 8. Some doe thinke that as those words Holinesse to Iehovah in verse 36. were graven on a plate and put on Aarons fore-head so these words Vrim and Thummim were likewise graven on a golden plate and put in the Brestplate which was double verse 16. for something to be put therein Others thinke they were no other then the precious stones fore-spoken of The use of these Vrim and Thummim was to enquire of God and to receive an answer of his will by them as is said of Eleazar the priest he shall aske counsell for Ioshua after the judgement of Vrim before the LORD Numb 27. 21. The manner of asking counsell is recorded by the Hebrews to be thus When they inquired the priest stood with his face before the Arke and hee that inquired stood behind him with his face to the backe of the priest and the inquirer said Shall I goe up or Shall I not And hee asked not with an high voice nor with the thought of his heart onely but with a sub 〈…〉 〈◊〉 as one that prayeth by himselfe And forthwith the holy Ghost came upon the Priest and hee beheld the Brestplate and saw the 〈…〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of prophesie Goe up or goe not up in the letters that shewed 〈◊〉 themselves upon the Brestplate before his face Then the Priest answered him and said Goe up 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not up And they made no inquiry of two things at once and if they so inquired yet the 〈…〉 〈◊〉 but unto the first onely And they enquired not hereâ—y for a common man but either for the King or for him on whom the affaires of the Congregation â—ay Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary Chap. 10. Sect. 11. 12. Of this see examples which may give light hereunto in Num. 27. 18. 21. Iudg. 1. 1. and 20. 18. 28. 1 Sam. 13. 9. 10. 11. 12. and 28. 6. These Vrim and Thummim were lost at the Captivity of Babylon and wanted at the peoples returnâ— Ezr. 2 63. Nehemiah 6. 65. neither doe we find that ever God answered by them any more The Bab. Thalmud 〈◊〉 â—oma Chap. 1. sol 21. speaking of Hag. 〈◊〉 8. where the Hebrew word Ecchabda I will be glorified wanteth the letter H which in numbring signifieth five saith The want of H sheweth the want of five things in the second Temple which had beene in the first namely 1 The Arke with the Mercy-seat and Cherubims 2 The fire from heaven 3 The Majesty or Divine presence 4 The holy Ghost 5 and the Vrins and Thummin By the Majesty Shecinah they seeme to meane the Oracle in the most holy place where God had dwelt betweene the Cherubims Psal. 80. 2. Num. 7. 89. And by the holy Ghost they meane the spirit of prophesie not onely in the Priests but in the Prophets as the Commentary on that place of the Thalmud saith The holy Ghost was not in the Prophets from the second yeere of Darius c. that is after Haggai Zachary and Malachie which were the last Prophets and in that Kings time Haggai 1. 1. Zach. 1. 1 So elsewhere in the Thalmud in Sanhedrin Chap. 1. they teach from their ancient Doctors that after the later Prophets Haggai Zachary and Malachi were dead the holy Ghost went up or departed from Israel howbeit they had the use of a voice or Eccho from heaven R. Menachem on Ex. 28. saith of this Oracle by Vrim Thummim that it was one of the degrees of the holy Ghost that is of the gifts of the holy Ghost inferiour unto Prophesie and superiour to the voice or Eccho Like wise R. Moses Gerundens on Exod. sol 146. affirmeth that betweene the Voice and the Prophesie were Urim and Thummin Of this Voice or Eccho there is no mention in the Scriptures of the Prophets but the Hebrew-Doctors which say that it was in Israel after the Prophets ceased doe often write of it and call it Bathkol that is the daughter of a voice as it were one voice proceeding out of another such as we call an Eccho and which some thinke was with distinct and plaine words Of old they had in Israel Oracies or answers from God three manner of wayes by Dreames or by Urim that is the Priest with Vrim and Thummim Num. 27. 21. or by Prophets 1 Sam. 28. 6. 7. When the Lord would by none of these answer King Saul then he rought to a Witch The footsteps of these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 among the ancient Heathens as Homeâ— in 〈◊〉 bringeth in Achilâ—es advising the Greekes in the time of a
sore pestilence to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thereof from God by some Prophet or a Priest or a Dreamer of dreames And as the High 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 was adorned in his 〈◊〉 with Vrim and Thummim translated in Greek Manifestation and Truth so among the Egyptians their high Priest is reported to have an ornament about his necke of a Saphire stone and the ornament was called Aletheia that is Truth as Aeliamâ— writeth in his Greeke History booke 14. After the losse of Vrim and Thummim and Prophets in Israel the godly Iewes held them to the Law of Moses as they were commanded by the last Prophet Mal. 4. 4. And hereunto Iesus sonne of Syrach in Ecclus. 33. 3. seemeth to have reference saying The Law is faithfull to him that understandeth as the asking of Dela that is as the Oracle of Vrim and Thummim for Vrim is translated into Greeke Dela 1 Sam. 28. 6. R. Moses bar Maimon saith They made in the second Temple Vrim and Thummim whereby he meaneth the Brestplate with the precious stones to the end they might make up all the High priests eight ornaments without which he might not administer although they did not enquire of God by them And wherefore did they not enquire by them Because the holy Ghost was not there And every Priest that speaketh not by the holy Ghost and on whom the Divine-majestie resteth not they inquire not by him Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary Chap. 10. Sect. 10. According to this phrase are those speeches to be understood in Ioh. 7. 39. The holy Ghost was not yet because Iesus 〈◊〉 not yet glorified and in Acts 19. 2. Wee have not so much as heard whether there be an holy Ghost Wherby is meant the gifts of the Spirit in Prophesie Tongues c. as there followeth in vers 6. T 〈…〉 holy Ghost came on them and they spake with Tongues and prophesied which gifts being before ceased were restored by the Gospell an evident proofe that the Christ was come Ioel 2. 28. 32. Acts 2. 4. 17. 18. And in Christ this mystery of Vrim and Thummim was fulfilled for in the heart of him our great High-priest were the gifts of the holy Ghost without measure 3. 34. unto all Light and Manifestation of the Truth with all perfection and integrity Iohn 1. 4. 9 17. and 3. 12. 13. and 18. 37. Coloss. 2. 3. whereby the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Iesus Christ is come unto us by whom the Spirit of Truth is sent into us to dwell with us and to abide with us for ever Iohn 14. 16. 17. who also hath given us to put on the Brestplate of Faith and Love 1. Thessalon 5. 8. Vers. 31. the Robe in Hebrew Megnil in Greek Hupodutes that is an Vnderclothing it was a long garment worne next under the Ephod The Hebrewes say Vpon the Robe was the Ephod and the Brestplate and he girded with the curious girdle of the Ephod upon the Robe under the Brestplate and therfore it is called the Robe of the Ephod because he girdâ—â— it with the Ephod Maimony in Implements of the Sanctuary Chap. 10. Sect. 3. See also Exodus 29. 5. and Levit. 8. 7. of the Ephod the Greeke here translateth it Poderee that is of the garment-downeto the foot So in Revel 1. 13. Christ appeareth 〈…〉 ed with a garment downe to the foot in the Gr. there Poderee to shew himselfe as High Priest for the Church Vers. 32. an hole called in Hebrew a mouth top Hebr. head a binding or welt called in Hebrew a lip woven worke Hebrew the work of the weaver Iosephus in his 3. booke of Antiquities Chap. 8. saith This coat was not of two peeces but woven in one without seames on shoulders or sides Maimony in treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 9. Sect. 3. saith The Robe was all of blew and the threds thereof were twelve times double and the hole thereof was woven at the beginning of the weaving And it had no sleeves but was divided into two skirts from the end of the necke unto beneath after the manner of all Robes and was not joyned together but about all the neck only The Gospell noteth of Christ how in the dayes of his flesh he wore a coat without seame woven from the top throughout Iohn 19. 23. Though that were not a priestly garment yet was it mysticall Vers. 33. Pomgranats that is similitudes of them so the Greeke translateth as it were Pomgranats of the flourishing pomegranat tree scarlet every sort of these three saith Maimony being twisted of eight threds as it is written upon the skirts of it twisted Exodies 39. 24. So the threds of these skirts were in all foure and twenty And hee made them like pomgranats which open not their mouth and hung them on the Robe Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanct. Chap. 9. Sect. 4. Wheresoever this word TVVISTED is used alone as it is in Exod. 39. 24. it must be eight double threds Ibid. Chap 8. Sect. 14. The Greek version both here and in Exod. 39. 24. addeth the fourth stuffe and of fine linnen twined but the Hebrew wanteth this as also the Chaldee bells in number threescore and twelve as Maimony sheweth in the soresaid treatise chap. 9. Sect. 4. and they were hanged 36 on the one skirt and 36 on the other And in these 72 bells were 72 clappers all of gold and the bell together with the clapper in it is that which is called in Hebrew Pagnamon a Bell saith Maimony ibidem Vers. 35. to minister in the same or when hee ministreth sound or voice that is the sound of his bells Whereby was signified the voice of Christ which is heard of God in his prayer and mediation and heard of the people in his teaching and instruction Heb. 5. 7. and 7. 25. Deuter. 33. 10. Esay 58. 1. Mat. 12. 18. Therefore these Bels were of gold to signifie the purity and preciousnesse of the words of Christs accompanied with Pomgranats to signifie the fruits and comfortable effects of Christs both mediation and doctrine For Pomgranats were of the fruits of the holy Land Deut. 8. 8. and they with the wine that is in them signified the fruits and graces of the Saints Song 4. 〈◊〉 13. and 8. 2. Therefore many such were also in Solomons Temple 2 Chron. 3. 16. and 4. 13. And the care that this Robe should not be rent verse 32. signified the unity of the doctrine and faith of Christ which should bee among his people without rents or schismes 1 Cor. 1. 10 13. 1 Tim. 1. 3. goeth in c. that is publikely administreth as this phrase signifieth Numb 27. 17. 1 Chron. 27. 1. Acts 1. 21. that he dye not or and he shall not dye Vers. 36. Plate the Hebrew Tsits properly signifieth a floure the Greeke Petalon a leafe because it appeared faire and glorious after it is called the plate of the holy crowne
sanctifieth And he doth not sanctifie sitting because it is as a service and no service is dont but standing as it is written in Deut. 18. 5. TO STAND TO MINISTER and who so serveth sitting is profâ—â—e and his service not allowable c. Maimony ibidem Sect. 3. 4. 5. 8. 16. 17. and Thalm 〈…〉 Bab. intreat Zâ—bachim Chap. 2. Vers. 〈◊〉 dye not by the hand of God as 〈◊〉 Aarons sonnes in Levit. 10. 1. 2. So Maimony in the foresaid place Sect. 1. saith The Priest that serveth and sanctifieth not his hands and his feet in the morning is in danger of death by the hands of the God of heaven as it is written They shall wash with water that they die not and his service is unlawfull whether â—e 〈…〉 the high Priest or an inferiour This rite did teach them and us faith in Christ in whose blood we are washed from our sinnes and made Kings and Priests unto God Revel 1. 5. 6. also sanctification by the washing of regeneration and renewing of the holy Ghost Tit. 3. 5. that we being sprinkled in our hearts from an evill conscience and washed in our bodies with pure water may draw neere with a true heart in assurance of faith Heb. 10. 22. and washing our hands in innocencie may compasse the Altar of the Lord Psal. 26. 6. to burne the fire offring which the Greeke explaineth to offer the Burnt-offrings and the Chaldee more generally to offer oblations before the Lord. Vers. 21. wash in the Chaldee sanctifie to his seed the posteritie of Aaron the Chaldee expounds it his sonnes Vers. 23. chiefe or head spices that is the principall and most excellent so in Ezek. 27. 22. Song 4. 14. pure myrrh in Greeke choise myrrh Hebrew myrrh of freedome that is free pure naturall as it floweth Myrrh so named of the Hebrew Mor is a sweet gumme or moisture that issueth out of the myrrh tree and none is preferred before it as Plinie sheweth in his hist. booke 12. chap. 15. The graces of Christ and of his Church are often resembled by this myrrh Song 1. 13. and 3. 6. and 4. 14. and 5. 1. 5. 13. Psal. 45. 9. shekels this word is added by the Greeke and the Chaldee in Thargum Ierusalemy and in the verse following it is here expressed sweet or aromaticall cinamon which commeth of the Hebrew name Kinnemon and is the barke of a tree used for sweet odours and signified spirituall grace Prov. 7. 17. Song 4. 14. halfe thereof that is halfe the fore-said quantity as followeth 250. shekels weight But the Hebrew Doctors understand it otherwise and say there was of this 500. shekels as of the former and this which the Law saith Cinamon the halfe thereof 250. is because they weighed it at two times 250 at each time saith Maimony in treat of the Implements of the Sanctuarie chap. 1. Sect. 2. Calamus or Cane according to the Hebrew name 〈◊〉 for Calamus is after the Greeke name It is a kinde of sweet reed bought and brought out of farre Countries as appeareth by Ieremie 6. 20. Esay 43. 24. Verse 24. Cassia or Costus another sweet cane called in Hebrew Kiddah mentioned onely here and in Ezek. 27. 19. an Hin whereof see Exod 29. â—0 Maimony in the fore-named treatise chap. 2. Sect. 2. saith the Hin was twelve logs of which measure see Levit. 14. 10. and every log foure qu 〈…〉 ants Others more fully thus a quadrant or quarter containeth is much as an egge and a halfe A 〈…〉 ineth foure quadrants that is sixe egges A Kab containeth foure logs that 24. egges A Hin twelve legs that is 72. egges A Seah or Pecke wherof see Gen. 18. 6. contained sixe Kabs that is 24. logs two Hins or 144. egges An Epha was three Seahs 18. Kabs sixe Hins 72. logs or 432. egges R. Alphes in treat of the Passeover chap. 5. Vers. 25. make it The manner is recorded to be thus Every of those foure spices was pounded severally then mixed altogether and steeped in waier pure and sweet till all the strength of them was gone out into the water then they put unto the water an Hin of oile olive and boyled all on the fire till the water was consumed and the oile left in the vessell for use afterward Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 1. Sect. 3. compound-ointment or sweet-consection Apothecarie or compounder of ointments Such in the ages following were of the Priests Sonnes 1 Chron. 9. 30. holy anointing Hebrew unction of holinesse or as the Greek translateth it an holy chrisme Vers. 26. anoint therewith the Tent or the Tabernacle with all things about the same which was performed in Exod. 40. and Lev. 8. 10. c. These sweet odours signified the joyfull graces of Gods Spirit and the anointing with this oile the pouring out of the holy Spirit upon Christ his Church and ministers Acts 10. 38. Esay 61. 1. Psal. 45. 8. 2 Cor. 1. 21. 22. Song 3. 6. Psal. 133. 2. As it is written Ye have an ointment from him that is holy and knâ—w all things and the Anointing that ye have received of him dwelleth in you and yee need not that any man teach you but as the same Anointing teacheth you of all things c. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. Vers. 29. whatsoever or whosoever so the Greek saith every-one that toucheth them shall be sanctified Vers. 32. poured in Greeke anointed not make the Greeke addeth not make unto your selves holinesse shall it be unto you â—â—e Greeke translateth holy it is and a sanctification or sanctified thing shall it be unto you Therefore it might not be used unto common â—ffaires God hereby teaching the holy and reverend use of his graces and sanctified ordinances which must not bee communicated with the unregenerate and sensuall which having not the Spirit doe turne the grace of God into lasciviousnesse Matth. 7. 6. 1 Ioh. 2. 19. 20. Iude verse 4. 19. 1 Cor. 2. 6. 14. V. 33. like it Of this point the Heb. doe record He that maketh anointing oile according to the work according to the weight of this without adding or diminishing if he do it presumptuously is guilty of cutting off if ignorantly he is to bring the sacrifice appointed for it He that shall anoint any with the anointing oile presumptisously is guilty of cutting-off if ignorantly he is to bring a sacrifice whether he anoint himselfe or another man Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 1. Sect. 4. 5. a stranger whosoever was not Priest or King Maimony in the foresaid place saith They anointed none herewith in the generations following but the high Priests and him that was anointed for the warre Deut. 20. 1. 2. and the Kings of Davids house onely Though he be a Priest and Sonne of a Priest yet they doe anoint him Lev. 6. 22. But they anoint not the King that is Sonne of the King because the kingdome is the Kings inheritance for ever
is the man that doth this and the sonne of man that layeth hold on it that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it Maimony treat of the Sabbath chap. 30. Sect. 15. Vers. 14. that soule the Chaldee translateth that man shall be destroied This cutting off the Iewes understand to be untimely death by the hand of God when a man so violateth Gods Law as there are no witnesses whereby men should punish him See Gen. 17. 14. And of the Sabbath thus they write that for doing worke therein if a man doe it willingly and presumptuously he is guilty of cutting-off to perish by the hand of God and if there bee witnesses that see him he is to be stoned to death as was performed in Num. 15. 35. 36. and if he doe it of ignorance or errour he is bound to bring the sin offring appointed for the same according to the Law in Numb â—5 27. 30. Maimony in treat of the Sabbath chap. 1. Among the heathen Romanes their Flamins or Priests might see no work done on their holy daies but by a cryer gave men warning to the contrary and who so obeyed not was 〈…〉 ulcted and gave a beast for a sacrifice Albeit they might doe things whereof dammage would follow if they were omitted as to pull an oxe out of a ditch to underset an house ready to fall c. Macrob Saturn booke 1. chap. 16. Vers. 15. of Sabbathisme that is of cessation and rest See Exod. 16. 23. The Greeke translateth it a rest holy to the Lord. Vers. 16. to observe Hebrew to doe see the notes on Exod. 34. 22. Vers. 17. me the Chaldee translateth Betweene my Word and the sonnes of Israel that Word is Christ by whom the Sabbath is truely sanctified to his Church Hebrewes 4. From this Scripture the Hebrewes gather that onely Israel was charged with the sabbath day and not the nations of the world Talmud in Betsah chap. Iom tob So from Exod. 16. 29. Yet thus also they say It is unlawfull to speake to an Infidel to doe any worke for us on the Sabbath day although he be not charged to keepe the Sabbath and although he be spoken to before the Sabbath Maimony treat of the Sabbath chap. 6. Sect. 1. Howbeit this opinion of theirs seemeth not agreeable to Gods will for the Sabbath was to be kept before the Law was given at mount Sinai Exod. 16. 23. even from the Creation Gen. 2. 2. 3. therefore it was given to all the world was refreshed the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate hee ceased and rested This is spoken of God after the manner of men who are refreshed by rest from their workes Of such manner speeches see what is noted on Genesis 6. 6. Vers. 18. of stone that so the record of them might remaine for ever Iob 19. 24. These Tables were the worke of God even as the writing was the writing of God Exod. 32. 16. and these being broken in peeces Exod. 32. 19 two other tables of stone like them were hewed out by Moses but written againe by the Lord Exod. 34. 1. 4. After this Christ by the Spirit of God writeth his Law not in Tables of stone but in fleshly Tables of the hearâ— 2 Cor. 3. 3. and these fleshly tables are also the work of God as he saith I will take the stonie heart out of their bodies and I will give them an heart of flesh Ezek. 11. 19. The Minde and the Heart are the spirituall tables Heb. 8. 10. in the one such things are written as men should know and beleeve in the other such as should be done or omitted The first Tables which God made signified the stonic hearts which all men have by nature now corrupted in which notwithstanding God hath left his Law written so that they doe by nature the things of the Law and shew the worke of the Law written in their hearts Rom. 2. 14. 15. though still they continue hard and stonie and their sinfull nature is not changed The second tables of stone signified the heart of the Iewes hewed and polished by Moses and his legall ministerie in whose heart God also wrote his Law wherein they rested and made their boast of God and knew his will and had the information of knowledge and of the truth in the Law Rom. 1. 17. 18. 20. Howbeit their heart continued stonie and unchanged so that they which taught others taught not themselves neither could they stedfastly looke on Moses face nor see the end of that which iâ— abolished but their mindes were blinded and even to this day a veile is laid upon their heart Rom. 2. 21. 2 Cor. 3. 7. 13. 14. 15. The third which are tables of flesh is the worke of Christ by his Spirit giving us new hearts and writing his Lawes in them 2 Cor. 3. 3. Ezek. 36. 26. Heb. 8. 10. These things both of the weakenesse of Moses ministerie and of the grace of Christ the ancient Hebrew Doctors acknowledged as in their glosse upon Song 1. 1. Let him kisse me c. there mentioning that request of the people in Exod. 20. 19. Speake thou with us c. they say Moses taught them the Law and whatsoever they learned they forgat againe Then they came unto Moses and said O that God would shew him-selfe againe and kisse us with the kisses of his mouth that his doctrine might be fastened in our hearts Moses said unto them This cannot be done now but it shall be in the dayes of Christ as it is written Ier. 31. 33. I will put my Law in their inward parts and write it in their hearts Midrash Cant. 1. 1. finger which signifieth Gods Spirit as I with the finger of God cast our divels Luk. 11. 20. which is expounded the Spirit of God in Matth. 12. 28. That which was written was according unto all the words which the Lord spake with Israel in the mount out of the midst of fire Exod. 20. Deut. 9. 10. CHAP. XXXII 1 The people in the absence of Moses cause Aaron to make a Calfe 6 They sacrifice thereunto 7 God certifieth Moses of their sinne 10 and his purpose to consume them therefore 11 Moses intreateth for the people 14 The Lord repenteth concerning the evill against them 15 Moses commeth down with the Tables 19 and upon sight of their sinne hee breaketh them 20 He destroyeth the Calfe 22 Aarons excuse for himselfe 25 Moses causeth the Idolaters to be slaine 28 The Levites are the executioners 31 Moses prayeth that either the sinne of Israel be forgiven or himselfe to be blotted out of the Booke of God 34 God spareth the people for the present but after plagueth them AND the people saw that Moses delayed to come down out of the mountaine and the people gathered themselves together unto Aaron and said unto him Rise-up make gods for us which may goe before us because this Moses the man which brought us up out of the land of Egypt we know not what is become of
in the Law another inward in the heart 2 Cor. 3. 13. 14. c. And as without a veil the people could not heare Moses so except the Law be veiled and hath as it were a new face upon it the naturall man cannot endure the glory of it so terrible it is to the conscience of sinners R. Menachem here observeth how the former Ancients of Israel at the reading of the Booke of the Law covered their faces and said hee that heareth from the mouth of the reader is as hee that heareth from the mouth of Moses Vers. 34. tooke off the veil whereof there was no use in the sight of God who doth not onely know himselfe the use and end of his Law but sheweth the same also to others which was likewise here figured for when men shall be turned to the Lord the veile shall be taken away 2 Cor. 3. 16. Vers. 35. put the veil againe on hereby signifying the continuall glory of his ministery and infirmity of the people till both of them be done a way Which is accomplished by the Gospell the ministration of the Spirit and of righteousnesse which exceeds in glory so that Moses ministery hath no glory in this respect for Christ taketh away the veil so that we may both stedfastly looke to the end of the Law which is abolished and all of us with unveiled face beholding as in a glasse the glory of the Lord are changed into the same image from glory to glory even as by the Spirit of the Lord 1 Cor. 5. 8. 18. CHAP. XXXV 1 Moses commandeth the people from the Lord to keepe the Sabbath 4 to bring willing offrings of gold silver brasse and other stuffe for the Tabernacle and furniture thereof 20 The people goe and bring voluntary gifts 22 Men and women bring their Iewels and ornaments and other stuffe such as they had 25. The wise women spin the stuffe 27 The Rulers bring precious stones and spices 30 Bezaleel and Aholiab are shewed to be the men whom God had filled with his Spirit and Wisedome to doe the worke of the Sanctuary 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Moses gathered together all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel and said unto them These are the words which Iehovah hath commanded to doe them Sixe dayes shall worke be done but on the seventh day there shall be to you holinesse a Sabbath of sabbatisme to Iehovah whosoever doth any worke therein shall be put-to-death Ye shall kindle no fire in any of your habitations upon the Sabbath day And Moses said unto all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel saying this is the thing which Iehovah hath commanded saying Take yee from amongst you an offring unto Iehovah whosoever is willing in his heart let him bring it the offring of Iehovah Gold and silver brasse And blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen and Goats hayre And Rams skins dyed-red and Tachash skins and Shittim wood And oile for the Light and spices for the anointing oile and for the incense of sweet-spices And Beryll stones filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest plate And every wise harted among you shall come and make all that Iehovah hath commanded The Tabernacle the tent thereof and the covering thereof the taches thereof and the boards thereof the bars thereof the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof The arke and the bars there of the Covering-mercy-seat and the veile of the covering The Table and the barres thereof and all the vessels thereof and the shew-bread And the Candlesticke for the Light and the vessels thereof and the lamps thereof and the oile for the Light And the Altar of incense and the bars thereof and the anointing oyle and the incense of sweet spices and the hanging veile of the doore for the doore of the Tabernacle The Altar of Burnt offring and the grate of brasse which is for it the bars thereof and all the vessels thereof the Laver and the foot thereof The tapestry-hangings of the Court the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof and the hanging-veile of the gate of the Court The pinnes of the Tabernacle and the pins of the Court and their coards The garments of ministery to minister in the holy-place the garments of holinesse for Aaron the Priest and the garments of his sonnes to minister-in-the-priests-office And all the congregation of the Sonnes of Israel departed from the presence of Moses And they came every man whose heart stirred him up and every one whose spirit made him willing they brought the offring of Iehovah for the worke of the Tent of the Congregation and for all the service thereof and for the garments of holinesse And they came the men with the women every-one that was willing hearted they brought bracelets and eare-rings and rings and tablets all jewels of gold and every man that offered offred an offring of gold unto Iehovah And every man with whom was found blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen and Goats hayre and Rammes skinnes dyed red and Tachash skinnes brought them Every one that offred an offring of silver and of brasse they brought the offring of Iehovah and every one with whom was found Shittim wood for any work of the service brought it And every woman that was wise hearted did spinne with her hands and they brought the spun-worke the blew and the purple and the scarlet and the fine-linnen And all the women whose heart stirred them up in wisedome spunne Goats hayre And the Rulers brought Beryll stones and filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest-plate And spice and oyle for the Light and for the anointing oyle and for the incense of sweet-spices Every man and woman whose heart made them willing to bring for all the work which Iehovah had commanded to make by the hand of Moses the sonnes of Israel ◠brought a willing offring unto Iehovah And Moses said unto the sonnes of Israel See Iehovah hath called by name Bezaleel the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudah And he hath filled him with the Spirit of God in wisedome in understanding and in knowledge and in all workmanship And to devise cunning-worke to worke in gold and in silver and in brasse And in ingraving of stone to fill and in carving of wood to work in all cunning works And hee hath given into his heart for to teach he and Aholiab the sonne of Ahisamach of the Tribe of Dan. He hath filled them with wisedome of heart to make all worke of the ingraver and of the cunning-workman and of the embroiderer in blew and in purple in scarlet and in fine-linnen and of the weaver even of them that doe any worke and that devise cunning workes Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 HEre beginneth the 22 Section of the Law See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10. Vers. 2. holinesse that is a day of holinesse or an holy day and signe of holinesse from the Lord See Exod. 31. 13.
14 c. of sabbathisme that is of rest see Exod. 16. 23. and 31. 15. any worke to wit of his owne workes wayes or words Ex. 20. 9. Esay 58. 13. to except the workes commanded of God as circumcision offring of sacrifice and the like Ioh. 7 22. 23. Matth. 12. 5. and works of necessity and of mercy towards man or beast Matth 12. 7. 11. 12. See the annotations on Exodus 20. 8. c. Vers. 3. kindle no fire either for to doe worke with or to dresse meat for that was unlawfull on the Sabbath though lawfull on other feast dayes Exod. 12. 16. or for to punish malefactors as the Hebrew Doctors say Punishments may not be inflicted on the Sabbath though it bee commanded to punish malefactors yet may it not bee done on the Sabbath As when one is condemned by the Iudges to stripes or unto death he may not bee beaten or put to death on the Sabbath for it is written Yee shall kindle no fire c. this is a warning to the Iudges that they burne not on the Sabbath him that is condemned to bee burnt and the like is for other punishments Maimony treat of the Sabbath Chap. 24. Sect. 7. The like order they take against Iudging of causes of the Sabbath Ibidem Chap. 23. Sect. 14. Vers. 5. an offring or an heave offring in Greek and Chaldee a separation a gift separated unto God from their other goods See the notes on Exod. 25. 2 Vers. 6. blew in Greeke hyacinth see Ex. 25. 4. Vers. 7. Shittim in Greeke incorruptible wood see Exod. 25. 5. Vers. 8. oile of the olive see Exod. 27. 20. anointing or oile of unction whereof see Eoxd 30. 23. c. incense of sweet spices in Greeke composition of incense see Exod. 30. 54. c. Vers. 9. filling to be set in golden ouches Hebr. stones of fillings see Exod. 25. 7. and 28. 17. 20. Vers. 11. Tabernacle or Habitacle whereof see Exod. 26. barres or barre meaning all and euerie one See the notes on Exod. 32. 19. So in Exodus 39. 33. Vers. 12. Arke or Coffer wherein the Tables of the Law were put see Exod. 25. 10. In Greeke the Arke of the testimony of the covering the veil that hid the most holy place whereof see Exod. 26. 31. c. So after in Exod. 39. 34. The Greeke translateth it onely the veil Vers. 13. Table described in Exod. 25. 23. c. Shew bread in Greeke bread of proposition See Exod. 25. 30. Vers. 14. for the Light or Candlesticke of light that is the shining Candlestick whose lamps gave light alwayes So starres of light Psal. 148. 3. that is shining starres Vers. 15. Altar the golden altar whereof see Exod. 30. 1. c. hanging-veil see Exod. 26. 36. Vers. 16. Altar the brazen altar whereof see Exod. 27. 1. c. the foot or the Base see Exodus 30. 18. Vers. 17. tapestry-hangings see Ex. 27. 9. c. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Vers. 19. of ministery or of service see Exodus 31. 10. for Aaron described in Exod. 28. This was the summe of Moses Sermon to the people at this assembly wherein he taught them both what gifts to bring and what holy things were to be made for the service of God as hee had beene before commanded Exod. 25. c. Vers. 21. stirred or lifted him up to doe it chearfully and so made him willing as the Chalde◠translateth it Vers. 22. bracelets or chaines or hookes the Greeke translateth seals Compare this with their fact before in Exod. 32. where they gave their Iewels to make an Idoll offred Hebrew waved because they were heaved up and waved when they were given to the Lord and is therefore called a wave offring Exod. 38. 24. Vers. 24. was found If there bee first a willing mind it is accepted according to that a man hath and not according to that he hath not 2 Cor. 8. 12. Vers. 25. did spin of the vertuous woman it is said She lareth her hands to the spindle and her hands hold the distaffe Prov. 31. 19. So for the building of Gods spirituall Tabernacle there were women that laboured in the Gospell Phil. 4. 3. that laboured much in the Lord Rom. 16. 3. 6. 12. Contrary were they that wove hangings for the grove 2 King 2◠7 Vers. 29. willing offring or voluntary gift So ought all things that we give unto God or for his sake be freely given as every man purposeth in his heart not of griefe or of necessity for God leveth a chearfull giver 2 Cor. 9. 7. Compare herewith the offrings of David and the Princes and people of Israel towards the building of Gods Temple which caused great joy in men and thankes unto God 1 Chron. 29. 3. 6. 9. 10. c. Vers. 30. Bezaleel of whom see Exod. 31. 2. c. He was for Moses Tabernacle as Hiram for Solomons Temple 1 King 7. 13. 14. as Paul and the other Apostles for the Temple of Christs Church 1. Cor. 3. 10. But the Tabernacle of Christs naturall body was greater and more perfect not made with hands that is not of this building Heb. 9. 11. and 10. 20. the Workmaster thereof was the holy Ghost himselfe Luke 1. 34. 35. Vers. 31. Spirit of God in Greeke a divine Spirit of wisedome See Exod. 31. 3. Vers. 34. Aholiab in Greeke Eliab See Exodus 31. 6. Vers. 35. cunning-workman who wrought both sides alike whereas the embroiderer wrought curiously but the one side see the notes on Exod. 26. 1. of the weaver which the Chaldee expoundeth weaving understanding by the weaver the weavers worke as elsewhere the Scripture useth Spirits for the gifts of the Spirit 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. that devise in Chaldee that teach cunning or artificiall workes By these were figured the varieties of graces which were abundantly to be seene in the first building of Christ Church after that men had received the Spirit of God by the preaching of the Gospell from the mouthes of the master workmen the Apostles 1 Cor. 1. 5. 7. and 12. 4. 8. 9. 10. 11. Gal. 3. 2. 5. Acts 19. 4. 6. CHAP. XXXVI 1 The offrings are delivered to the workemen 5 The people bringing more then enough for the worke are restrained 8 The making of the embroidered curtaines with Cherubims 14 The curtaines of goats hayre 19 The coverings of Rams skinnes and Tachash skinnes 20 The boards with their sockets 31 The barres 35 The Veile 37 The hanging for the doore THen did Bezaleel and Aholiah and every wise hearted man they to whom Iehovah gave wisedome and understanding to know to doe all the work for the service of the Sanctuary according to all that Iehovah had commanded And Moses called Bezaleel and Aholiab and every wise hearted man in whose heart Iehovah had given wisedome even every-one whose heart stirred him up to come-neere unto the worke to doe it And they tooke from before Moses all the offring which the sonnes of Israel had brought for
his legall service or workes but by Christ. For the eating of the sin-offring figured the bearing of the sinners iniquitie Lev. 10. 17. Vers. 25. be killed that was on the north side of the altar see Lev. 1. 11. Hereby was figured that Christ ouâ— sinne-offring should bee killed by the priests in Ierusalem and mount Sion w ch was on the sides of the North Ps. 48 2. crucified on mount Calvarie which was on the North west side of Ierusalem as by the Iewes tradition the morning sacrifice was killed at the North west horne of the Altar Verse 26. offreth or expiateth-sin-by-it as the Chaldee translateth that maketh atonement by the blood thereof in Greek that offreth it The Priest did 〈◊〉 it and so bare the iniquitie of the sinner Lev. 10. 17. and in type abolished the same It was also a part of their livelyhood Ezek. 44. 28. 29. which covetoâ—s priests abused eating the sinne of Gods people and lifting up their soule unto their iniquitie Hos. 4. 8. It further figured our communion with Christ our sacrifice eating his flesh by faith Iohn 6. 56. as he hath made us an holy Priest-hood even Kings and Priests unto God his father 1 Pet. 2. 5. Rev. 1. 6. in the holy place within the courtyard of the sanctuarie not without the same Seven other things were also to bee eaten there noted on Lev. 24. 9. Vers. 27. blood thereof of the sinne-offring whether it were that which was to bee eaten or that which was to be burnt And this rite was peculiar to the sinne-offring above all the other most holy things Maimony treat of offring the sacrif ch 8. s. 1. 2. As the sinne-offring in speciall sort figured Christ who was made sinne for us 2 Cor. 5. 21. so this ordinance for all that touched the flesh of the sin-offring to bee holy the garments sprinked with the blood to be washed the vessels wherein the flesh was boyled to bee broken or scoured and rinsed taught an holy use of this mysterie of our redeÌ„ption wherof they that are made partakers ought to be washed cleansed and sanctified by the Spirit of God that we possesse our vessels in holines and honor and yeeld not our members as instruments of unrighteousnesse unto sinne any more 1 Thes. 4. 4. Rom. 6. 13. wash This washing was for casuall sprinkling as when any blood sprung out of the bason upon a garment or the like And as the Hebrew canons say Nothing was charged to be washed but the bloody place only and that which was upon an instrument apt to receive uncleannes and apt to be washed But if it were sprinkled on an instrument of wood or of metall it was not to bee washed because they are things not fit to be washed but they are onely sâ—raped If it bee sprinkled on the skin of a fi 〈…〉 it is not required to be washed because that is not a thing 〈◊〉 tâ— receive uncleannesse If on the skin of a â—east before it be flayed it is not charged to be washed if it â—ee after it is flayed then must it bee washed for though it receiveth no uncleannes now yet loe it is apt to receive uncleannes after it is dressed for use If it spring 〈…〉 of the necke upon a garment or from upon a 〈◊〉 of the altâ—â— or after that it is shed on the ground 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 gathered up and any of it put on a garment they 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ged to wash it for it is written And when there is sprinkled of the blood c. It is not meant but of blood received in a ministring vessell and fit for to spri 〈…〉 and that there be inough for that use If hee hath put the blood on the foure hornes of the altar and afterward some of the blood left in the bason bee put on a 〈◊〉 it is not required to be washed c. When 〈◊〉 the blâ—ody place they must wash it very faire 〈…〉 markâ— of the blood c. Maimony i 〈…〉 〈◊〉 sacrifice ch 8. s. 4. 10. These ordinances shadowed the conâ—agion of sin as did all the like in 〈◊〉 cases Levit. 11. 32. 33. c. and the care that we should have to clense our selves by repentance and faith 2 Cor. 7. 1. Heb. 10. 19. 22. The 〈◊〉 Hebrew Doctors had some knowledge of these mysteries for speaking of this washing of garments they give a reason because it was necessary to doe-away-uncleannesse by the waters that are on high R. Menachem on Levit. 6. These are the spirituall waters mentioned in Hebr. 10. 22. Iohn 7. 38. 39. Rev. 1. 5. and 22. 1. Zach. 13. 1. Esay 4. 4. Vers. 28. scowred as the washing was to be in the holy place or Court ver 27. so it was required that the earthen vessell should be broken in the court and the vessell of metal should be scoured and rinsed with water in the court The scowring was with hot water and the rinsing with cold With water not with wine or any mixture or other liquor Maim ibidem ch 8. s. 11. 12. Of breaking the earthen vessells see the notes on Lev. 11. 33. Ver. 29. holy of holyes Hebr. holynes of holynesses that is most holy and the Greeke addeth unto the Lord. Ver. 30. into the Tent as was the blood of the sin-offrings for the high Priest for the Church See Lev. 4. 5. 16. The signification of this law for the burning of such sacrifices and that the Priests might not cate of them was to shew the inability of that legall priesthood to reconcile men to God and that men cleaving thereto and not seeking for the better priesthood of Christ could not bee saved For such sinne-offrings as those Priests did eate so typically bearing the peoples iniquitie Lev. 10. 17. and taking it away the blood of them came not into the sanctuary before God which argued their unworthinesse But Christ with his blood shed for our sinnes entred into the holy place not that which was made with hands but into very heaven and hath obtained eternall redemption Heb. 9. 11. 12. 24. And in that the legal priests might not eate the flesh of that sinne-offring whose blood was caried into the holy place but the body was all burnt without the camp the Apostle from hence saith we have an Altar meaning Christ wherof they have no right to eate which serve the Tabernacle so excluding from Christ all that cleaved to the rudiments of Moses Which he proveth thus For the bodies of those beasts whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high Priest for sin wherein Christs sacrifice was most lively figured are burnt without the â—ampe so that the Priest had no meat or livelyhood thereby Wherfore Iesus also that hee might sanctifie the people with his owne blood suffred without the gate so accomplishing the type and shewing withall that such as would still serve the worldly sanctuary had no right to eate of him and live by him Let us goe forth therefore
his secret parts See the annotations on Exodus 28. 4. c. fitly-girded the Greeke saith tyed-fast a signe of making him strong and ready in heart to doe his service see Exod. 29. 5. Vers. 8. the Breast-plate called the Breast plate of judgement the making and meaning whereof is shewed on Exod. 28. 15. c. Urim and Thummim that is Lights and Perfections in Greek Manifestation and Truth see Exod. 28. 30. These ornaments of the high Priest figured the perfection of all graces in Christ whom the legall Priests typed Heb. 5. 1. 5. c. Vers. 9. crowne of holinesse the holy diademe on which these words Holinesse to Iehovah were graved whereof see Exod. 28. 36. 38. and 29. 6. It was a signe of the holinesse and excellencie of his calling by the gifts of Gods spirit upon him and figured Christs mediation for his Church for now Aaron did beare the iniquity of the holy things which the sonnes of Israel should hallow in all the gifts of their holy things c. Exod. 28. 38. Vers. 10. the anoynting oyle called the oile of holy anointing it was made of Mirrhe Cinamon Calamus Cassia and oile olive Exod. 28. 23. 24. 25. and it figured the graces of the Spirit upon Christ and his Church Esa. 61. 1. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. Vers. 11. seven times to signifie a full sanctification see the notes on Levit. 4 6. Vers. 12. head and it ran down upon his beard and on the coller of his garments Psalme 133. 2. This anointing signified the graces of Gods spirit whereby their ministration of Gods word became a sweet savour unto God in them that heard it 2 Cor. 2. 15. 16. He anointed him after that he had cloathed him as is said in Targ. Ionathan and first â—e poured it upon his head and afterwards put it betweene his eye browes and drew it with his finger from the one to the other saith Sol. Iarchi on Levit. 8. Vers. 14. sin-offring Hebr. the sin-bullocke see Exod. 29. 10. c. layed or imposed their hands so renouncing and disburdening themselâ—â—â— of their sinnes which now were imputed to the sacrifice a figure of Christ. See the notes on Exod. 29. 10. and Levit. 1. 4. Vers. 15. killed it whereby Christs death for sin was shadowed for without shedding of blood is no remission Hebr. 9. 22. 28. hornes of this rite see Levit. 4. 7. 25. and Exod. 29. 12. purified or clensed-from sinne see the notes on Exod. 29. 36. the blood that which remained sanctified it the Altar was by these rites sanctified that from thenceforth atonement might be made for the sins of the people by the sacrifices that should daily be offred thereon for after this the Altar sanctified the gifts and oblations upon it Mat. 23. 19. Vers. 16. fat or suet see Lev. 3. 3. 4. 5. and 4. 8. Exod. 29. 13. caule of the liver said in Levit. 3. 4. 10. to be the caule above the liver And they used to take a little of the liver with the caule as the Hebrewes doe record Maimony treat of Offring the sacrif chap. 1. Sect. 18. Vers. 17. without the campe a figure of Christ suffering without the gate of Ierusalem Heb. 13. 12. See the annotations on Exod. 29. 14. Levit. 4. 12. and 6. 30. Vers. 18. Burnt-offring the law and signification hereof see in Levit. 1. and Exod. 29. 15. c. Here for the Priests as the former Sin-offring taught them to have Christ for their justification and atonement for the forgivenesse of their sins so this Burnt-offring taught them to exspect by Christ their transformation by the renewing of their minde to present their reasonable service even their bodies for a living sacrifice holy and acceptable unto God Rom. 12. 1. 2. Vers. 21. of rest in Greeke of sweet-odour in Chaldee to be accepted with favour See Gen. 8. 21. Exod. 29. 18. So after in verse 28. Vers. 22. fillings of the hand that is as the Greek saith of perfection or of consecration see Exod. 29. 9. 19. This Ram was a kinde of Peace-offring as Sol. Iarchi here saith The ram of filling the hand is the ram of Peace offrings or of perfections for they filled aâ—d perfected the Priests in their Priesthood It signified a sanctification of their calling office administration by the sacrifice of Christ whom Paul calleth the Consecrator Heb. 12. 2. through whom they should with thankefulnesse and joy performe the worke of their ministerie Vers. 24. foot these rites signified both the sufferings of Christ whose hands and feet where pierced and how the Priests should in Christ bee sanctified to heare receive the word from God to administer the same unto others and to walke themselves accordingly See Exod. 29. 20. 1 Cor. 11. 23. and 9. 27. sprinkled the blood that is all the residue of the blood as in Thargum Ionathan is explained which being sprinkled on the Altar figured the perfection of their consecration to bee in Christ. V. 25. the rumpe or tayle whereof see Lev. 3 9. Vers. 26. oiled Hebr. bread of oile meaning tempered with oile as Exod. 29. 2. wafer which also was unlevened and anointed with oile Ex. 29. 2. These Meat-offrings of the Priests signified now they and their service of God should be without leaven of hypocrifie errour wickednesse with sincerity and truth and with the gracious oile of his spirit given up unto God acceptably in Christ Esay 66. 20. Psal. 141. 2. 1 Cor. 5. 8. 1 â—oh 2. 20. 27. See the annotations on Levit. 2. Vers. 27. waved that is moved to and fro of these and their signification see the notes on Exodus 29. 24. 27. Vers. 28. upon the Burnt-offring this Sol Iarchi expoundeth after the Burnt-offring adding withall and we finde not that the shoulder of the Peace-offring was offred in any place saving in this For usually the shoulder as well as the Breast was given to the priest Levit. 7. 32. 33. 34. Here Moses who was Priest extraordinarily hath the breast onely v. 29. Vers. 29. part or to Moses for a part or portion see Exod. 29 26. Vers. 30. upon the Altar which sanctified the things upon it and figured Christ from whom they were to receive blood for atonement and justification and oile of grace for sanctification that both their persons office and administration might be acceptable unto God his Father Vers. 31. at the doore which the Greeke explaineth in the court see before on verse 3. In Exod. 29. 31. it is called the holy place and in verse 32. the doore of the Tent. 〈◊〉 commanded Moses speaketh this in the person of God whose commandement it was Exod. 29. 32. The Greeke for more plainnesse translateth as it was commanded me Else-where the holy Ghost translateth an active passively see Gen. 15. 6. Exod. 9. 16. and 20. 12. Vers. 32. the remainder which cannot be eaten that night but remaineth till the morning Exodus 29. 34. Vers. 33. day of fulfilling that is the
time that it burneth and so all other the like But if they serve unto the vessell or instrumeÌ„t in the time of the use of it and in the time when it is not used then it receiveth pollution as sheads scabberds cases of knives swords and other the like Maim in Celim c. 1. s. 13. and c. 4. s. 1. cloth whatsoever is woven be it of wooll or of flax or of hemp or of any other thing that groweth out of the dry land is called cloth in this case of uncleannesse Maim in Celim c. 1. s. 11. But cloth woven of wool that groweth in the sea receives no uncleannes Ibidem s. 3. skin to weet of beasts of the earth but such as breed in the sea their skins receive no uncleannes Maim in Celim c. 1. sect 3. sackcloth it was made of threeds of baire braided like a chaine or woven as cloth made either of goats haire or camels haire or horse tailes or the like Mai. in Celim c. 1. s. 12. Hence we may observe that Ioh. Baptists garment of camels hair was sackcloth opposed to soft princely clothing Ma. 3. 4. 11. 8. and such the Prophets of old used for to weare as Elias in whose habit and spirit and power Iohn Baptist came Luk. 1. 17. 2 King 1. 8. Esaias Esay 20. 2. and others Zac. 13. 4. any vessell or toole instrument fit for and used unto any worke Therefore a skin which had not upon it the forme of a vessell or instrument received no uncleannesse Uessells of metall received no uncleannesse till the worke of them was all finished unperfect shapes were not capable of pollution Neither any other vessels whatsoever till they were wholly finished And if a clean vessel were brokeÌ„ the peeces of it were not capable of uncleannes as Mai. sheweth in Celim c. 7. s. 2. c. 8. s. 1. c. 1. s. 1. and ch 6. s. 1. put or broght made come the Greeke translateth dipped into water And by the Hebrew canons All that are uncleane whether men or vessells are not cleansed but by dipping or baptising in water And wheresoever the law speaketh of washing a mans flesh or washing of clothes for uncleannes it is not but by dipping the whole body therein And whether they bee men or vessels there may not bee any thing betweene them and the water to keepe them asunder as clay pitch or the like that eleaveth to the body or vessell if there bee then they are uncleane as they were before and their washing profiteth them not Maim in Mikvaoth or Water places c. 1. s. 1. 2. 12. and it shall or then it shall be clensed which the Greeke translateth and afterwards it shall bee cleane Before the evening that the sun be set it abideth uncleane though in a lesse degree And so for men of whom it is said they shall wash and be uncleane untill the even as v. 25. 28. and Lev. 15. 5. c. Hereupon the Hebrewes describe the degrees of uncleannesse as All that are uncleane with any principall uncleannes whether men or vessells they are the first or chiefest in uncleannes till they 〈◊〉 baptised When he is baptised then is he as the second in uncleannesse untill his sun be set And hee tâ—at 〈◊〉 so baptised and his sun not set may not eat or dr 〈…〉 of the trumah or holy offrings or of any meat or dr 〈…〉 that is holy If such a baptised person touch the Trâ—mah he maketh the third in uncleannes because him-selfe is the second If he touch the holy meats or 〈◊〉 hee maketh them the fourth in uncleannes But 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 touch common meats they are cleane Maim in A 〈…〉 hatumoth c. 10. s. 1. 2. 3. Vers. 33. earthen or vessell of pot bakers e 〈…〉 For there is a difference betwene this and anoth 〈…〉 vessell of earth or of stone Any vessel made of 〈◊〉 mould of the earth and afterward burned in the 〈◊〉 that is the vessel Cheres of earth here spoken of Maimony in Celim c. 1. s. 13. See also Lev. 15. 1â— whereinto or into the midst whereof The Hebrewes scanning this word say that an earth 〈…〉 sel is not made unclean but in the aier thereof All 〈◊〉 vessels if uncleannesse touch them they are uâ—cleane and if an uncleane thing come into the aier of them but toucheth them not they continue cleane And they count that an earthen vessel is not made uncleane 〈◊〉 in the aier of it as it is written Into the midst where any of them falleth Levit. 11. 33. in the midst 〈◊〉 inside thereof it is made uncleane not in the o 〈…〉 parts And as it is made uncleane in the aier of it 〈◊〉 maketh meats and drinks uncleane by the aier of it 〈◊〉 an uncleane earthen vessel if meat or drinke c 〈…〉 〈◊〉 the aâ—er of it though they touch it not yet are they 〈◊〉 uncleane as it is written whatsoever is in the 〈◊〉 it shall be uncleane But other uncleane vessels 〈◊〉 not meats or drinkes uncleane till they touch 〈◊〉 Maimony in Celim c. 13. s. 1. 2. breake it so in Lev. 6. 28. and 15. 12. All vessels that are defiled are madecleane againe by water except vessels of earth and of glasse Of the earthen vessel it is said and ye shal breake it Levit. 11. 33. and it is not cleansed but by breaking Maim in Mikvaoth c. 1. s. 3. This seemeth to be in respect of the vilenesse of earth en vessels more then of wood or of metall so that the losse was not great though they were broken For otherwise the Hebrew doctors say that Vessells also of wood and of skin and of bone and of metall when they are broken are clensed from their uncleannesse Maim in Celim ch 12. s. 1. Of this point Chazkuni here saith An earthen vessel is not defiled but by the aier of it and the reason is for as much as it cannot bee clensed but is to bee broken the Law is sparing from having it mored so that it is not defiled on the outside as it is written And every open vessell which hath no covering bound upon it is uncleane Numb 19. 15. Loe if it have a covering bound vpon it it is cleane for it is not defiled on the outside of it As waters signified the blood and spirit of Christ wherewith we are sanctified Ezek. 36. 25. Hebr. 9. 13. 14. and 10. 22. so the breaking of the vessell signified the abolishing of sinne and uncleannesse by death Wee are compared to earthen vessells 2 Cor. 4. 7. and the breaking of such is death Ierein 19. 11. and 48. 38. See the notes on Lev. 15. 12. Ver. 34. Of all meat which may be eaten Hebrew which shall be eaten that is which usually is eaten of men The Greeke translateth And all meat which is eaten on which water commeth This is understood by some of such water as whereinto an uncleane thing was put to cleanse the same mentioned before in verse
when they are sowne and have taken root they are cleane Vers. 38. water is put Hebrew is given meaning willingly the Greeke saith is poured Hereby is meant the fitting of it for man to eat as by the Hebrew canons is before shewed Where also it is said By word of mouth we have beene taught that this which is said But if water be put upon the seed Lev. 〈◊〉 38 is meant either of water or of any other of the seven liquors so that it be put thereon by the owners wil and after that it is pulled from the ground for it is not spoken of putting water on save after the meats are plâ—cked up and the liquors pulled off from where they grow whatsoever liquor falleth on meats without the owners will it maketh theÌ„ not apt to receive uncleannes As if it be mixed with his fruits for fear or daÌ„ger or for necessity he was not otherwise willing that they shold be mixed it makes them not apt for uncleannes as he that hideth his fruits in water because of theeves c. M 〈…〉 in Tumath Oclin c. 12. s. 1. 2. of their carkasse Châ—zkuni explaineth it thus of their carkasse and not of the bâ—â—â—s or of the teeth or of the nailes or of the hâ—ire of thâ—â—â— for these things made it not uncleane larchi teacheth that this is not onely whiles the seed is wet with the water but also after it is dry from the water Vers. 39. any beast dye to weet of it selfe and is not orderly slaine for meat that is any cleane beast such as the Law permitteth to be eaten And unclean beasts much more toucheth the carkasse Sol. Iarchi expoundeth this the carkasse and not the bones or sinewes nor the hornes or hoofes neither the skin for that these defiled not him that touched them Ver. 40. that â—eareth the â—arkasse see the notes on vers 25. The Hebrewes say A carkasse is one of the chiefest uncleane things so much as an olive of the flesh thereof defileth men and vessells by touching and earthen vessels by the aeir and defileth men by bearing it Whether it be cattell or beast lawfull to be eaten or unlawfull if they dye the flesh of them all so much as an olive maketh one uncleane The killing of a clean beast maketh it cleane every where an uncleane beast the killing thereof availeth it not and whether it be killed or strangled or dye of it selfe it is a carkasse and all carkasses are alike in the case of uncleannes The marrow is as the flesh but the blood of the carkass defileth not as the carkasse but is like uncleane liquors which defile not men or vessels by the Law The fat of a clean beast that dieth is cleane as it is written And the fat of a carkasse and the fat of that which is torne in peeces shâ—l be used for any worke but eating ye shall eate of it Lev. 7. 24. Maimony in Aboth hatumoth c. 1. s. 15. wash his clothes the Greek addeth and wash himselfe in water Vers. 41. every creeping thing besides those eight forementioned in v. 29. 30. which defiled men by touching them dead all other defile men by eating them but not by touching their carkasses See the notes on v. 31. Who so eateth so much as an olive of any creeping-thing on the earth is to bee beaten saith Maimon in treat of Forbidden meats c. 2. s. 6. Touching this quantity observe another rule which they give This which we have said of eating so much as an olive is when he eateth that qua 〈…〉 of any great creature or if he joyne together a little of one creature and a little of another of that kinde till he eate so much as an olive But he that eatâ—th an unclean creature by it selfe all of it he is to be beaten by the Law although it be lesse then a graine of mustard seed whether he eate it dead or eate it alive Maimony 〈◊〉 c. 2. s. 21. Vers. 42. upon the belly as serpents and the like GeÌ„ 3. 14. upon all foure or upon foure feet Tâ—â— is the Scorpion saith Sol. Iarchi or whatso 〈…〉 Hebr. unto whatsoever hath many feet Iarchi saith this is the Nadal the many-foot a creeping thing which hath feet from the head there of to the taile that of on each side â—nd they call it in Latine C 〈…〉 Vers. 43. any thing that creepeth This implyeth all other besides the things spoken of as â—eping things in the waters and the like He that 〈…〉 much as an olive of the creeping things in the waters 〈◊〉 to be beaten by the Law Levit. 11. 43. Lee in 〈◊〉 prohibition are comprehended creeping things of the earth and creeping things that fly and creeping 〈◊〉 of the waters Maimony in Forbidden meats 〈◊〉 s. 12. What the creeping things of the waters as is shewed on v. 10. Vers. 44. make holy or sanctify your selves 〈◊〉 is the spirituall use of all these carnall rites 〈◊〉 Meat commendeth us nâ—t to God 1 Cor 8. 8. 〈◊〉 is any thing uncleane of it â—eâ—fe Rom. 14. 14. 〈◊〉 there is nothing from without a man that entring into him can defile him Mark 7. 15. and these ordinances of meats and drinks and divers washings were carnall ordinances imposed on the Iewes untill the time of reformation or bettering Heb. 9. 10. all which are by Christ now done away Collos. 2. 14. 16. 17. 20. 21. who calleth us from our former lusts in our ignorance to be holy in all manner of conversation because it is written bee ye holy for I am holy 1 Pet. 1. 14. 15. 16. and to clense our selves from all filthinesse of the flesh and spirit perfecting holinesse in the feare of God 2 Cor. 7. 1. The Iewes also themselves saw that these outward things were figures of heavenly and to bee abolished by Christ as their owne words noted on Gen. 9. 3. manifest and R. Menachem on Lev. 11. sheweth how things beneath are all answerable to things above and those above have their figures here beneath and that by uncleane beasts the heathens of the world were meant according to that vision in Act 10. 12. 18. and that the eating of uncleane beasts here forbidden signified the going in unto or unlawfull mariages with such infidels according to the phrase in Pro. 30. 20. she eateth and wipeth her mouth and the saying in Gen. 2. 24. they shall be one flesh Also that the clensing with water signified the water that is above which is the water of mercy c. And Maim concludeth his treatise of the Vncleannesse of meats thus the cleannes of the body bringeth one unto the holines of the soule from evill thoughts and the holinesse of the soule is a meanes to make us like unto the Majesty of God as it is written and yee shall make your selves holy and shall be holy for I the Lord that make you holy am holy your soules that is your selves the soule is often put for ones selfe for
figured incorruption and immortalitie and the Cedar is used to signifie Christ him-selfe in Ezek. 17. 22. 23. The hysope of sweet savour was used to sprinkle with and cleanse from sin see Psal. 51. 9. And the Cedar wood or the hysope that had the barke pilled off was unlawfull faith Maimony treat of Lepr chap. 11. sect 1. Verse 5. and he shall kill in Greeke and they shall kill meaning some man Chazkuni saith The commandement was by the Priest and the killing by any man earthen vessell the Hebrew doctors say by tradition it was to be a new earthen cup. It figured the basenesse and infirmitie of the Ministers of the Gospell 2 Cor. 4. 7. See further in Num. 5. 17. living water that is spring water as the Chaldee translateth it called living because of the continuall motion See the notes on Gen. 26. 19. And thus Christ expoundeth living water to bee a well of water springing up unto eternall life Ioh. 4. 10. 14. The Rabbines here say it might not bee water that had beene used about any businesse nor salt water nor water that had beene melted or warmed nor of waters that lie or faile as in Ieremie 15. 18. that is whose course or spring doth cease at any time nor raine water but living water which alwaies springeth and ceaseth not R. Sampson comment in Thalmud in Negagnim c. 14. And that of this water there was a quarter of a Log put into a new earthen vessell That quarter was as much as an egge and a halfe see the notes on Exod. 30. 24. They killed the fairest of the two birds though they were as much as might be of equall bignesse and price over the water in the earthen vessell and wrung it so that the blood might be discerned in the water and then they digged and buried the bird there before theâ— Maimony treat of Lepr chap. 11. sect 1. And Chazkuni noteth that the living water was mixed with the blood because the blood of it selfe was un inough to dip the cedar scarlet and hysope in Vers. 6. dip them and the living bird He bound together the hysope and the cedar with the scarlet wooll wound up lengthwise and about them he put the tops of the wings and tip of the taile of the living bird and dipped them foure in the water and blood that was in the vessell and sprinkled seven times upon the hand of the Leper and some say on his forehead and so let the bâ—â— loose Maimony ibidem This manner of cleansing the leper figured the cleansing of us sinners by Christ who as the killed bird was put to death in the flesh but as the living bird quickned by the spirit 1 Pet. 3. 18. For though he was crucified through weakenesse yet he liveth by the power of God 2 Cor. 13. 4. who came not by water onely but by water and blood 1 Ioh. 5. 6. whose blood sprinkled purgeth our conscience from dead workes to serve the living God Heb. 9. 14. and 12. 24. But we have this treasure 〈◊〉 earthen vessels that the excellencie of the power may be of God and not of us 2 Cor. 4. 7. By the Hebrew doctors opinion the mixing of the blood of the bird and of living water signified judgment and meâ—y joyned together R. Menachem on Levit. 14. Vers. 7. seven times signifying hereby a f 〈…〉 cleansing for seven is a perfect number see the notes on Lev. 4. 6. So Naaman the Leper washed himselfe seven times in Iordan 2 King 5. 10. 14. And David praying to be cleansed of his spirituall leprosie saith wash me throughly from mine iniquitie Psal. 51. make him cleane that is pronounce him cleane or by these rites cleanse him the Greeke translateth and he shall be cleane let goe or 〈…〉 se and send away The like was done with the two goats on atonement day the one was killed the other let goe into the wildernesse Levit. 16. 7. 10. These figured the deliverance of Christ from death and of all such as are cleansed from their sinnes by his blood for he bare our griefes and cariâ—d our sorrowes or sicknesses Esa. 53. 4. Matth. 8. 17. And Solomon likeneth the escaping of the curse to the flying away of a bird Prov. 26. 2. Chazkuni maketh this comparison that the Leper had sitten as a bird solitarie on the house top and was 〈◊〉 and restrained from conversing with other men but now was permitted to come among his fellowes even as the bird had been bound in the hands of men but now was let goe and set free to goe among her fellowes the face of the field that is the open field like that phrase in Genes 1. 20. on the face of the firmanent The Greeke translateth it into the field Hence the Hebrew doctors say hee that letteth the bird loose may not turne his face towards the sea nor to the citie nor to the wildernesse for it is said in Levit. 1453. out of the citie into the face of the field If when be lets it goe it comes againe he shall let it goe againe though it be an hundred times Moreover they say the Cedar wood and hysope and scarlet with which one lepâ—r was cleansed he may with them cleanse other lepers and so the bird that is let goe he may cleanse other lepers with it after it hath beene sent away and it is lawfull to be eaten But the bird that was killed is unlawfull to be used for any thing and who so eateth ought thereof transgresseth Maimony treat of Lepr chap. 11. sect 1. 7. These legall ordinances led the people unto Christ for if the blood of birds and water with cedar hysope and scarlet sprinkling the uncleane sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh how much more shall the blood of Christ who through the eternall Spirit offred himselfe without spot unto God purge the conscience from dead workes to serve the living God Heb. 9. 13. 14. Vers. 8. all his haire on every part of his bodie so the Hebrewes say he must cause the rasour to passe ever all his flesh that is seene even his secret parts and the haire all over his body Maimony ibidem The haire naturally springeth of hot grosse matter or fume and argueth strength of nature so in the Leprous and uncleane the haire signified the strength of uncleannesse which was to be cut off for it is needfull to beat downe the power of uncleannesse which aboundeth in him saith R. Menachem on Levit. 14. So at the consecration of the Levites they were to cause a rasour to passe over all their flesh Numb 8. 7. and Sampson when hee lost his haire lost his strength Iudg. 16. 17. And God threatning to weaken the state of his people useth this similitude of shaving them with a rasour Esa. 7. 20. Contrariwise the Nazirite whiles hee was to be holy unto the Lord by his vow no rasour might come upon his head Num. 6. 5. that he may be cleane or and
accompany him And there remained betweene the last boothe and the rocke in the wildernesse two miles At every boothe they said unto the man loe here is meat and here is water if his strength failed him and hee had need to eat hee might eat but there never was man they say that needed so to doe And without necessitie no man might eat for it was their most solemne Fast. From the last boothe they went not with him to the Rocke but halfe way one mile their sabbath daies journey and stood a farre off to see what he did with the goat When he had put the goat downe the Rocke they at the boothes aforesaid waved with linnen clothes or white flagges to the end that they in Ierusalem might know that the goat was come to the wildernesse Talmud in Ioma chap. 6. and Maimony in his Comment thereon and in his Misneh in Iom hakippurim chap. 3. sect 7. c. Of their sabbath dayes journey see the notes on Exodus 16. 29. Vers. 22. all their iniquities by this it appeareth that as the killed goat figured Christ killed for the sinnes of his people so this living goat figured him also who bare our griefes and caried our sorrowes and on whom God laid the iniquity of us all Esa. 53. 4. 6. And because Christ was not onely to dye for our offences but also to rise againe for our justification Rom. 4. 25. to be crucified through weakenesse yet to live by the power of God 2 Cor. 13 4. to be put to death in the flesh but quickned by the Spirit 1 Pet. 3. 13. and for that these two things could not fitly be shadowed by any one beast which the Priest having killed could not make alive againe therefore God appointed two that in the slame beast Christs death in the live beast his life and victory might be fore shadowed Heb. 9. 23. 24. 28. See the like mysterie in the two birds for the cleansing of the Leper Levit. 14. 6. 7. Or the sending of this goat into the wildernesse as the former was sacrificed in the Sanctuarie might figure out the salvation of Christ communicated with the gentiles and peoples of the world as Esa. 42. 1. 4. 11. and 49. 6. For the wildernesse is sometime used to signifie peoples Ezek. 20. 35. The Hebrewes say The scape goat made-atonement for all the transgressions of the Law both the lighter and the more heavy transgressions whether done presumptuously or ignorantly whether they were knowne unto a man or unknowne all are expiated by the Scape-goat if so be the partie doe repent Maimony in treat of Repentance chap. 1. sect 2. This goat was but a shadow of Christ and unto repentance must be added faith sor God hath set him forth to bee a propitiation through faith in his blood Rom. 3. 25. land of separation or a land cut-off a land separated to weet from other lands or from all people that is as the Chaldee translateth it a land that is not inhabited which the Greeke calleth Abaton waylesse or inaccessibles where no man goeth afterward Moses calleth it a wildernesse Or it may meane a place decreed of and determined whither to send him for the Hebrew word sometime signifieth a decree Iob 22. 28. Dan. 4. 17. Hereby was figured the utter abolishing of our sinnes by Christ both from the face of God that they should not appeare against us before him to be imputed unto us and also from us that sinne should have no more dominion over us nor we serve it any longer but having our consciences purged from dead workes should serve the living God 2 Cor. 5. 19. Heb. 9. 26. 14. Rom. 6. 6. 12. So the Prophet speaking of the like grace saith unto God Thou wilt cast all their sinnes into the depths of the sea Mich. 7. 19. And this word which Moses here useth is not elsewhere used in like sort for a land but for cutting off of other things and in particular is applied to Christ working our redemption that hee was cut-off out of the land of the living Esa. 53. 8. which the holy Ghost expoundeth thus his life was taken from the earth Act. 8. 33. and whereof himselfe speaking said whither I goe ye cannot come Ioh. 13. 33. That eternall Spirit through which Christ offred himselfe without spot unto God Heb. 9. 14. and by which he was made-alive after death 1 Pet. 3. 18. inabled his flesh or manhood to suffer such things as no other creature could come neere unto and thereby Sin is put-away and the body of sinne abolished Heb. 9. 26. Rom. 6. 6. The Hebrewes say of this goat sent away that the man which caried it threw it downe the rocke and so it dyed Thalmud in Ioma chap. 6. Vers. 23. Aaron shall come whiles the goat afore-said was going to the wildernesse these services following began and other after them in this order as the Hebrewes have recorded After he hath sent away the goat by the hand of him that led him hee returneth to the bullocke and goat wholse blood hee had sprinkled within the Sanctuarie and openeth them and taketh out their fat which he putteth in a vessell to burne them upon the Altar And he cutteth the rest of their flesh into great pieces but one cleaving to another and not parted asunder and them he sondeth by the hand of others to be caried out to the place of burning without the campe Levit. 16. 27. When the Scape goat is come to the wildernesse the high Priest goeth out into the womens court to read the Law And whiles hee is reading they burne the bullocke and the goat in the place of the ashes without the citie therefore hee that seeth the high Priest when he readeth seeth not the bullocke and the goat burnt When he readeth all the people stand before him and the minister of the Congregation taketh up the booke of the Law and giveth it to the Chief of the congregation and he to the Sagan or second chiefe Priest and the Sagan giveth it to the high Priest who standeth up when he receiveth it and standeth and readeth the 16. of Leviticus and Levit. 23. 27. 32. c. And when he readeth he blesseth God before and after c. After this hee putteth off his white garments and washeth himselfe and putteth on his golden garments and sanctifieth his hands and his feet and offreth the goat which is for the generall addition to this daies service Numb 29. 11. and offreth his owne ram and the peoples ram as it is said AND HE SHAL COME FORTH AND SHALL MAKE HIS BVRNT-OFFRING AND THE BVRNT-OFFRING OF THE PEOPLE Lev. 16. 24. And he burneth on the altar the fat of the bullocke and of the goat that were burnt without the campe And he offreth the daily evening sacrifice the Lambe Numb 28. 3. and trimmeth the Lempes as on other dayes Exod. 27. 21. After this he sanctifieth his hands and his feet and putteth off the golden
any beast to lye downe thereto thou shalt even kill the woman the beast they shal surely be put to death their bloods shall be upon them And the man that taketh his sister his fathers daughter or his mothers daughter and seeth her nakednes and shee see his nakednesse it is impietie and they shal be cut off in the eyes of the sonnes of their people he hath uncovered his sisters nakednes he shall beare his iniquity And the man that lyeth with a woman having-her sicknes and uncovereth her nakednes discovereth bee fountaine and she uncovereth the fountaine of her bloods even both of them shall be cut-off from among their people And thou shalt not uncover the nakednes of thy mothers sister or of thy fathers sister for he discouereth his neere-kinne they shall beare their iniquity And the man that lyeth with his aunt hee hath uncovered his uncles nakednes they shall beare their sinne they shall dye childles And the man that taketh his brothers wife it is uncleannes he hath uncovered his brothers nakednes they shall bee childles And ye shall keepe all my statutes and all my judgments and doe them that the land spue you not out which I bring you thither to dwell therein And ye shall not walke in the statutes of the nation which I send out from before you for all these things have they done and I am yrked with them And I have said unto you you shall inherit their land and I will give it unto you to inherit it a land that floweth with milke and honey I am Iehovah your God which have separated you from the peoples And yee shall separate betweene the cleane beast and the uncleane and betweene the uncleane fowle and the cleane and yee shall not make your soules abominable by beast or by fowle or by any thing that creepeth on the ground which I have separated unto you for uncleane And ye shall be holy unto me for I Iehovah am holy and have separated you from the peoples to be mine And man or woman when there is in them a familiar-familiar-spirit or that is a wizard they shall surely be put to death they shall stone them with stones their bloods shall be upon them Annotations EVery man or Any man whosoever Hebr. man 〈◊〉 as Levit. 17. 3. Targum Ionathan explaineth it yong man or old man the Greeke hath If any Here God appointeth punishments for the transgression of such Lawes as were given in the two former chapters that sojourneth or that is a stranger in Greeke proselytes of his seed that is any of his children Molech an Idoll to which the heathens offred their children whereof see Lev. 18. 21. he shall surely be put to death or he shal be put to dye the death Heb. dying he shall be made to dye So after in verse 9. 10. 11. 12. c. the people of the land the Chaldee expounds it the people of the house of Israel stone him his sinne being proved before the Iudges by witnesses the hands of the witnesses were first to be upon him and afterward the hands of all the people Deut. 17. 6. 7. Foure manner of deaths were in Israel for malefactors Stoning Burning Killing with the sword and Strangling And the Hebrewes reckon eighteen euil doers which were to be stoned that was the sorest death sundry of them are mentioned in this chapter of all the rest see the notes on Exodus 21. 12. The manner of stoning is said to be thus when the malefactor came within foure cubits of the place of execution they stript him out of his clothes but covered his nakednesse before and a woman was not stoned naked but in one linnen garment The place of stoning was high unto which the malefactor with his witnesses went up his hands being tyed One of the witnesses stroke him behinde upon his loynes if that kild him not the other witnesses threw a great stone upon his heart if hee dyed not with it all Israel threw stones upon him Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin chap. 6. and Maimony in Sanhedrin chapter 15. section 1. Vers. 3. And I will set Heb. will give that is will oppose and set firmly for which in verse 5. Moses useth the word set This is meant if the sinne were not knowne or could not be proved by witnesses sufficiently before men that God himselfe would cut off the sinner which the Chaldee and Greeke doe interpret destroy or make to perish So Chazkuni expoundeth it I will set my face when he transgresseth without witnesses and evident-proofe The Hebrewes reckon sixe and thirtie which for their sins are threatned by the law to be cut off and they are these 1. Hee that lyeth with his mother 2. or with his fathers wife 3. or with his daughter-in-law 4. or with mankinde 5. or with a beast 6. and the woman that lyeth downe to a beast 7. hee that lyeth with a woman and her daughter 8. or with another mans wife 9. or with his sister 10. or with his fathers sister 11. or with his mothers sister 12 or with his wives sister 13. or with the wife of his fathers brother 14. or with the wife of his mothers brother 15. or with a woman that hath her sicknesse 16. The blasphemer 17. the Idol-server 18. he that giveth of his seed to Molech 19. hee that followeth him that hath a familiar spirit 20. hee that prophaneth the Sabbath 21. the uncleane person that eateth the holy thing 22. the uncleane person that commeth into the Sanctuarie 23. Hee that eateth fat 24. or blood 25. or that eateth that which remaineth of the sacrifices when it is a polluted thing 26. or that eateth uncleane meats 27. Hee that slayeth sacrifices without the sanctuarie 28. be that offreth them without 29. He that eateth Leaven at the Passeover 30. he that eateth any thing on Atonement day 31. or that worketh on that day 32. Hethat maketh an Oile like the holy oile of the Sanctuary 33. or maketh anincense like the holy incense 34. or that anointeth mans flesh with the holy oile of the Sanctuary 35. He that observeth not the Passeover 36. or that observeth not the Law of circumcision For these they are guilty to be cut off if they transgresse presumptuously if ignoraÌ„tly they must bring a sin-offring c. Thalmad Bab. in Châ—â— it huâ—â— chap. 1. All these are expressed in Moses Law and yet hee that gathered these in the Thalmud as Maimony in his Annotations upon the same place observeth reckoneth but the generals and leaveth the particulars For where he saith He that lyeth with a woman and her daughter he implieth also a woman with her sonne so a woman and her sons daughter a woman and her daughters daughter and his mother and his mothers mother and his fathers mother and his daughter and his sons daughter and his daughters daughter And under the name of the Idolserver is implied hee that poureth out a drink-offring or that burneth incense or
same that was in verse 27. and may imply the male as well as the female that neither of them might be killed with their yong in one day but the Greeke and Chaldee versions apply these things to the female The Hebrewes say The prohibition concerning IT AND THE YONG THEREOF is of force concerning the female for it may be certainly knowne that it is her yongling and if it be certainly knowne that this beast was the father of it they doe not kill them both in one day but if he kill them he is not beaten for the thing is doubtfull whether it be of force concerning the males or not Maimony tom 2. in Shechitach ch 12. sect 11. or sheepe or goat or any cleane beast which was lawfull to bee eaten for commmon meat This prohibition hath not place but concerning cleane beasts only it is of force even for mixtures of diverse kinds as if a Roe engender with a Goat or a Goat with a Roe it is unlawfull to kill it and the yong in one day Maimony in Shechitah ch 12. sect 8. it and the yong Hebrew and the son The Hebrew also speaketh as of the male him and his son but the Greeke and Chaldee translate her and her son not kill either for sacrifice to God or for common food The Hebrewes doe so explaine it saying He that killeth it and the yong thereof in one day the flesh is lawfull to be eaten but the killer is to be beaten Lev. 22. 28. And he is not beaten but for the killing of the latter therefore if hee kill the one of the two and his fellow come and kill the other his fellow is to be beaten The prohibition concerning it and the yong thereof is of force at all times and in all places for common beasts and for sanctified whether they be holy things that are to be eaten or not to bee eaten Therefore if the first kill in the court of the sanctuary and the second without or the first without and the second within the court whether they be both common or both holy or one common and the other holy he that killeth the later is to bee beaten as for killing IT AND THE YONG THEROF The prohibition is not but for the killing onely as it is said YE SHALL NOT KILL c. He that killeth a cow and afterward killeth two of her yong is to beaten with two beatings if he kill her two yong-ones and afterward killeth her he is beaten but once If he kill her and her yong and her yonglings yong hee is beaten twice If two men receive two beasts the one the damme and the other the yong and they come for judgement he that received the first killeth first and the other must stay till the morrow Maim in Shechitah c. 12. s. 1. 2. 3. 12. 13. Compare herewith the Law in Deut. 22. 6. where the bird with her yong or eggs may not bee taken together It shewed Gods mercie to the creatures in that he would not have the dam and the yong killed in a day so Targum Ionathan paraphraseth on this Law thus My people the sons of Israel as our father is mercifull in heaven so be ye mercifull on earth a cow or an ewe it and the yong thereof ye shall not slay in one day in one day of this the Hebrews say the day goeth after the night as if he kill the first in the beginning of the fourth night hee may not kill the second till the beginning of the fift night And so if he kill the first in the end of the fourth day before evening he may kill the second in the beginning of the fift night But if be 〈◊〉 the first in the evening of the fift night hee may not k 〈…〉 the second till the sixt night Maimony in Shechitah ch 12. sect 17. Vers. 29. of confession or of thanksgiving which was a kind of peace offring see Lev. 7. 12. Vers. 30. untill the morning If it were kept longer then the time appointed of God it became polluted was to be consumed with fire and might not be eaten upon paine of Gods wrath upon them for such iniquitie Levit. 7. 18. See the annotations there as also on Exod. 12. 10. Vers. 31. I am Iehovah Targum Ionathan explaineth it thus I am the Lord who will give a good reward to them that keepe my preceptss and my lawes Vers. 32. not prophane Gods name is prophaned or polluted by the wilfull presumptuous breach of any one of all his commandements as the Hebrew Doctors teach from this and other like places see the notes on Exod. 20. 7. Levit. 18. 21. and 19. 12. doe sanctifie you God the soleâ—thor of our sanctification doth this in Christ by his Spirit 1 Corinth 1. 2. and 6. 11. the outward means wherof is his word and ordinances of the same Iohn 17. 17. Ephes. 5. 26. And these legall ordinances which stood in meats and drink and divers washings and carnall rites imposed on them untill the time of reformation sanctified unto the purifying of the flesh Hebrewes 9. 10. 13. but the blood of Christ who through the eternall Spirit offred him-selfe without blemish unto God is it which purg 〈…〉 our conscience from dead workes to serve the 〈◊〉 God Hebrewes 9. 14. and 10. 10. and by one offring he hath perfected for ever them which are sanctified Heb. 10 14. CHAP. XXXIII 1 The feasts of the Lord. 3 The Sabbath 4 The Passeover and unlevened-cakes 9 The sheafe of first-fruits 15 The feast of Pentecost 22 Gleanings to be left for the poore 23 The feast of Trumpets 16. The day of Atonement 33 The feast of Tabernacles ANd Iehoah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel and say unto them The solemne-feasts of Iehovah those which ye shall proclaime convocations of holines these are my solemne-feasts Six dayes shall worke be done but in the seventh day shall be a Sabbath of sabbatisme a convocation of holinesse ye shall not doe any worke it shall be a Sabbath to Iehovah in all your dwellings These are the solemne-feasts of Iehovah convocations of holinesse those which ye shall proclaime in their appointed-season In the first moneth in the fourteenth day of the moneth betweene the two-evenings shall be the Passeover to Ieovah And in the fifteenth day of the same moneth shall bee the feast of unlevened cakes unto Iehovah seven daies yee shall eate unlevened cakes In the first day ye shall have a convocation of holinesse yee shall not doe any servile-worke But ye shall offer a Fyre offring unto Iehovah seven daies in the seventh day shall be a convocation of holinesse yee shall not doe any servile worke And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel and say unto them When ye be come into the land which I give unto you and shall reape the harvest thereof then ye shall bring a sheaf the first-fruit of your harvest unto the Priest
empty and furnished their boothes with all comâ—ly vessels and bedding drinking vessels 〈◊〉 c. but cauldrons kettles and such like were without the boothe If the raine fell they might goe out of the boothes into their houses 〈◊〉 the raine was over At all times when they 〈◊〉 sit downe in the Boothes all the seven dayes they blessed God before they sate downe who sanctified them by his commandements and commanded them to sit in Boothes Maimony 〈◊〉 chap. 6. sect 5. c. every homebo 〈…〉 〈◊〉 borne in the land of Israel the Hebrewes 〈◊〉 women and servants and children and sicke 〈◊〉 But children of five or sixâ— yeeres old and upward were bound hereto that they might be trained up in the commandements Such as were watch men of the city by day were discharged for the day but bound to lye in boothes by night and sâ—â—h as watched by night were discharged for the night but bound by day Maimony in Shopher chapter 6. section 1. 4. Vers. 43. your generations your posterity to dwell in boothes so that the first place where â—rael camped after they came out of Egypt was called Sâ—ccoth that is Boothes Exodus 12. 3 At the eâ—d of every seventh yeere the Law was commanded to bee solemnly read before all the people at this feast that they might â—â—ame 〈◊〉 the Lord their God Deut. 31. â—0 13. See the performance here of in Neh. 8. 18. And whereas at this time of the yeere the people had gathered 〈◊〉 fruits into their houses and filled them 〈◊〉 all good things lest their prosperity should cause them to forget both God and themselves this Law was given that they should then dwell in boothes to remember their miseries past and to expect a full redemption of their bodies soules by Christ â—esus our Lord. CHAP. XXIIII 1 The Israelites are commanded to bring oile for the lampes which Aaron must order 5 The Shew bread with from kincense to be set on the Table every Sabbath and eaten by the Priests 10 23 Shelomiths son blasphemeth and is stoned to death 15 The like law is given for all blasphemers 17 Death is appointed for Murderers 18 Satisfaction for dammages and blemishes AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Command the sonnes of Israel that they take unto thee pure oile olive beaten for the Light to cause the lampe to ascend up continually Without the veile of the Testimonie in the Tent of the congregation shall Aaron order it from evening unto morning before Iehovah continually it shall be a statute for ever through-out your generations Vpon the pure candlesticke shall he order the lamps before Iehovah continually And thou shalt take fine-flowre and bake it twelve cakes two tenth-deales shall be in one cake And thou shalt set them in two rowes sixe on a row upon the pure table before Iehovah And thou shalt put upon each row pure frankincense that it may bee for the bread for a memoriall a Fire offring unto Iehovah In the sabbath day in the sabbath day he shall set-in-order before Iehovah continually from the sonnes of Israel an everlasting covenant And it shall be for Aaron and for his sonnes and they shall eat it in the holy place for it is holy of holies to him of the Fire offrings of Iehovah by an everlasting statute And there went out the sonne of an Israelitish woman and he was the sonne of an Egyptian man amongst the sons of Israel and the son of the Israelitesse and a man an Israelite strove-together in the campe And the Israelitish womans son blasphemed the Name and cursed and they brought him unto Moses and his mothers name was Shelomith the daughter of Dibri of the tribe of Din. And they put him in ward that hee might declare unto them by the mouth of Iehovah And Iehovah spake unto Moses 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 saying Bring-forth him that hath cursed out of the campe and let all that heard him lay their hands upon his head and let al the congregation stone him And thou shalt speake unto the sonnns of Israel saying Any man when hee shall curse his God then hee shall beare his sinne And he that blasphemeth the Name of Iehovah shall surely bee put to death all the congregation stoning shall stone him as well the stranger as the home-borne when he blasphemeth the Name shal be put to death And a man when he shall smite any soule of man shall surely be put to death And he that smiteth the soule of a beast shall recompense it soule for soule And a man when he shall give a blemish upon his neighbour as he hath done so shall it bee done unto him Breach for breach eye for eye tooth for tooth as hee hath given a blemish upon a man so shall iâ— be given upon him And he that smiteth a beast shall recompense it and he that smiteth a man shall be put-to-death One judgement shall yee have as well the stranger as the home-borne shal have it for I am Iehovah your God And Moses spake to the sonnes of Israel and they brought-forth him that had cursed out of the campe and stoned him with stones and the sons of Israel did as Iehovah commanded Moses Annotations THat they take or as the Greeke translateth and let them take unto thee that is take and give or bring unto thee see the like phrase in Gen. 15. 9. Exod. 25. 2. Num. 19. 2. As the former lawes in chap. 23. taught Israel the profession of their obedience to God in the holy times sanctified for his worship so these here taught them the like in respect of the holy things which concerned Gods service in his Sanctuarie olive or of the olive-tree the oile whereof figured the graces of Gods spirit and the beating of the oile signified the labours and afflictions of Gods people in preaching the word of grace This Law is here repeated from Exod. 27. 20. c. where it was before given see the annotations there the Lampe in Chaldee the Lampes meaning the seven lampes as is explained in Num. 8. 2. which are interpreted the seven Spirits of God Rev. 4. 5. that is the manifold graces of the Spirit now there are diversities of gracious gifts but one and the same Spirit 1 Cor. 12. 5. 11. so the seven lampes are here as one Lamp Likewise in Ex. 27. 20. and 〈◊〉 Sam. 3. 3. to ascend-up that is to burne as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it for the flame alwaies ascendeth continually this the Hebrewes expound from night to night as the continuall Burnt-offring which was not but from day to day Sol. â—archi on Lev. 24. And in Targ. Ionathan it is explained in the Sabbath day and in the working day This Law sheweth the ordinary duty of the Church to provide oile for the Lampe In times of distresse the Prophet saw a vision of two olivetrees on each side of the candlesticke emptying out of themselves golden oile through two golden pipes God teaching that the
your land V. 34. injoy accept as v. 41. or pay accomplish her Sabbathes meaning her seventh yeeres which the Chaldee calleth releases or remissions whereof see Lev. 25. 2. Deut. 15. 1. So the word is used for paying or accomplishing as in Ioh 14. 6. till hee accomplish as an hireling his day though there also it may meane a contented-acceptation and injoying of that which was desired V. 35. it shall rest or it shall keep-sabbath both from the people the unworthy inhabitants and from their tillage thereof as the law required Lev. 25. 4. Which being a precept figuring the sanctimonie of the church was not kept whiles they defiled the land by their iniquities as Lev. 18. 27. Wherefore whiles the land lay desolate it should as it were be well pleased and contentedly injoy the rest which God would give it from their sinning upon ii This was fulfilled when they were 70. yeeres captives in Babylon as appeareth by 2 Chron. 36. 21. where it is said Vntill the land had injoyed her Sabbathes as long as she lay desolate she kept Sabbath to fulfill seventie yeeres rested not in your sabbathes This sheweth that it was not the outward rest and intermission of the land which God chiefly intended by that law Lev. 25. for those Rests the land injoyed but the resting from sinne by the people that dwelt thereon even as the Sabbath day was also a signe of their sanctification See the notes on Levit. 25. 4. Vers. 36. a softnesse or tendernesse that is a faintnes or fearefulnesse and as the Chaldee translateth it a breaking or discouragement So softnesse is used for faintnesse or want of courage in Deut. 20. 3. Esa. 7. 4. 2 Chron. 13. 7. a driven-leafe or a tossed leafe which the Greeke translateth caried meaning with the winde and as in Thargum Ionathan it is explained a leafe that is plucked from the tree This judgement in Iob 15. 21. 22. is opened thus A sound of feares is in his eares in peace the destroyer will come upon him he beleeveth not to returne out of darkenesse and he is waited for of the sword c. as fleeing from a sword Hebr. the flight of a sword which the Greeke explaineth as they that flee from batteil and the Chaldee as a flight from before them that kill with the sword So Solomon saith The wicked fleeth where no man pursueth Prov. 28. 1. Vers. 37. shall fall or stumble-downe through weakenesse or through hast as they flee they shall fall one on another before a sword Chaldee before them that kill with sword power-to-stand Heb. standing or uprightnesse contrary to the blessing in verse 13. The Greeke translateth ye shall not be able to withstand your enemies Vers. 38. shall perish c. or shall be lost The fulfilling hereof is shewed in Ier. 50. 6. My people hath beene perishing or lost sheepe their sheepheards have caused them to goe astray c. Vnto this curse of the Law the promise of grace under the Gospell is opposed in Esa. 27. 13. They shall come which are perishing in the land of Assyria and the Outcasts in the land of Egypt and shall worship Iehovah in the 〈◊〉 at Ierusalem eat you up in Chalden conâ—ume you that it ye shall dye in the land of your captivine Vers. 39. pine away in Chaldee melt away to pine in iniquite is to consume and perish in the punishment for iniquitie whereupon this people complained If our transgressions and our sinnes be upon us and we pine away in them how should wee then live Ezek. 33. 10. See also Ezek 24. 23. It may likewise imply the beginning of grace in them that are left the remnant-according to the election of grace Romans 11. 5. who by their chastisements are brought to a sight and sorrow for their sins as in Ezek. 36. 31. ye shall lothe your selves in your own sight for your iniquities of their fathers the Chaldee expoundeth it in the sins of their evill fathers which they retain in their hands they shal melt-away with theÌ„ Vers. 40. And they shall that is And if they shall confesse as the word If is understood in Exod. 4. 23. Mat. 1. 2. and 3. 8. Such a confession Daniel made in Dan. 9. 3. 4. 5. c. and Nehemiah Neh. 1. 4. 5. 6. 7. c. and 9. 1. 2. 29. 30. c. when with fasting and prayer they confessed their owne and their forefathers sinnes And from hence the Hebrewes doe gather that they should humble themselves and fast certain daies in the yeere for the calamities that have befallen their forefathers such dayes as he spoken of in Zach. 7. 3. 5. and 8. 19. and other the like wherein they stir up their hearts unto repentan by memoriall of their owne evill deeds and the deedes of their fathers which caused those diffesses to come upon them Moreover they say W 〈…〉 o seeth the cities of Iudah in their desolation saith Thy holy cities are à wildernesse as in Esa. 64. 10 and re 〈…〉 his clothes If he see Ierusalem in her desolation be faith Ierusalem is a wildernesse c. If hee see the Sanctuarie desolate he saith Our holy and our beautifull house c. as in Esa. 64. 11. and rendeth his clothes Hee rendeth them with his hand all the clothes that are upon him untill he be naked down to the heart And he never soweth up those rent plico 〈…〉 But all their fasts they say shall cease in the â—â—yes of Christ and not so onely but they shall be 〈◊〉 a good day or festivitie and to dayes of joy and 〈…〉 as it is written in Zach. 8. 19. Thus saith the Lord hosts the fast of the fourth moneth and the fast of the fift and the fast of the seventh and the fast of the tenth shall be to the house of Iudah joy and gladnesse and chear full solemne-feasts therefore love the truth and â—â—nce Maim tom 1. in Taanioth chap. 5. sect 1. 16. 19. Thus are the unbeleevers left to mourne and pine away in their iniquities and they fast not 〈◊〉 to the Lord but as he cried and they would 〈…〉 eate so they cry and he will not heare because they have refused Christ who is our Peace and whose glory dwelt amongst us full of grace and truth Zach. 7. 5. 13. Eph. 2. 14. Ioh. 1. 11. 14. against me in Chaldee against my word contrary Hebr. in conntrarietie Chaldee in hardnesse stubbornely as vers 21. 27. Vers. 41. uncircumcised heart which the Chaldee expoundeth grosse or foolish heart and Targum Ionathan their proud heart It meaneth also an unbleeving and disobedient heart which resisted the Spirit of God according to that saying Yee stiffe necked and uncircumcised in heart and earesâ— yee doeâ— alwaies resist the holy Ghost Act. 7. 51. This hee speaketh because the true circumcision is in the liners and in the spirit Romans 2. 29. whereupon the Prophet complaineth all the house of Israel are uncircumcised in heart Ierom.
Iesus into the possession of the Gentiles Act. 7. 45. was solden up and veiles and coverings were cast upon the holy things that the Israelites could not behold the end of those types whose end and accomplishment we now clearely see by the Gospell by the revelation of the mystery which was kept secret since the world began but is now made manifest and by the scriptures of the Prophets according to the commandement of the everlasting God made knowne to all rations for the obedience of faith Rom. 16. 25 26. Therefore we have Gods Throne and true â—abernacle set forth without veiles or covers Rev. 4. 2 c. The Temple of God is opened in heaven and there is seene in his Temple the Arke of the Testamentall covenant Revel 11. 19. not touch the holinesse that is the holy things as the Greeke translateth This restraint was like that concerning mount Sinai which by reason of Gods presence thereon might not be touched upon paine of death Exod. 19. 12. Heb. 12. 18. left they dye Hebr. and dye which the Chaldee expoundeth and not dye the Greeke that they dye not the word not before used being here againe to be understood as it is in Iob 30. 20. 25. and 31. 20. Psal. 9. 19. Prov. 30. 3. Deut. 7. 26. and often otherwhere The Scripture it selfe sheweth this want and supplieth it as in 2 Chron. 9. 20. 〈◊〉 were of silver it was accounted of that is it was not accounted of as is expressed in 1 King 10. 21. This judgement here threatned was executed upon Uzzah a Levite who putting his hand to the Arke of God was therefore smitten of God and died 1 Chron. 13. 10. shall be the burden that is as the Greeke translateth they s 〈…〉 â—eare these things to wit on their owne shoulders and not by wagons or any other meanes Num. 7. 9. Therefore it was a fault in Davids dayes that the Arke was caried upon a cart 1 Chron. 13 7. for they fought not the Lord after the due order 1 Chron. 15. 12 13. Vers. 16. to the oversight the Bishops office o◠〈…〉 the Greeke translateth Bishop Eleazar the Chaldee that which shall be committed to the charge 〈◊〉 custodie of Eleazar oyle of the Light that is of or for the golden candlestick These foure particulars the Hebrewes say Eleazar was to cary himselfe for Chazkuni on this place writeth The oyle of the Light and the oyle of Anointing the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his right hand and the other in his left And the Incense in his bosome and the Meat-offring on his shoulder R. Elias in Reshith chocmah treat of 〈◊〉 ch 16. noteth the like from the Ierusalemy Thalmud adding withall Behold according to his high place was his humility to honour the Lord to beare all this burden at one time the Sanctuary Hebr. the sanctity Greeke the Holy Eleazar had besides the charge of the oyle incense c. the care of all the sanctuarie also and of the burdens of the Ko 〈…〉 it es Num. 3. 32. vessels or instruments in Greeke the workes thereof In this office Bishop Eleazar was a figure of Christ the Bishop of our soules 1 Pet. 2. 25. unto whom it pertaineth to give grace the oyle of the Spirit for understanding of the Scriptures Luk. 4. 18. and 24. 45. Ioh. 1. 16. To put odours of sweet incense unto the praiers of all Saints by his mediation Revel 8. 3. 1. Tim. 2. 5. To present his Church as a pure Meat-offring and sacrifice unto his Father Ephe. 5. 26 27. 1. Cor. 5. 7. To give the anointing oile of the holy Ghost for our sanctification and rejoycing of our hearts Ioh. 7. 39. 1 Ioh. 2. 27. To oversee all Churches and Ministers and all actions in Churches where he is present and walketh among them till the worlds end Mat. 28. 20. Rev. 1. 13. and 2. 1. 2. c. Vers 18. Cut ye not off or Cause not to cut off in Greeke destroy not that is Cause not or occasion not by your default them to be cut off whiles you not looking to your charge they haply transgresse and so I destroy them as I did Nadab and Abihu Lev. 10. the families understand any of the families the Greeke translateth Destroy not of the tribe the family of Kaath Vers. 19. live and not die of this phrase see Deut. 33. 6. Thargum Ionathan expounds it live in the life of the righteous and not die with flaming fire having reference to Levit. 10. 2. of holinesses that is the most holy things in Greek the holies of holies every man Hebr. man man to his service that is each one to his severall worke that so disorder and confusion might be avoided none might intrude into anothers worke The Hebrew 〈◊〉 say The Levites are to be warned that they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 one anothers work as that the Singer helpe not to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Porters worke or the Porter the Singers as it is written EVERY MAN UNTO HIS SERVICE AND TO HIS BVRDEN The Levites that doe the Priests service or a Lâ—â—â—â—â— that employeth himselfe in that worke which is not his owne worke are in danger of death by the 〈◊〉 of God Num. 4. 19. Maimony in Misn. treat of the Instruments of the Sanct. ch 3. sect 10. 11. Vers. 20. to see so in Exod. 19. 21. the people were charged not to breake through unto the LORD to see and because the men of Bethshemesh looked into the Arke of the Lord he smote of the people fiftie thousand and seventy men 1 Sam. 6. 19. This restraint taught them what discord there is betweene God and sinfull men and how great need wee have of a Mediatour And as the Priests themselves might not alwaies enter into the most holy place Lev. 16. 2. whereby the holy Ghost this signified that the way into the holy of holies was not yet made manifest while as the first Tabernacle was yet standing Hebr. 9. 8. so in that the Levites bare things which they might not touch nor see it signified a concealing in part of the mysterie of the Gospell which in other ages was not made knowne unto the sonnes of men as it was afterward revealed unto his holy Apostles and Prophets by the Spirit Ephes 3. 5. the mysterie which was hid from ages and from generations but now is made manifest to his Saints Coloss. 1. 26. is covered Hebr. is swallowed up which word is often used for destroying and abolishing Iob 2. 3. Num. 16. 30. 32. Esai 9. 16. and 3. 12. applied here to the hiding and covering of the holy things which was done suddenly and is by the Chaldee interpreted when they cover the vessels of the Sanctuarie It sigâ—ified the abolishing that after should be of this worldly sanctuary and shadowes therein by Christ Heb. 9. 1. 11. whos 's death was a destroying of the true Tabernacle and Temple Ioh. 2. 19. 21. The Apostle also treating of the death of the Saints useth this similitude If our earthly house
usually meaneth his loving favour and salvation in Christ as Cause thy face to shine and we shall be saved Psal. 80. 4. 8. 20. and The light of thy face because thou didst favour them Psal. 44. 4. So this second branch respecteth Christ the Lamb which is the light of the world and of the heavenly Ierusalem Ioh. 8. 12. Rev. 21. 23. whose face shined at the Sunne Rev. 1. 16. of whom it is said God who commanded the light to shine out of darknesse hath shined in our hearts giving the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Iesus Christ 2 Cor. 4. 6. So in him is that saying fulfilled In the light of the kings face is life and his favour is as a cloud of the latter raine Prov. 16. 15. And this blessing implyeth deliverance out of miserie as appeareth by Psal. 80. and Dan. 9. 17. who saith Cause thy face to shine upon thy Sanctuarie which is desolate bee gracious or as the Greeke translateth bee mercifull This Grace is opposed to all mans workes with which it cannot stand Rom. 11. 6. and 4. 4. and it is bestowed on whom God will Exod. 33. 19. Rom. 9. 15 16. by which grace we are saved through faith God having shewed the exceeding riches of his grace in his goodnesse towards us through Christ Iesus Ephes. 2. 7. 8. by whom grace raigneth through righteousnesse unto eternall life Rom. 5. 21. Therefore the Apostle blesseth the Churches with the grace of our Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 16. 20. 2 Cor. 13. 13. For the Law was given by Moses but grace and truth came by Iesus Christ Ioh. 1. 17. Verse 26. lift up his face this in men signifieth a comfortable and chearefull countenance and cariage Ioh 29. 24. 2 Sam. 2. 22. so here in God towards his people and by face understand as before the light of his face that is his favour as in Psal. 4. 7. Iehovah lift thou up the light of thy face upon us and it signifieth the applying and communicating of Gods foresaid grace to mans conscience and seeling as after it is said Thou hast put gladnesse in mine heart c. Psal. 4. 8. Thus the first branch of the blessing in verse 24. implieth the love of the Father the second in verse 25. the grace of the Sonne and this third the communion of the Holy Ghost as the Apostle distinctly expoundeth this blessing in 2 Cor. 13. 14. And by this Spirit all gracious gifts of wisedome knowledge faith prophesie and the like are given to the Church 1 Cor. 12. 8-11 The word face sometime meaneth anger as before is noted and the Hebrew Nasa Lift up is sometime used for taking away as in Exod. 10. 19. and so the Chaldee translateth this here The LORD remove or take away his anger from thee The same exposition the Zohar also giveth of this place that wrath may be taken away and not found in the world and give Hebr. and put or dispose unto thee that is communicate with thee which the Greeke translateth give and in the Scriptures one of these words is used for another as hee hath put thee 1 Kings 10. 9. or he hath given thee 2 Chron. 9. 8. So put glory Ios. 7. 19. that is give glory and to put mercie Esai 47. 6. is to give or communicate the same Peace this word generally signifieth all prosperitie and the perfect injoying of all good things it is opposed to war Eccles. 3. 8. to discord and onmitie Ephes. 2. 14 15. Luke 12. 51. to tumult and confusion 1 Cor. 14. 33. and to all adversitie Gen. 43. 27. 2 Kings 4. 26. Ioh. 16. 33. and is therefore added for a conclusion of blessings Psal. 29. 11. 125. 4. 1 Pet. 5. 14. This peace is obtained by Iesus Christ Eph. 2. 14 15 17. Rom. 5. 1. and enjoyed by the Holy Ghost Rom. 8. 6. 9. 14. 17. And the peace of God which passeth all understanding shall guard our hearts and mindes through Christ Iesus Phil. 4. 7. And the Hebrew Doctors expound this peace to be the kingdome of the house of David R. Nathan in Siphri which is true for when the Angell said Unto you is borne this day in the citie of David a Saviour which is Christ the Lord then the heavenly host sang Glory to God in the highest and on earth peace Luke 2. 11 14. and one part of his name is THE PRINCE OF PEACE Esai 9. 6. Verse 27. And they shall the Priests in all ages such as were meet to serve in the Sanctuary performed this as the other services The Hebrew Canons have here their limitations they say Six things doe let from lifting up the hands to blesse 1 the tongue 2 blemishes 3 transgression 4 yeares 5 wine 6 and uncleannesse of hands The tongue as if they stammer and cannot pronounce the letters aright or lisp c. Blemishes as if they have any blemishes in their face hands or feet as if they have crooked fingers c. Transgression as if a Priest hath killed a man though unawares and though hee have repented for it yet may he not lift up his hands Esai 1. 15. Or if the Priest have served idols c. though he have repented for it he may never lift up hands as it is written in 2 Kings 23. 9. The Priests of the high places came not up to the Altar c. and blessing is as a service Deut. 21. 5. Yeares as a young Priest lifteth not up his hands till he be fully come to his age Wine as if he have drunke a quarter of a Log of wine hee may not lift up his hands till hee hath put away his wine from him Levit. 10. 9. Vncleannesse of hands as a Priest that hath not washed his hands may not lift them up to blesse but he must wash his hands as they use to sanctifie them for service and afterwards hee blesseth Maim treat of Prayer chapt 15. sect 1- -5 put my name or impose my name which the Chaldee expoundeth shall put the blessing of my name and Chazkuni saith the memoriall of my name in every blessing It seemeth to be meant of the Priests gesture that they should lift up their hands towards the people as did Aaron Levit. 9. 22. for a signe that the name and blessing of God was imposed upon them and The name of Iehovah is a strong tower the righteous runneth into it and is safe Prov. 18. 10. So now in Baptisme the name of the Father Sonne and Holy Ghost is put upon us Matth. 28. 19. and they that inhabit Ierusalem which is from above see the face of God and his name 〈◊〉 in their fore-heads Rev. 22. 4. I will blesse them the Greeke addeth I the LORD will blesse them and Ionathan in his Thargū paraphraseth I by my word will blesse them and Chazkuni explaineth it that the Priests should not say we have blessed Israel God here annexeth a promise to this
cups and two knops and two flowers in the branch of the Candlesticke Exod. 25. 34. and moreover a third flower was next to the shaft of the Candlesticke Num. 8. 4. And it had three feet And three other knops were on the branch of the Candlestick from which knops there proceedeth six branches three on the one side three on the other and in every of them branches were three bowles and a knop and a flower and all made like Almonds So there were in all two and twenty bowles and nine flowers and eleven knops And they all were requisite so that if there wanted one of these two and fortie it hindred all the rest The bowles were like the cups of Alexandria wide at the mouth and narrow at the bottome The knops were like the apples or heads of leeks somewhat long like an egge The flowers were like the flowers of Ammudinis which are like a dish whose lip is doubled on the outside The height of the Candlestick was eighteene handbredths that is three cubits The feet and the flower were three hand-bredths then two handbredths smooth then a hand-bredth wherein was a bowle a knop and a flower Then two handbredths smooth then a handbredth knop and out of it issued two branches one on this side and another on that which went up as high as the Candlesticke Then an handbredth smooth and an hand-bredth knop with two branches issuing out of it as high also as the Candlesticke Then an handbredth smooth an handbredth knop with two branches issuing from it as high as the Candlesticke Then two handbredths smooth so there remained three handbredths wherein were three bowles a knop and a flower And there was a stone before the Candlesticke wherein were three steps on which the Priest stood and trimmed the Lampes and upon it he set downe the vessell of oyle and the tongs and the snuffe-dishes when he trimmed the Lamps Other things touching the manner of trimming them and the measure of oyle in every one are noted on Exod. 27. 21. This Candlesticke figured the Law of God shining in the Tabernacle of his Church with the oyle of grace in the seven lampes which are the seven spirits of God Rev. 4. 5. The Commandement is a Lampe and the Law a light Prov. 6. 23. so is the propheticall word as a light shining in a darke place 2 Pet. 1. 19. And as the Candlesticke was of solid beaten worke and the oyle of beaten olive Levit. 24. 2. so is the preaching and practise of the Law laborious and with much affliction 2 Tim. 1. 8. and 2. 3. And the worke of Christ and of his Ministers was signified by the Priests continuall ordering and trimming of these Lamps the lighting of one Lamp from another shewed the opening and inlightning of one place of Scripture by another and the middle Lampe lighted from the fire of the Altar signified that the fountaine of all light and knowledge commeth from Christ who hath the seven spirits of God Revel 3. 1. figured by the seven lamps of fire Rev. 4. 5. The varietie of cups knops and flowers taught the sundry things that are in the scriptures histories precepts prophesies parables c. And as seven is the number of perfection so by the seven branches and lamps the full perfection of the Scriptures is shewed which are able to make us wise unto salvation through the faith which is in Christ Iesus and perfect throughly furnished unto every good worke 2 Tim. 3. 15 16 17. This Candlestick might also be a figure of the Church shining as lights in the world and holding forth the word of life Phil. 2. 15 16. as the seven golden Candl-sticks in Revel 1. 20. were the seven Churches in Asia in the middest of which Christ our great high Priest walked to order their light and to powre the oyle of his grace into their lamps which Church is in nature one in Christ though it hath many particular Churches as branches out of one stocke the chiefe branch whereof was the Church of Israel from whose light we all receive light they having first received the Oracles of God See Rom. 3. 2. and 11. 16 17 18 c. 2 Pet. 1. 19. So the state of the Church by the word and Spirit of God is set forth by a vision of the Candlestick whose lamps are filled with oyle from two olive trees Zach. 4. Rev. 11. and Iohn the Baptist a preacher of the word of grace is called a burning and shining lamp Ioh. 5 3 5. the patterne Hebr. the shew or vision appearance that is the patterne shewed as Exod. 25. 40. This teacheth that no other ground or forme of doctrine or of the Church is to be brought in than that which is shewed of God 2 Tim. 1. 13. 1 Tim. 1. 3 4. 3. 15. Mat. 28. 20. Eccl. 12. 11 12. Vers. 6. Levites the residue of the tribe of Levi besides the Priests whose consecration is described in Levit. 8. unto whom the other Levites were adjoyned to assist them in the service of Gods Sanctuarie as was signified before in Num. 3. 6. c. but their consecration is shewed in this chapter from among the sonnes hereupon the Levites as in office so in name are distinguished from the other Israelites as are also the Priests from the Levites 1 Chron. 9. 2. the Israelites the Priests the Levites and the Nethinims cleanse them or purifie them after the manner following This though it were the dutie of all the people to be cleane and pure when they came to the Sanctuary 2 Chron. 23. 19. 2 Cor. 7. 1. yet in speciall manner it belonged to the ministers which did beare the vessels of the Lord Esai 52. 11. Ezr. 6. 20. so the Apostles among other graces wherby they approved themselves as the ministers of God nameth one to be by purenesse 2 Cor. 6. 4. 6. Verse 7. Sin-water that is the water of purification from sin which was made with the ashes of an heiffer whereof the Law is after given in Nuâ— 19. As the sacrifice that maketh expiation for 〈◊〉 is called the sin offring so this purifying water is called the water of sinne which the Greeke expoundeth the water of purification And this water sprinkled on the uncleane sanctified to the purifying of the flesh but figured the bloud of Christ which purgeth the conscience from dead workâ— to serve the living God Heb. 9. 13 14. all their 〈◊〉 in Greeke all their body that is shave off all theâ—r haire which was another signe of purification as in the cleansing of the Leper he shaved off all his haire Lev. 14. 8 9. and in the cleansing of the polluted Nazirite Num. 6. 9. So the Levites which were in themselves as lepers that is sinners are cleansed through faith in Christ. their clothes their garments an other rite used in purifying the uncleane Exod. 19. 10. Levit. 14. 9. and 15. 5. By these three rites were signified the purifying from
off in his body from this life yet he goeth not downe to Gehenna or Hell but hath his portion in the garden of Eden or kingdome of Heaven but there is some man guilty of cutting off whose iniquities are so many that he is cut off from the lite of the garden of Eden of whom it is written that soule shall he cut off from my presence Levit. 22. 3. and I will even destroy that soule Levit. 23 30 and these wicked ones are not cut off in their body but wax old in this world as it is said There is a wicked man that prolongeth his life in his wickednesse Eccles 7. 15. from his peoples in Greeke from his people by peoples meaning the tribes of Israel called the peoples of Israel in Act. 4. 27. So Moses elsewhere explaineth it saying hee shall be cut off from Israel Exod. 12. 15. Num. 19. 13. and from the congregatiâ—n Num. 19. 20. and from the congregation of Israel Exod. 12. 19. and from among his people Lev. 17. 4. 10. and 20. 3. 6. and 23. 30. beare his sinne that is the punishment due for his sin so in Lev. 22. 9. Num. 18. 32. Verse 14. sojourne with you this the Greeke explaineth if a proselyte come unto yâ—u in your laâ—d Of strangers to be admitted to the Passeover see in the annotations on Exod. 12. 48 49. Vers. 15. was reared up or that he Moses reared up the Tabernacle which was the first day of the first moneth in the second yeere after they were come out of Egypt Exod. 40. 1. 17. the cloud a signe of Gods favour and presence possessing and protecting the Tabernacle and dwelling amongst hâ—s people in Christ see Exod. 33. 10 11. and 40. 34. and the annotations there Also Num. 14. 14. Ezâ—k 10. 3 4. even the Tent of the Testimonie or 〈◊〉 the Tent which the Greeke translateth and the house of the Testimonie meaning the most holy place in which was the Arke with the Tables of the Testimonie or Law in it over which place the cloud speciaily was to cover the same The Hebrew word which usually signifieth to or fâ—r is by the Greeke translated and as here so in Lev. 16. 21. and Exo. 17. 10. sometime it serveth but to signifie the thing covered as in Esai 11. 9. and so in this place Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it thus the Tabernacle which was made to be a Tent for the Tables of the Testimonie as the appearance or the very appearance of fire in Exod. 40. 38. it is said and fire was on it by night The same cloud was darknesse by day and fire by night as in Exod. 14. 20. 24. both signified Gods presence and defence of his Tabernacle as it is said The LORD will create upon every dwelling place of mount Sion and upon her assemblies a cloud and smoake by day and the shining of a flaming fire by night for upon all the glory shall be a defence Esai 4. 5. And in Psal. 105. 39. He spred a cloud for a covering and fire to give light in thâ— night So Christ by the Scriptures of the holy Prophets and Apostles which are a cloud of witnesses Heb. 12. 1. and by his Spirit is a shadow in the day time from the heat and for a place of refuge Esai 4. 6. as it is written Thou Lord hast beene a refuge from the storme a shadow from the heat Esai 5. 4. and the Propheticall word is a light that shineth in a darke place 2 Pet. 1. 19. See the annotations on Exod. 13. 21. Vers. 16. cloud covered it to wit by day as is expressed in Exod. 40. â—8 and to be understood here therefore the Greeke version also addeth by day and so doth the Chaldee called Ionathans The continuance of this signe notwithstanding the peoples unworthinesse is remembred by Nehemiah thus Yet thou in thy manifold mercies forsookâ—st them not in the wildernesse the pillar of the cloud departed not from them by day to lead them in the way neither the pillar of fire by night to shew them light and the way wherein they should 〈◊〉 Nâ—hem 9. 19. Vers. 17. was taken up from off the Teâ—t or from upon or over the Tent which the Greeke translateth went up from the Tent. journeyed or removed set forward encamped or pitched rested Thus God in Christ was the cause and beginning of all rest and motion and the director of his Church in the way that they should goe Therefore Moses sanctified both their journeyings and their restings by prayer unto God Num. 10. 35 36. According to this ancient signe Christ is said to come with clouds Dan. 7. 13. Rev. 1. 7. and appeareth cloathed with a cloud and his feet as pillars of fire Rev. 10. 1. for the salvation of his people and destruction of their enemies The same grace is set forth by the similitude of a sheepâ—erd leading his flocke in and out whom they follow Psâ—l 8â— 1. 2. Ioh. 10 9. Vnder whose conduct they feed in the 〈◊〉 and their pastures are in all high 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 not nor 〈◊〉 neither doth the he 〈…〉 〈◊〉 s 〈…〉 them for he that hath mercy on 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them c. Esai 40. 9 10. Rev. 7. 16. Wherefore the Church desireth to be told where he sâ—â—dâ—th his flocke and where he maketh them to rest at noone Song 1. 7. And that which the Church saith of Christ His lâ—ft hand 〈◊〉 under minâ— head and his right hand doth embracâ— me â—ong 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Chaldee paraphrast on that place applieth to this cloud and the effects thereof Verse 18. At the mouth that is as the Greeke translateth it By the commandement or as the Chaldee saith At the word of the Lord for this signe from heaven the removing and resting of the cloud was to them as the mouth or word of God For God speaketh by his signes which are therefore called the words of his signes Psal. 105. 27. And it signified that whatsoever we doe in word or deed we should doe all in the name of the Lord Iesus Coloss. 3. 17. Vers. 19. taried long or prolonged the time here the spaces of time shorter or longer betweene the journyings of the people are also shewed to be by the Lords cloud that so not onely the works but the times and seasons might appeare to be in Gods hand power Act. 1. 7. kept the charge or the watch Hebr. observed the observation of which phrase see Levit. 8. 35. The Chaldee here translateth the charge or observation of the word of the LORD They kept watch and ward night and day to see when the cloud should arise or they kept the charge in the meane while of serving the Lord whiles the Sanctuarie was erected So after in v. 23. Vers. 20. a few daies Hebr. daies of number that is daies easily numbred meaning a few see this phrase in Gen. 34. 30. Vers. 22. a yeere of daies that is a whole yeere see the notes on Lev. 25. 29.
〈◊〉 Sol. Iarchi here saith The strength of Moses became feeble as a woman when the holy blessed God shewed him the punishments that he would bring upon them the people for this he said before him If thus kill mee first kill me or killing me that is kill me quite and out of hand the word is doubled for more vehemency and speed see mine evill that is my misery and affliction By seeing evill is meant the feeling or suffering of miserie as to see death is to dye Luke 2. 26. Psal. 89. 49. and as on the contrary to see the salvation of God meaneth the fruition or enjoying thereof Psal. 50. 23. and 91. 16. Compare with this Elijahs speech 1 Kings 19. 4. Verse 16. Gather unto me in Chaldee Gather before me and Thargum Ionathan explaineth it Gather in my name seventy worthy men This is answerable to the number of the seventy soules of the house of Israel which went downe into Egypt Gen. 46. 27. Exod. 1. 5. Deut. 10. 22. and to the 70 Elders which went up unto the Lord at mount Sinai Exod. 24. 1 9. From hence the Hebrewes in their commonwealth continued their chiefes Senate in Ierusalem of 71 Elders as here there were 70 and Moses the Prince So they record in Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin ch 1. and Maimony in Sanhedrin c. 1. s. 3 4 5 explaineth it thus there was in Israel first a great court or judgement hall in thâ— Sanctuary and that was called the great Synedrion and their number was 71 as it is written Gather to me 70 men c. and Moses was chiefe over them as it is said And let them stand there with thee Numb 11. 16. loe here are 71. The greatest in wisedome among them all they set him for head over them and he was called Nasi the Prince in every place and hee stood in stead of Moses cur Master And they placed the greatest among the 70 next 〈◊〉 the head and he sate on his right hand and was call 〈…〉 Ab beth din the father of the judgement hall A 〈…〉 the residue of the 70 sate before him according 〈◊〉 their eares and according to their dignitie whâ—seever was in wisedome greater than his 〈◊〉 nearer unto the Prince on his left hand And they sate as in the forme of an halfe circle round so that the Prince with the Father of the Court might see them all Moreover they set two Iudgement halls each of 23. Iudges the one at the doore of the Court of the Sanctuary the other at the doore of the mountaine of the Temple And in every citie of Israel wherein were 120. fathers of families or moe they set a lesser Synedrion which sate in the gate of the citie as it is written And establish judgement in the gate Amos 5. 15. And their number was 23 Iudges and the wisest among them was head of them and the residue sate in a round like halfe a circle that hee which was head might see them all If it were a citie which had not 120 men in it they set therein three Iudges for there is no judgement hall of lesse than three that there might be moe or fewer if there hapned to be among them dissention in judgement But every citie which had not in it two wise men the one fit to teach the whole Law and the other skilfull to heare and skilfull to demand and make answer they set no Synedrion therein although it had in it two thousand Israelites c. the officers in Greeke the Scribes and Targum Ionathan addeth in Egypt as if these were such as are mentioned in Exod. 5. 14. and of them Sol. Iarchi also understandeth it What these Officers were after in the common-wealth of Israel is noted on Deut. 16 18. Here it seemeth to be meant of such Elders and Officers as were well knowne and had approved themselves for wisedome and good carriage for which they might with comfort be preferred to this high Senate for they that have ministred well as the Apostle saith purchase to themselves a good degree 1 Tim. 3. 13. Afterwards in Israel about the choise of these chiefe Magistrates it is thus recorded Our wise men have said that from the great Synedrion they sent into all the land of Israel and made diligent inquirie whomsoever they found to be wise and afraid to sinne and meeke c. they made him a judge in his citie And from thence they preferred him to the gate of the mountaine of the house of the Lord and from thence they promoted him to the gate of the Court of the Sanctuary and from thence they advanced him to the great judgement hall Maim in Sanhedrin chap. 2. sect 8. stand there or present themselves there with thee They were to stand before the Tabernacle to present themselves unto God and to receive authoritie from him and with Moses who was to be chiefe over them The Hebrewes from this word with gather a likenesse unto Moses saying They constitute none in the Synedrion but Priests Levites and Israelites whose genealogie is knowne c. as it is said in Num. 11. 16. WITH THEE which are like thee in wisedome religion and genealogie Maim in Sanhedrin ch 2 sect 1. Vers. 17. I will come downe to wit in signe or apparition as the Chaldee translateth I will reveale my selfe and Targum Ionathan addeth I will reveale my selfe in the glory of my Majestie this was in the cloud vers 25. I will take or will separate in Chaldee will increase of the spirit that is on thee meaning the gifts of the Spirit as prophesie vers 25. and other meet for their charge for there are diversities of gifts but the same Spirit 1 Cor. 12. 4. So spirits are named for spirituall gifts 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. and the Holy Ghost for the gifts of the Holy Ghost Ioh. 7. 39. Act. 19. 2. 6. Thus the spirit of Elijah rested on Elishâ— 2 King 2. 15. when he had the same gifts and power of prophesie miracles c. Neither was Moses spirit hereby diminished for as Sol. Iarchi saith Moses in that houre was like unto the Lamp that was left burning on the Candlesticks in the Sanctuary from which all the other lamps were lighted yet the light thereof was not lessened any whit God shewed hereby that none without gifts of his Spirit are fit for office and government Exo. 18. 21. Deut. 1. 13. Act. 6. 3. The Hebrewes have this rule Any Synedrion King or Governour that shall set up a Iudge for Israel that is not fit and is not wise in the wisdome of the Law and meet to be a Iudge although he be wholly amiable and have in him other good things yet he that setteth him up transgresseth c. Maim in Sanhedrin chap. 3. sect 8. V. 18. Sanctifie in Chaldee prepare your selves so to sanctifie warre is to prepare therefore Ier. 64. 51. 28. It meaneth an holy prepara 〈…〉 o receive the gifts that they desired
interpreted of Iehovah that is a Prophet of the LORD so the Greeke translateth a Prophet of you to the Lord. in a vision or by a vision or sight that is as the Chaldee saith in visions so God appeared to Abrahim the Prophet in a vision Gen. 20. 7. and 15. 1. and to Iakob Gen. 46. 2. to Ezekiel Ezek. 1. 1. to Daniel Dan. 8. 2. and others Iob 4. 13. 2 Cor. 12. 1. Act. 2. 47. whereupon a prophesie is called a vision Esai 1. 1. Obad. 1. 1. Nahum 1. 1. in a dreame Chald. in dreames another way by which God revealed his word to the Prophets Gen. 31. 11. Deut. 13. 1. 1 Kings 3. 5. Ier. 23. 25. 28. 32. Dreames are in the night and then as it were in darknesse God spake with the other Prophets but as R. Menachem here noteth it was not so with Moses for God spake not with him but by day Moreover dreames and visions doe soone vanish and flie away Iob 20. 8. V. 7. not so is not such a Prophet that I should speake to him by dreames and visions faithfull in all mine house that is in all my Church for the house of God is expounded the Church of the living God 1. Tim. 3. 15. and so the Chaldee here translateth it in all my people and Ionathan in all the house of Israel my people and Chazkuni explaineth it thus all the men of my house hold him for faithfull This is further opened by the Apostle saying Consider the Apostle and high Priest of our prosession Christ Iesus who was faithfull to him that made him as also Moses was in all his house c. And Moses verily was faithfull in all his house as a servant for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after but Christ as the Son over his owne house whose house we are if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoycing of the hope firme unto the end Hebr. 3. 1 6. Touching Moses faithfulnesse and the confidence that Israel reposed in him see the notes on Exod. 19. 9. Verse 8. Mouth to mouth that is familiarly plainly in mine owne presence without any interposed meane as the Chaldee translateth Speech with speech So when Ioseph spake without an interpreter he said it is my mouth that speaketh unto 〈◊〉 Gen. 45. 12. and the Apostle opposeth it to speech by writing as I would not write with paper and inke but I trust to come unto you speak mouth to mouth that our joy may be full 2 Ioh. v. 12 and 3 Ioh. 14. A like phrase is in Exod. 33. 11. Iehovah spake unto Moses face to face as a man speaketh unto his friend and in this manner of communication Moses excelled all other Prophets Deut. 34. 10. The Hebrew Doctors have explained this matter thus It is one of the foundations of the Law to know that God maketh the sonnes of men to prophesie and prophesie resteth not but on a wise man great in wisedome mightie in his vertuous qualities that his affections or naturall corruption prevaile not over him in any thing in the world but he prevaileth by his knowledge over his affections continually c. On such a man the holy Ghost dwelleth and when the Spirit resteth upon him his soule is associated to the degree of Angels which are called men and he is turned to another man and perceiveth in his owne knowledge that he is not so as he was but that he is advanced above the degree of other wise men as it is said of Saul And thou shalt prophesie with them and shalt be turned to another man 1 Sam. 10. 6. The Prophets were of divers degrees as in wisedome one wise man is greater than another so in prophesie one Prophet was greater than another And all of them saw not the vision of prophesie but by dreame by vision of the night or in the day time after that a deepe sleepe was fallen upon them Num. 12. 6. and all of them when they prophesied their joynts crembled and strength of body failed and their thoughts were troubled and the minde was leâ—t changed to understand that which was seene as is said of Abraham And â—oe a terror a great darknes fall upon him Gen. 15. and as is said of Daniel And my vigour was turned in me into corruption and I retained no strength Dan. 10. 8. The things that were made knowne to a Prophet by vision propheticall were made knowne to him by way of parable and forthwith the interpretation of the parable was written in his heart and hee knew what it was As the ladder that Iacob our father did see and the Angels ascending and descending oâ— it Gen. 28. 12. and the living creatures which Ezekiel saw Ezek. 1. and the â—ecthing pot and Almond rod which Ieromy saw Ier. 1. and the Ephah which Zacharie saw Zach. 5. and so the other Prophets of whom some spake the parable and the interpretation thereof some the interpretation onely and sometime they uttered the parable onely without the interpretation as part of Ezekiels and Zacharies words and they all prophesies by parables and after the way of darke speeches None of the Prophets prophesied at all times when they would but prepared their understanding and sate joyfull with chearefull heart and with contemplation For prophesie commeth not upon men either when they are sorrowfull or when they are slothfull but when they are joyfull therefore the sons of the Prophets had before them Psalteries and Timbrels and Pipes and Harps 1 Sâ— 10 5. and they sought for prophesie and this is that which is written AND THEY PROPHESYING 1 Sam. 10. 5. as if he should say walking in the way of prophesie untill they doe prophesie Those which sought to prophesie are called sonnes of the Prophets and although they prepared their wits derstanding it might be the holy Ghost would come downe upon them and it might be not All these things that we have spoken of were the way of prophesie for all the former and latter Prophets except Moses our master the master of all the Prophets And what difference was there betweene the prophesie of Moses and of all the other Prophets All the Prophets prophesied by dreame or by vision but Moses prophesied when he was â—aking and standing as it is written And when Moses was gone into the Tent of the congregation to speake with him thou he heard the voice of one speaking unto him Num. 7. 89. All the Prophets prophesied by the hands of an Angell therfore they did see that which they saw in parables and dark speeches Moses prophesied not by the hands of an Angell as it is said MOuth to mouth I will speake with him Num. 12. â—8 it is also 〈◊〉 The Lord spake unto Moses face to face Ex. 33. 11. againe it is said And the similitude of the LORD shall he behold Num. 12. 8. as if he should say there is no parable there but he seeth the thing coÌ„cerning his
words in Chaldee an evill name The word evil is expressed in the next verse see the notes on Num. 13. 32. Ver. 37. the plague before Iehovah that is by an extraordinary plague from the hand of God either the pestilence fore-threatned v. 12. or some other dâ—ath And before Iehovah may mean sudden death there by the Sanctuarie where the glory of Iehovah appeared v. 10. as it is said of Vzza there he died before God 1 Chron. 13. 10. which another Prophet explaineth there he died by the Arke of God 2 〈◊〉 6. 7. The Hebrewes as Sol. Iarchi and Targum Ionathan on this place report these mens death to have beene by an inflammation of their tongues and wormes issuing out of them as a just recompence because with their tongues they had sinned Ver. 38. lived that is remained alive safe and in health So the judge of all the earth did judgment and would not slay the righteous with the wicked as Gen. 18. 25. And they survived not onely the other spies but all the rebellious Israelites and went in and possessed the land of promise Ios. 14 â—0 and 19. 49. This sheweth the small number of Gods Elect though many be called to the profession of the faith The Hebrew Doctors speaking of Ier. 3. 14. where it is written I will take you one of a citie and two of a family and I will bring you to Zion doe say As of six hundred thousand Israelites onely two entred into the land of promise to wit Ioshua and Caleb so shall it also be in the dayes of Christ. Talmud in Sanhedrin ch 11. wherein they beare witnesse against themselves that they fulfilled the inâ—asuâ—e of their fathers in rebelling against Christ and despising the Gospell of their salvation Verse 40. and went vp that is girded their weapons of warre about them and pressed forward of themselves to goe up as Moses explaineth it in Deut. 1. 41. For things which men endevour and are ready to doe are said to be done by them as Reuben delivered Ioseph out of his brethrens hand when he endevoured by exhorting perswading with them that he might deliver him Gen. 37. 21 22. See also the annotations on Ex. 8. 18. will goe up and fight Deut. 1. 41. we have sinned against Iehovah Deut. 1. 41. Thus they shewed a kind of repentance and sorrow for their sin which was not sincere nor a godly sorrow for they turned from one evill to another and overthrew themselves Verse 41. Moses said being first commanded of the Lord so to say Deut. 1. 42. the mouth that is as the Greeke translateth the word of the Lord and the Chaldee addeth against the decree of the word of the LORD But it or for it that is the thing which ye doe shall not prosper that is not have good successe in Greeke It shall not be prosperous unto you R. Menachem referreth this word It. to Shecinah the divine Majestie which would not prosper them and compareth here with a like phrase in Ezek. 1. 13. it went up and downe among the living creatures Verse 42. Iehovah is not among you thus God bade him say for I am not among you Deu. 1. 42. The Chaldee expoundeth it for Shecinah the Majestie or presence of the LORD is not among you not smitten in Chaldee not broken in Greeke and ye shall fall before your enemies V. 43. from after Iehovah in Chaldee from after the service of the LORD which the Greeke translateth disobeying or not beleeving the Lord Chazkuni explaineth it thus Because the spies made you afraid of the Canaanite Amalekite that abide there ye are turned from after the LORD and are afraid to go into the land and you trust not in him therfore he will not be with you if you transgresse his mouth to goe to sight till after 40 yeares Iehovah will not be with you this the Chaldee expoundeth the Word of the Lord will not be for your holpe Verse 44. they loftâ—ly presumed or tooke upon them by violence with a loftie presumptuous minde in the Chaldee they dealt wickedly or turbulently The originall word Aphal from which Ophel a Tower or Fort is derived 2 Chron. 33. 14. signifieth lifting up as in Abak 2. 4. which the Apostle sheweth to meane a drawing backe from God by unbeleese Heb. 10. 38 39. So here in this their presumptuous enterprise their soules were lifted up in them but withdrawen from God And Moses explaineth this by two other words yee pressed forward Deut. 1. 41. and yee were presumptuous Deut. 1. 43. The Hebrew Commentary Tanchuma coÌ„pareth it with another like word which signifieth darknesse and explaineth it they went darke or obscure for that they went without leauâ— from God and Targum Ionathan thus they set forward in the darke before day dawning to which the old Latine version agreeth translating it darkned departed not in Greeke moved not The Arkeremoved not but at the removall of the cloud Num. 9. 15 c. which God not taking up shewed thereby his dislike of their action Moses obeying the Lord would not accompany the presumptuous sinners so they went without the Lord and without the signes of his grace or company of his ministers Verse 45. The Canaanite that is the Amorite Deut. 5. 44. which was of the posteritie of Canaan Gen. 10. 15 16. which dwelt or which sate lay in wait discomfited them pursued them as Bees doe and destroyed them Deut. 1. 44. Because they rebelled against God and vexed his holy Spirit therefore hee was turned to be their enemie he fought against them Esai 63. 10. unto Hormah in Greeke Herme the name of a place so called of the event signifying utter destruction or Anathema so after in Num. 21. 3. After this discomfiture the Israelites returned and wept before the LORD but hee would not heare their voice nor give eare unto them so they abode in Kadesh many dayes Deut. 1. 45 46. These things which happened unto them for types 1 Cor. 10. 11. doe shew the nature of man of his free-will and workes without faith that they procure nothing but wrath from God and destruction unto men And as Israel carried themselves under Moses so did they under Christ for the Lord Iesus himselfe Iohn the Baptist as Ioshua and Caleb faithfully testified the truth of Gods promise and perswaded the people to enter into the Kingdome of God Mat. 3. 1 2 3. and 4. 17. But the Priests Scribes and Pharisees like the unfaithfull spies discouraged the people and would neither goe themselves into the kingdome of heaven nor suffer theÌ„ that were entring to goe in Mat 23. 13. but pretended worldly feares Iohn 11. 48. Yet after they would seeme to enter by force going about to establish their owne righteousnesse but not submitting themselves unto the righteousnesse of God Rom. 10. 3. so they pleased not God but filled up their sinnes alway and wrath came upon them to the uttermost 1 Thess. 2. 15 16.
such a garment as was bound to have the Fringe that he might keepe this commandement and in the time of prayer he is to be warned hereof more especially It is a great shame for wise men that they should pray and not be arraied herewith A man must for ever be warned of this commandement of the Fringe for the Scripture maketh it of great weight and all the commandements every one depend upon it Maim in Zizith ch 3. sect 11 12. But they abused this as other divine ordinaÌ„ces to superstitioÌ„ hypocrisie were reproved by our Saviour for making their Phylacteries broad inlarging the borders or Fringes of their garments Mat. 23. 5. And this their vanitie neglecting the spirituall end appeareth in their writings for unto the thrums or threeds of the garment w ch were three inches they fastned threeds doubled in the midst whose length they say might not be lesse than foure inches but more than so they might be though a cubit or two cu 〈…〉 Maim in Zizith ch 1. s. 6. And for the vertue hereof they say Who so diligently keepeth this Law of Fringes is made worthy and shall see the face of the Majestic of God Baal hatturini on Num. 15. and when a man is cloathed with the Fringe and g 〈…〉 out therewith to the doore of his habitation hee is safe and God rejoyceth and the destroying Angell departeth from thence and the man shall be delivered from all hurt and from all destruction c. R. Menachem on Num. 15. Thus easie it is for men to abuse holy things and to pervert the right use and end of them by their owne inventions See the annotations on Exod. 13. 9. And although they 〈◊〉 so great religion in these Fringes yet as they have lost the spirit and life of this commandement so God hath deprived them of the outward riâ—e that they have not at this day by their owne confession the blew or heaven-coloured ribband The blew Teceleth is not found in our hands at this day because we know not to make the die or colouâ— of it for every blew in wooll is not called Teceleth But the Teceleth or Blew spoken of in the Law it is knowne that it is unpossible to make it at this day and therefore we make the white oâ—ely saith Rambam or Maimony in his exposition on Talmud Bab. in Menachoth ch 4. and that ye seeke not or and ye shall not seeke or search as Num. 14. 36. which word Solomon applieth to his heart searching out things by wisdome Eccles. 1. 13. and 7. 25. The Greeke here translateth it turne aside the Chaldee erre or goe astray your heart in Chaldee the imagination of your heart Here God calleth men from their owne wisdome and inventions to his Law onely for every imagination of the thoughts of mans heart is onely evill every day Gen. 6. 5. And he that trusteth in his owne heart is a foole Prov. 28. 26. your eyes in Chaldee the sight of your eyes So the holy Ghost saith Walke in the wayes of thine heart and in the sight of thine eyes but know thou that for all these things God will bring thee into judgement Eccles. 11. 9. And the Apostle mentioneth the lust of the eyes as that which is not of the Father but of the world 1 Iohn 2. 16. The Hebrewes say The heart and the eyes are the spies of the body and brokers to bring it into transgression the eye feeth and the heart lusteth and the bodie acteth the transgression Sol. Iarchi on Num. 15. The Lord condemning the heart which is the most noble of all the inward parts and the eyes which are the most excellent of all the outward teacheth that the whole man is corrupted thorowout and to be reformed by the Law and Spirit of God For except a man be borne of water and of the Spirit he cannot enter into the kingdome of God Iohn 3. 5. you goe a whoring in Chaldee you orre or goe astray To goe a whoring after other gods is an usuall phrase for idolatrie Exod. 34. 15. Deut. 31. 16. 1 Chrâ— 5. 25. Iudg. 2. 17. the same is implied here as God saith I am broken with their whorish heart which hath departed from me and with their eyes which goe a whoring after their idols Ezek. 6. 9. but it meaneth also all other sinnes which mens uncleane hearts and impure eyes carry them unto with consent and delight see Lev. 20. 5 6. Psal. 106. 39. Iam. 4. 4. The Hebrewes say If any man be drawne after the thoughts of his heart he will be found a waster of the world because of the slendernesse or shortnesse of his understanding As sometimes he will search after idolatrie and sometimes will thinke peculiarly of the Creator whether there be any or none What is above and what beneath what was before and what shall be after And sometimes of prophesie whether it be truth or no and sometimes of the Law whether it be from heaven or no. And hee knoweth â—â—t what to judge of them till he know the truth concerning his Creator but will be found a revolter unto heresies Concerning this thing is that warning in the Law where it is said And ye shall not seeke after your heart and after your eyes after which ye goe a whoring Num. 15. 39. as if he should say there shall not any one of you be drawne after his owne slender understanding or knowledge as to imagine that his cogitation can attaine to the truth so have our wise men said AFTER YOVR HEART this meaneth heresies and AFTER YOVR EYES this is whoredome And this is an occasion for a man to deprive himselfe of the world or life that is to come Maimony treat of Idolatrie ch 2. sect 3. CHAP. XVI 1 Korah Dathan Abiram and On with 250 Princes rise up against Moses and Aaron about the Priesthood and government of the Church 5 Moses referreth the triall of the cause unto God and reproveth Korahs ambition 12 He sendeth for Dathan and Abiram who reproach him and will not come up 15 He prayeth against them 16 and gathereth Korah and his company with their censers before the Tabernacle 20 The Lord threatneth to consume the rebels and commandeth the people to separate from them 31 The earth swalloweth up Dathan Abiram and all Korahs men and a fire from the Lord devoureth the 250 that burned incense 36 The censers are reserved to cover the altar for a signe unto Israel 41 All the congregation murmure against Moses and Aaron as they that bad killed the Lords people 44 The Lord killeth 14700 of them with a plague 46 Aaron by incense stayeth the plague 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Korah the sonne of Izhar the son of Kohath the sonne of Levi he tooke men and Dathan and Abiram the sonnes of Eliab and On the sonne of Peleth sonnes of Reuben And they rose up before Moses and men of the sonnes of Israel two hundred and fiftie
as the Apostle calleth the spirits of just men made perfect Heb. 12. 23. the spirits of the Fathers which were returned to God who gave them as Eccles. 12. 7. shall one man sinne in Greeke if one man hath sinned as if they should say All have not sinned why wilt thou be wroth with all Vpon this intercession the Lord spareth the people that would depart from the rebells verse 24. Verse 24. the tabernacle this seemeth to bee put for tabernacles or dwellings the Greeke translateth it the congregation so in vers 27. where the Greeke also keepeth the word Tabernacle which in vers 26. is called Tents Vers. 25. the elders the Greeke addeth all the elders went after him in Greeke went with him that is accompanied him Verse 26. these wicked men in Greeke these hard men the originall word properly signifieth restlesse turbulent and such as for their sinnes are worthy to be condemned see the notes on Psal. 1. 1. touch not any thing because as they themselves so all things of theirs were uncleane and execrable and therefore to perish with them vers 32. Verse 27. came out and stood Heb. came out standing which the Greeke explaineth came out and stood and these two phrases are one as where it is said that Iesus blessed and breaking gave to the disciples Mat. 14. 19. the other Evangelists explaine it he blessed and brake and gave Luke 9. 16. Mark 6. 41. so Saying unto them Matth. 21. 2. is And saith unto them Mark 11. 2. This their standing up argueth their boldnesse in so bad a cause for standing up is a gesture denoting courage Iob 33. 5. and 41. 10. 1 Sam. 17. 8. 16. Thus Pride went before destruction and an haughty spirit before a fall as Prov. 16. 18. Verse 28. all these workes both the former in appointing Aaron to the Priest-hood and the Levites in stead of the first-borne and these latter in appointing Korah and his company to bring their censers with incense c. of mine owne heart which the Chaldee explaineth of mine owne will the Greeke of my selfe For things devised of ones owne heart are noted for evill 1 King 12. 33. Ezek. 13. 17. Vers. 29. as all men die their ordinarie naturall death which the Greeke translateth after the death of all men Verse 30. create a new thing Hebr. create a creature that is doe a new and wonderfull worke to kill them with such a death as never man died before them Of this word create see the notes on Gen. 1. 1. it is applied here to a strange and extraordinarie worke of judgment as in Esai 45. 7. God is said to create evill and in Exod. 34. 10. to create marvels and in Esai 48. 6. 7. new and â—idden things God would create And as evill so good things which are new and strange are said to be created of God Esa. 65. 18. alive living haile and sound not consumed with sicknesse as ordinarily men are before death and buriall unto hell into the grave or state of death see the notes on Gen. 37. 35. To this iudgement the Prophet hath reference praying against his enemies Lâ—t them goe downe alive to hell Psal. 55. 16. Verse 32. swallowed up them to wit Dathan and Abiram as in Psal. 106. 17. The earth opened and swallowed up Dathan and covered over the congregation of Abiram So David prayed against his enemies swallow them up o Lord Psal. 55. 10. their houses that is housholds as the Chaldee expoundeth it the men of their houses appertained unto Korah The Greeke translateth and all the men that were with Kore and the Chaldee the men that pertained to Korah But the sonnes of Korah are to be excepted for they either not partaking with or forsaking their Fathers sinne died not see Num. 26. 21. And whereas mention was made of On the sonne of Reuben in verse 1. but not here nor any where of his death neither in verse 12. of his calling or refusall to come up it is to be thought that either he repented upon Moses reproofe and so was spared from destruction or if not so he is implied among the rest though not named in particular their substance or their goods which the Greeke translateth their cattell and so the originall word implieth as in 1 Chron. 27. 31. 2 Chron. 31. 3. and 35. 7. See the notes on Gen. 12. 5. And not their cattell onely but all their other goods even their tents were swallowed into the earth Deut. 11. 6. Here wee may behold the truth of that Proverbe Riches profit not in the day of wrath but iustice delivereth from death Prov. 11. 4. Vers. 33. closed upon them or covered over them so there was no hope left for their recoverie Against such judgement David prayeth Let not the gulse swallow me neither let the pit shut her mouth upon me Psal. 69. 16. Vers. 34. at the voice of them at their crie or noise which they made when they perished So in Ier. 49. 21. At the voice or noise of their fall the earth is moved c. and I made the nations to shake at the noise of his fall Ezek. 31. 16. Lest the earth swallow us an unperfect speech through feare such as is often used in dangers as in Psal. 38. 17. Rom. 11. 21. Thus the present judgement terrified them and When the scorner is punished the simple is made wise Prov. 21. 11. Vers. 35. devoured or did eat the 250. men They sinned in burning incense which belonged to the Priests onely and with burning they were punished like the judgement on Aarons sonnes that transgressed also therein Levit. 10. 1 2. Of this David singeth A fire burned in their congregation a flame burnt up the wicked Psal. 106. 18. Vers. 37. unto Eleazar Chazkuni here observeth that God would not have Aaron to bee defiled by going among the dead because he was one of them that offered vers 17. out of the burning that is as the Greeke well explaineth it from among those that are burnt So in Num. 21. 1. captivitie is for a company of captives and in 2 King 24. 14. Povertie for a company of poore people and many the like the fire which is in the censers vers 7. The Greeke saith the strange fire as Lev. 10. 1. yonder in Greeke there which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth on the earth out of the censers others out of the court of the Sanctuarie By casting away the fire the Lord signifieth the rejecting of their service as profane So in Rev. 8. 5. the Angell tooke the censer and filled it with fire of the Altar and cast it into the earth and there were voices and thunderings c. Which being compared with vers 3 4. seemeth to teach likewise a rejecting of the service of Antichristians which abuse and despise Christs mediation and therefore it is turned unto them to judgement Vers. 38. sinners against their soules Sinners are here often used for notorious wicked persons as Destroy the sinners
burneth them defileth â—is cloathes the time of the burning of them till they be turned to ashes Levit 16. 28. Maim ibidem c. 5. Vers. 9. a man that is cleane this man is said in Targum Ionathan to be a Priest the ashes It is reported that After they had finished the burning of her they beat her with staves her and all the wood of the pile wherewith she was burned and sifted all with sives and whatsoever was blacke which possibly they could pound and make it ashes either of her flesh or of the wood they pounded it till it was made ashes and that which had no ashes in it they left the same and every of her bones that remained unburnt they pounded Maimony in Pharah ch 3. sect 3. As the burning of the heiffer signified the sufferings of Christ Hebr. 13. 11 12. so the ashes were the monument of his most base and utmost afflictions for ashes were used as greatest signes of sorrow and misery 2 Sam. 13. 19. Iob 30. 19. and 42. 6. Ier. 6. 26. and to be brought to ashes upon the earth is noted for the extremity of Gods fiery judgements Ezek. 28. 18. But the memoriall of Christs most ignominious death is to be kept as a most glorious monument of our life justification and sanctification through faith in his name 1 Cor. 11. 24. 26. Gal. 6. 14. Phil. 3. 8 9 10. without the campe to signifie that they which would have part in the death of Christ must goe forth unto him without the campe bearing his reproach Heb. 13. 13. in a cleane place figuring a cleane heart and pure conscience in which only the monuments of Christs death are reserved by faith Act. 15. 9. Heb. 10. 22. Eph. 3. 17. The Hebrews say They gathered not any of her ashes to lay it up in the court of the Sanctuary but they divided all the ashes into three parts One part they put in the place called the Cheil the Fort or Frontier and another part in mount Olivet and the third was parted to all the Wards or Custodies of the Levites That which was parted to all the Wards the Priests sanctified therewith and that which was put in mount Olivet the Israelites sprinkled with it and that which was put in the Cheil was reserved and laid up as it is written AND IT SHALL BE FOR THE CONGREGATION FOR A RESERVATION to teach that they laid up some of it And thus they laid up some of every heiffer which they burned in the Cheil And they did burne nine red heiffers after they were commanded this precept till the desolation of the second Temple The first was done by Moses our Master the second by Ezra and seven after Ezra till the Temple was destroyed And the tenth shall be done by the King Christ who be reveiled with speed Amen So be the good will of God Maimony in Pharah ch 3. sect 4. This last speech of the Iew sheweth their zeale without knowledge for wee know that the Sonne of God is come and hath given us an understanding that wee may know him that is true and we are in him that is true even in his Sonne Iesus Christ 1 Ioh. 5. 20. and by him was this legall type as all other accomplished as it is written If the ashes of an heiffer sprinkling the uncleane sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh how much more shall the bloud of Christ. who through the eternall Spirit offered himselfe without spot to God purge your conscience from dead workes to serve the living God Hebr. 9. 13 14. Wherefore Christ the King hath been â—evealed and they have done unto him whatsoever they would but even unto this day when Moses is read a veile is laid upon their heart so that they cannot stedfastly looke to the end of that which is abolished neverthelesse when it shall turne to the Lord the veile shall be taken away 2 Cor. 3. 15 16. Then shall they looke upon him whom they have pierced and they shall mourne for him as one mourneth for his only sonne and shall be in bitternesse for him c. Zach. 12. 10. And this day God cause to come with speed Amen for a reservation or for an asservation a keeping that is to be reserved or kept See the like phrase in Exod. 16. 32 33 34. Num. 17. 10. Sol. Iarchi here saith That which was in the Cheil or Fort was put there for a reservation according to that sore-noted out of Maimony But this may be understood of all the ashes and not of a third part only which was kept for the use of Israel as after followeth for the congregation Hence the Hebrewes say that all Israelites were sit to keepe it Therefore any of the common people which bringeth a vessell out of his house though an earthen vessell and saith This vessell is cleane for the Sinne water lâ—e it is cleane they sanctifie in it and sprinkle out of it though that vessell is uncleane for the Sanctuary and for the heave-offering And so any of the common people that shall say I am cleane for the Sin-water or that hath the Sin-water by him and saith it is cleane hee is to be trusted for there is no man of Israel too vile for it Maim in Pharah ch 13. sect 12. water of separation that is water to be sprinkled for separation to be sprinkled on such as are separated and removed because of uncleannesse from other people This appeareth by vers 13. where it is said because the water of separation was not sprinkled upon him The Hebrew Niddah which properly signifieth a separation or removall for uncleannesse is sometime figuratively used for uncleannesse it selfe which is to be done away as in 2 Chron. 29. 5. Ezra 9. 11. Whereupon the water which cleanseth it is called the water of separation which the Greeke and Chaldee versions call water of sprinkling because it was sprinkled on the uncleane to purifie him vers 18. 19. According to which phrase Christs bloud is called the bloud of sprinkling Hebr. 12. 24. because it purifieth the conscience and was figured by this sprinkling water Heb. 9. 13 14. a purification for sin Hebr. a sin which word as it is often used for a Sin-offring or sacrifice that expiateth sinne as in Levâ—â— 4. 3 c. so here it is the name of that water which purified sinne as aâ—ter is manifested in vers 12. c. Wherefore the Greeke translateth it is a sanctification or a purification And these two names here given to this water the Prophet useth when he foretelleth the grace of Christ In that day there shall be a fountaine â—pened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Ierusalem for Sinne and for Separation Zach. 13. 1. that is for a purification for sinne and for a water of separation for uncleannesse which the Greeke there interpreteth for a removall away and for a sprinkling Vers. 10. shall wash as when any bloud of the Sin-offering was sprinkled on
purification the third day was mysticall having reference to the resurrection of Christ w ch was on the third day after his death 1 Cor. 15. 4. whereof see the annotations on Gen. 22. 4. The seventh day was also mysticall as being the number of perfection of the Sabbath and of accomplishing a work as is noted on Gen. 2. 2. Ex. 12. 15. and Lev. 4. 6. and so it figured our full cleansing and ceasing from our sinfull and dead works after that we are sprinkled with the bloud of Iesus and water of his Spirit Heb. 4. 9 10. and 9. 13 14. wash his cloathes w ch was a common rite for all that were defiled with other uncleannesses wherof see Lev. 11. 25. and 14. 8 9. and 15. 5. bathe his flesh in Greeke wash his body the word flesh is expressed before in v. 7. it is meant of his whole body or all his flesh as Lev. 15. 16. cleane at evening after the Sun is set at what time a new day beginneth and so in mysterie a new life to begin This cleansing of the defiled by the dead figured Christs worke of grace upon dead and sinfull men of him it is prophesied Hee shall sprinkle many nations Esai 52. 15. and of him doth the Apostle open this figure saying If the blend of buls and goats and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the uncleane sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh how much more shall the bloud of Christ who through the eternall Spirit offered himselfe without blemish unto God purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God Heb. 9. 13 14. The sprinkling of the ashes of the heifer figured the applying unto us of Christs death whereunto he was delivered for our offences and was raised againe for our justification Rom. 4. 25. The living water wherewith the ashes were mixed figured the Spirit of God which they that beleeve in Christ doe receive Ioh. 7. 38 39. of which he gave this promise Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you and ye shal be clean Eze. 36. 25. These being applied unto our consciences by faith as with hyssop w ch purifieth the heart Act. 15. 9. by the preaching therof Gal. 3. 2. doe baptise us into Christs death that like as he was raised up froÌ„ the dead unto the glorie of the Father even so wee also should walk in newnesse of life Rom. 6. 3 4. And so we draw neere unto God with a true heart in sul assurance of faith having hearts sprinkled from an evill conscience and bodies washed with pure water our robes washed and made white in the bloud of the Lambe Heb. 10. 22. Rev. 7. 14. and cleansing our selves froÌ„ all filthines of the flesh and spirit we perfect holinesse in the feare of God 2 Cor. 7. 1. Of these mysteries the Hebrew Doctors though estranged from the true life and light of Christ retained some knowledge for they say When the living water is mixed with the ashes it purifieth the uncleane whereas before that while the ashes were alone they defiled all that were imployed about them And behold the living water signified the water that is on high which taketh away uncleannesse from the ashes c. And loe when it is sprinkled on the uncleane the uncleannesse fleeth from him c. and a cleane spirit resteth upon him and purifieth him R. Menachem on Num. 19. Vers. 20. uncleane by any of the things afore-said about the dead not purifie himselfe or not be purified to wit by having the water sprinkled upon him as the Chaldee explaineth it and the latter part of this verse manifesteth that soule in Chaldee that man cut off in Greeke and Chaldee destroyed defiled the Sanctuarie by comming into it before he hath beene purified For such were shut out of the host Num. 5. 3. how much more out of the Sanctuary Therefore Porters were see there at the gates that none which was unclean in any thing should enter in 2 Chr. 23. 19. An unoleane person that commeth into the Sanctuary presumptuously his punishment is cutting off Num. 19. 20. if ignorantly then he is to bring the sacrifice appointed Lev. 7. Maim in Biath hamikdesh 〈◊〉 3. s. 12. See the annotations on Lev. 5. 2 3. Vers. 21. wash his cloathes as being uncleane and so to continue untill evening likewise he that toucheth the water of separation shall wash his cloathes and be uncleane untill evening This interpretation Chazkuni here giveth of it that in the former branch uncleannesse is implied untill evening and in the latter branch the washing of his cloathes also is implied though not expressed This is one of the mysteries of this Law that a clean maÌ„ as he is called in v. 18 19. was made uncleane by sprinkling or touching the holy water which sanctified those that were uncleane and so it had contrary effects to purifie the uncleane and to poulute the cleane as the Sun melteth wax and hardneth clay Hereby the Holy Ghost seemeth to signifie the imperfection and insufficiencie of these legall rites which in their greatest vertue did but sanctifie to the purifying of the flesh as the Apostle saith Heb. 9. 13. and yet even then also left the purifier himselfe in uncleannesse which hee had not before That by consideration of these effects the people might be led unto Christ and his Spirit who is able to purge the conscience from dead workes and to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him Heb. 9. 14. 7. 25. The Hebrewes understand this of such as sprinkled or touched the water when there was no need as when no unclean person or vessell was to be sprinkled with it Maimony in Pharah ch 15. Vers. 22. whatsoever or whomsoever Hebr. all implying men vessels c. the uncleane to wit by the dead of whom was spoken before shall be uncleane to wit untill evening as the end of the verse sheweth and this is an inferiour degree of uncleannesse for the man or vessell polluted by the dead was uncleane seven dayes vers 11. 14. but that w ch such an unclean man or vessell touched was uncleane till the end of that day So in the Hebrew Canons A man which is defiled by the dead and the vessels which that man toucheth are uncleane seven dayes as it is said And yee shall wash your cloathes in the seventh day and ye shal be clean Num. 31. 24. But a man that shall touch a man which is defiled by the dead whether he touch him after that he is separated from the things that defiled him or touch him whiles he toucheth the dead lo this second man is uncleane till the evening as it is said in Num. 19. 22. And the soule that toucheth shall be unclean untill the evening Mai. in Tumath meth ch 5. s. 2. the soule in Chaldee the man that toucheth to wit him that is defiled as before is noted or it the thing which is defiled by the teâ—d of an uncleane man
5. And God by his Prophet promiseth that David shall never want a man to sit upon the throne of the house of Israel neither shall the Priests the Levites want a man before me to offer burnt-offerings and to kindle meat-offerings and to doe sacrifice continually Ier. 33. 17 18. 21 22. Both which are accomplished in Christ Luke 1. 32 33. Heb. 3. 1. and 5. 1. 5. and 8. 1 2 3 c. zealous for his God or jealous for his God that is for the dishonour done unto his God as God himselfe is said to be jealous for Ierusalem when hee was sore displeased with the heathens that afflicted it Zach. 1. 14 15. It is good to be zealously affected alwayes in a good thing Gal. 4. 18. that God sheweth here in rewarding Phinehas zeale who stood up and executed judgement and the plague was stayed and it was counted to him for justice to generation and generation for ever Psal. 106. 30 31. The Hebrewes in ages following mentioned his glory as Ben Sirach saith because he had zeale in the feare of the Lord and stood up with good courage of heart when the people were turned backe and made atonement for Israel therefore was there a covenant of peace made with him that he should be the chiefe of the Sanctuary of his people and that he and his posteritie should have the dignitie of the Priesthood for ever Ecclus 45. 23 24. The Scripture noteth the contrary of Eli who came of Ithamar the brother of Eleazar for when his owne sonnes committed whoredome with the women of Israel that assembled at the doore of the Tabernacle of the congregation and made themselves vile hee restrained them not but honored his sonnes above the Lord therefore God threatned to cut off his arme and the arme of his fathers house that there should not be an old man in his house for ever And he sware unto the house of Eli that the iniquitie of Elies house should not be purged with sacrifice nor offering for ever 1 Sam. 2. 22. 29 31. and 3. 13 14. made atonement or made reconciliation pacified Gods wrath through faith this word used for atonement by sacrifice is here applied to the executing of judgement upon the malefactors whereupon God stayed the plague which had begun upon the congregation As oftentimes for the sinne of some God is wroth with the whole congregation Ios. 7. 1. 12. and 22. 17 18. so here for the just fact of Phinehas his wrath was turned away vers 11. and atonement is made So the proverbe was fulfilled The kings wrath is as messengers of death but a wise man will pacifie it Prov. 16. 14. Thus David also made atonement by doing justice on Sauis house 2 Sam. 21. 3. c. Vers. 14. smitten that is killed as the Chaldee explaineth it so in vers 15. and 17. Zimri in Greeke Zambri sonne of Salo the notation of this name agreeth with his end for Zimri signifieth cutting off as superfluous boughes are pruned or cut off from the Vine Salo signifieth treading under foot so as a fruitlesse branch he was cut off from the vine of Israel and trodden down of God and men as it is written Thou hast trodden downe all them that goe astray from thy statutes for their d 〈…〉 t is falshood 〈…〉 19 1â—8 among the Si 〈…〉 tes in Chaldeâ— of the tribe of Simeon And being a Prince and bringing that harlot unto 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vers 6. it is likely that many of that tribe tooke part with him and perished in the plague aforesaid For whereas that tribe at the former muster had 59 thousand and three hundred men of warre among them Num. 1. 22 23. they were diminished now after this plague 37. thousand and one hundred that there remained at the next muster but 22 thousand and two hundred men Num. 26. 1. 14. Vers. 15. 〈◊〉 in Greeke Chasbi daughter of Sour Cozhi signifieth lying or falshood Zur is a Rocke an head of nations that is a governour of peoples for he was a Prince of Midian vers 17. and afterward he it said to be one of the five Kings of Midian Num. 31 8. And as Balaam with his wicked counsell and doctrine is named as a figure of Antichristian seducers corrupting the Christian Church with fornication and idolatry Rev. 2. 14. so in this Prince of Midian and the harlot his daughter we may behold the type of Antichrist who by the spirit and doctrine of Balaam hath drawne the Church unto fornication and idolatry with false gods and heresies His false prophets like the daughters of Moab allure men unto those abominations for as the wisedome of God in Christ sendeth forth her maidens to invite the simple to come and eat of her bread and drinke of the wine that she hath mingled Prov. 9. 1. 5. so the foolish woman or whore of Babylon Revel 17 〈◊〉 5. hath also her toll-guests the spirits of devils working miracles which goe forth unto the Kings of the earth c. Rev. 16. 13 14. and she calleth passengers who goe right on their wayes to partake of her stollen waters which are sweet and bread in secret which is pleasant and many doe follow her pernicious wayes yea many strong men have been slaine by her Pro. 〈◊〉 13. 18. and 7. 26. 2 Pet. 2. 1 2. The kings also of the earth have committed fornication with her Rev. 18. 3. brought her by their lawes unto their brethren subjects And as the harlots name was Cozhi that is a lie or falshood the daughter of Zur that is a Rock a Prince of Midian of Abrahams degenerate children Gen. 25. 1 2. so is the Church of Antichrist false deceitfull yet the pretended daughter of the Rocke which Christ hath promised to build his Church upon Matth. 16. 18. though being departed from the true faith of Christ as the Midianites were from the faith of their father Abraham For those Antichristian idolatries God sendeth forth his plagues Rev. 16. But when with the sword of the Spirit w ch is the word of God Ephes. 6. 17. those abominations are cut off and the authors of them thrust thorow as in Ziach 13. 2 3 the wrath of God which now is kindled against the sinners shall be turned away of a fathers house Sol. Iarchi here noteth from Gen. 25. 4. that Midian had five fathers houses Ephah and Epher and Hanoch and Abida and Eldaah and this man was king of one of them Vers. 17. Vex the Midianites or Distresse that is war against the Miâ—â—anites as the Greeke translateth Vse enmitie against them Hebr. To vex or To distresse of which phrase-see the notes on Ewod 13. 〈◊〉 God who had first punished his owne people for their sinnes doth now decree vengeance against their enemies which was done by Moses before his death Num. 31. 2. For as God faith to the nations Loe I begin to bring evill on the citie upon which my name is called and should yee
inheritances by the name of Lets as Come up with me into my lot Iudg. 1. 3. And not lands onely but whatsoever befalleth unto men frō the hand of God is called a lot as This is the portion of them that spoile us and the lot of them that rob us Esay 17. 14. and Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter Act. 8. 21. and That they may receive forgivenesse of sins and a lot that is inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith c. Act. 26. 18. The part of the lot that is of the inheritance of the Saints in light Col. 1. 12. So that in the Greek used by the Apostles Cleros a lot and Cleronomia a division by lot is the common name of an inheritance 1 Pet. 5. 3. Ephes. 1. 14. 18. Vers. 56. According to the lot Hebr. At or Vpon the mouth of the lot as the lot whereon the name of the tribe or of the inheritance is written shall speake This lot being of the Lord figured the diversities of gifts in the Church which the Spirit of God divideth to every man severally 〈◊〉 will 1 Cor. 12. 4. 11. as also the dispensation of his graces concerning our heavenly inheritance which the Election onely obtaineth that the purpose of God according to election might stand not of workes but of him that calleth Rom. 11. 7. and 9. 11. Vers. 57. of the Levites who though they had no inheritance in the land vers 62. yet were they to have 48 cities and their suburbs for their habitation Num. 35. which also fell unto them by lot Ios. 21. 4. c. Vers. 58. Korachites or Korhites of Korah the sonne of Izhar the sonne of Kohath the sonne of Levi Num. 16. 1. Korah himselfe died in the rebellion but his sonnes died not Num. 26. 11. therefore they are reckoned here for a familie in the fourth generation from Levi which is one degree further than the other families And whereas in Exod. 6. 16. c. there are reckoned of Gershon two sonnes Libni and Shimei here the familie of the Libnites is mustered but Shimei left out There Kohath hath foure sonnes Amram and Ishar and Hebron and Vzziel here Vzziel is omitted neither is Ishar named but in his sonnes the Korhites Vers. 59. she bare to Levi by she understand Levies wise or Iochebeds mother Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it his wise bare her in Egypt she bare to Amram that is Iochebed Amrams wife who was also his aunt bare to Amram Exo. 6. 20. Marie Hebr. Mirjam she was a prophetesse see Exod. 15. 20. Num. 12. 1. Vers. 60. unto Aaron was borne Here Moses children Gershon and Eliezer are againe omitted see the notes on Num. 3. 38. Vers. 61. and Abihu died and they had no sonnes Num. 3. 4. See the historie in Levit. 10. Vers. 62. 23 thousand who at the former numbring were but 22 thousand Num. 3. 39. So they increased in the wildernesse a thousand males Vers. 65. dying they shall die i. they shall surely die this was threatned for their rebellion refusing to go into the promised land Nū 14. and the fulfilling of Gods judgment is here shewed and Iosoua in Greeke Iesus the son of Naue these two survived because they faithfully followed the Lord Num. 14. 24. 38. See the Annotations there In that all the rest were dead save these two it sheweth that all the 600 thousand men now mustered which should conquer Canaan were a valiant company betweene 20 and 60 yeares of age none being above 60 but Caleb and Iosua and as they were in body so in minde being trained up these 38 yeares in the study of the Law and ordinances of God and beholding his workes having Moses and Aaron for their leaders and Gods good spirit for their instructer Neh. 9. 20. CHAP. XXVII 1 The daughters of Zelophehad sue for an inheritance 5 Moses bringeth their cause before the Lord who granteth their request 8 The Law of inheritances when a man dieth without a son 12 Moses is bidden goe up and see the land and is told of his death for his trespasse 15 He requesteth of the Lord that a man may be set governour in his place 18 The Lord appointeth Iosua to succeed him 22 And Moses by imposition of hands ordaineth him to his office THen came the daughters of Zelophehad the sonne of Hepher the son of Gilead the son of Machir the son of Manasses of the families of Manasses the son of Ioseph and these are the names of his daughters Machlah Noah Hoglah and Milcah and Tirzah And they stood before Moses and before Eleazar the Priest and before the Princes and all the congregation at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation saying Our father died in the wildernesse and he was not among the Congregation of them that gathered themselves together against Iehovah in the congregation of Korah but in his sinne he died and hee had no sonnes Why should the name of our father be done away from among his family because he hath no sonne Give unto us a possession among the brethren of our father And Moses brought their cause before Iehovah And Iehovah said unto Moses saying The daughters of Zelophehad speake right giving thou shalt give them a possession of an inheritance among the brethren of their father and thou shalt cause the inheritance of their father to passe unto them And thou shalt speake unto the sonnes of Israel saying If a man die and he have no sonne then ye shall cause his inheritance to passe unto his daughter And if hee have no daughter then ye shall give his inheritance unto his brethren And if he have no brethren then ye shall give his inheritance unto the brethren of his father And if his father have no brethren then ye shall give his inheritance unto his kinsman that is next to him of his familie and he shall inherit it it shal be unto the sonnes of Israel for a statute of judgement as Iehovah commanded Moses And Iehovah said unto Moses Go thou up into this mountaine of Abarim and see the land w ch I have given to the sons of Israel And thou shalt see it and thou also shalt be gathered unto thy peoples as Aaron thy brother was gathered For ye rebelled against my mouth in the wildernesse of Zin in the strife of the congregation to sanctifie me at the water before their eyes that is the water of Meribah of Kadesh in the wildernesse of Zin And Moses spake unto Iehovah saying Let Iehovah the God of the spirits of all flesh set a man over the congregation Which may go out before them and which may go in before them and which may lead them out and which may bring them in that the congregation of Iehovah be not as sheep which have no shepherd And Iehovah said unto Moses Take unto thee Iosua the son of Nun a man in whom is the spirit and lay thine hand upon him And cause
of God which is the maine argument to strengthen faith Numb 14. 9. Psal. 56. 4 5. and 60. 13 14. 〈◊〉 consuming Hebr. eating so Deut. 4. 24. The Chaldee translateth his word is a consuming fire suddenly or quickly hostily see the notes on Deut. 7. 22. Vers. 4. For my justice The Hebrew In is by the Greeke also here translated For and it often noteth the cause of a thing as Hos. 12. 13. in that is for 〈◊〉 So in Psal. 1. 2. Deut. 2â— 16. Here he opposeth the second evill pride of heart against which he dealeth in all the rest of this Chapter Vers. 5. righteousnesse or uprightnes straitnesse equitie the Greeke translateth it here piety the Chaldee truth By naming iustice hee excludeth all merit of workes Deut. 6. 25. and by righteousnesse of heart all inward affections and purposes which men might plead notwithstanding that they faile in action Yet these two are the chiefe things which God respecteth in men Psal. 15. 1 2. 1 Chron. 29. 17. for the wickednesse Two causes are here shewed of this worke of God justice against the wicked inhabitants which should perish for their sinnes and mercie towards Israel whom he would doe good unto of grace Thus also hee dealeth concerning the heavenly inheritance the wicked are shut out for their evill works Iude v. 14. 15. But the Saints are saved by grace through faith not of workes lest any man should boast Ephes. 2. 8 9. the word the Greeke translateth stablish the covenant or testament hereby he calleth them wholly to Gods word and promise as Paul doth us in Gal. 3. 18. Rom. 15. 8. shewing that Iesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God to constrant the fathers promises and that the Gentiles might glorifie God for mercie Vers. 6. this good land a figure of heavenly blessings as is shewed on Gen. 12. 5. stiffe-necked or of a hard necke that is stubborne and rebellious see the notes on Exod. 32. 9. to which place Moses hath reference and from Gods testimonie there and their sinnes then and at other times convinceth them as being altogether unworthy that as another Prophet saith they might remember their wayes and all their doings wherein they had beene defiled and might loath themselves in their own eyes for all their evils that they had committed and might know that he was Iehovah when he had wroug 〈…〉 it with them for his names sake not according to their wicked wayes nor according to their corrupt doings Ezek. 20. 43 44. and 36. 31 32. Vers. 7. Remember forget not an earnest and effectuall manner of speaking to move unto carefull remembrance see the notes on Deut. 33. 6. against Hebr. with Iehovah which the Chaldee translateth before the Lord the Greeke yee have rebelliously performed things pertaining to the Lord. This generall charge he proveth by many particular instances following Vers. 8. Hâ—reb or 〈◊〉 the mountaine where the Law was given their rebellion there is described in Exod. 32. destroyed you for there God said to Moses let me alone c. and I will consume them Exod. 32. 10. Vers. 9. 〈◊〉 the mount called up thither of God to receive the tables of the covenant and other ordinances Exod. 24. 12. 18. The time place occasion end and all circumstances greatly aggravated the peoples sinne Vers. 10. of stone the signification whereof is noted on Exod. 31. 18. finger signifying the Spirit as I with the finger of God cast out devils Luke 11. 20. that is with the Spirit of God Matt. 12. 28. So it figured the worke of God in our hearts writing there his Law as Yee are manifestly declared to be the Epistle of Christ ministred by us written not with inke but with the spirit of the living God not in tables of stone but in fleshie tables of the heart 2 Cor. 3. 3. Vers. 12. corrupted This word meaneth the corruption of Gods service and religion see the notes on Exod. 32. 7. and Gen. 6. 11 12 13. molten calfe the word calfe is expressed in v. 16. This molten calfe they worshipped and Moses said Oh this people have sinned a great sinne and have made them gods of gold Exod. 32. 8. 31. Vers. 13. saying Here the Greeke version addeth I have spoken unto thee once and twise saying I have seene c. I have seene by the Lords seeing and hearing of sinners is often meant a due regard of their sinnes to punish them in his anger Deut. 32. 19. Psal. 78. 21. and 90. 8. But when he pardoneth sinners he is said to hide his face from their sinnes and not to see them Psal. 51. 11. Num. 23. 21. Vers. 14. Let me alone which the Chaldee expounds Leave off thy prayer before me So in Exod 32. 10. Vers. 15. burned Hebr. burning the terrour of which sight onely might have kept them from this sinne in that the signes of Gods presence were not yet departed from their eyes See Exod. 19. 18. and 20. 18. two hands both hands full with blessings of the Lord for them if their unworthinesse had not turned them away Vers. 17. I took a the originall word signifieth a purposed taking hold and â—â—ndling of a thing as they that goe to warre are said to take or handle the shield Ier. 46. 9. and they that expound the Law are said to handle it Ier. 2. 8. So Moses did this advisedly guided by Gods Spirit signifying that the covenant betweene God and them was now disaâ—ulled and broken and that the Law pertained not to them except to their condemnation for breaking the same See Exod. 32. 19. Vers. 18. I fell downe the Greeke expoundeth it I prayed before the Lord the second time as at the first Here Moses repeateth how by his humble intercession they escaped destruction and were reconciled againe unto God See the historie at large in Exod. 32. 31. c. fortie dayes the number of dayes and of yeeres sundry times mentioned in the Scripture 〈…〉 tion 〈◊〉 judgement See the 〈◊〉 7. 4. sinne the Greeke transleteth sinne respecting the manifold evill in this and their other â—â—ansgressions Vers. 19. For I was the Greeke applying this to the time present also saith And I am afraid For the Lord though he pardoned it then reserved vengeance till another opportunity Exod. 32. 34. hearkened unto me that is as the Chaldee explaineth it accepted my prayer Vers. 20. with Aaron who made the calfe for them and would have excused himselfe but was guilty of death see Exod. 32. 21 24. Vers. 21. your sinne the Calfe is so called as being the thing wherein they sinned So Idols are called a sinne in Esa. 31. 7. the brooke that came out of the Rock Horeb which Rocke in figure was Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. of which they drunke to signifie the abolishing of their sinne by Christ upon their repentance and faith see the notes on Exod. 32. 20. Vers. 22. at Taberah or in Taberah that is as both Greeke and
Chaldee do interpret it the Burning a place so called because the people complaining there the fire of the Lord was kindled and consumed some of them See the historie in Num. 11. 1 2 3. Massah in English the tentation and so the Greek and Chaldee translate it A place at Rephidim in the wildernesse before they came to Horeb ten stations from Egypt in the first yeere of their travell where wanting water they tempted God saying Is the Lord amongst us or no and there he gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. See the annotations there and Psal. 95. 8 9. Heb. 3. 8. c. Deut. 6. 16. Kibroth-hattaavah in English the Graves of lust so translated also by the Greeke Here a little from Taberah forementioned they loathed Manna and lusted for flesh God gave them Quailes but they died of a plague 〈◊〉 the flesh was yet betweene their teeth and 〈◊〉 buried there occasioned this name of the 〈◊〉 for a perpetuall memoriall See Num. 11. 4 34. and the annotations there Also Psal. 78. 〈◊〉 31. and 106. 14 15. Vers. 23. Kadesh-barnea where being come thorow the wildernesse of Pharan to the border of the land of Canaan they were commanded of God to goe take possession Then they sent spies who discouraged the people so through want of 〈◊〉 they durst not enter and were for it condem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 40. yeeres wandring in the wildernesse and 〈◊〉 ended their dayes See Numb 13. and 14. 〈◊〉 against the mouth that is against the 〈◊〉 or commandement in Greeke yee disobeyed 〈◊〉 word Vers. 24. that I knew you the Greeke expounds 〈…〉 the day that he was knowne unto you So he 〈…〉 deth with a generall charge of rebellion upon them shewing hereby the impossibility of the law and ministery thereof to bring men unto God for it causeth sinne and wrath to abound as 〈◊〉 4. 15. and 8 3. Gal. 3. 19 22. For besides these 〈…〉 lars they sinned many other times in the 〈…〉 nesse as is noted on Num. 14. 22. and in Psa. 〈◊〉 and 106. Vers. 25. I fell downe in Greeke I prayed Hee 〈…〉 th to speake of their reconciliation to God which was by the prayer of Moses as a mediatour 〈◊〉 figure of Christ by whom and not by our own deserts we have entrance into the kingdome of God Gal. 3. 22. 24. Rom. 3. 20 22. and 5. 1 2 c. as I fell downe to wit at the first as v. 18. or which I fell downe that is which I said before that I fell downe But the Hebrew asher which is sometimes used for as as in Ier. 48. 8. said for to destroy that is said that he would destroy you See the like phrases so expounded in Esay 49. 6. with Acts 13. 47. 1 Chron. 17. 4. with 2 Sam. 7. 5. Matt. 20. 19. with Mark 10. 33 34. Vers. 26. Lord Iehovoh in Greeke Lord Lord in Chaldee Lord God See the annotations on Gen. 15. 2. thy people this respecteth their adoption in Christ and justification 1 Pet. 2. 9 10. inheritance this implyeth their sanctification unto the obedience and service of God by the Spirit See Exod. 34. 9. through thy greatnes in Greek through thy great strength as v. 29. it implyeth also his great goodnesse and therefore is often spoken of his gracious workes for his people 1 Chron. 17. 19. Luke 1 49. Vers. 27. thy servants Hee meaneth Gods oath unto them to multiply their seed and to give them the land for an eternall inheritance as is expressed in this prayer before Exod. 32. 13. So the Greeke addeth here unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe hardnesse the naturall corruption whereby the heart is hardned that it cannot repent and beleeve the word of God from which the two evils following doe flow Rom. 2. 5. Vers. 28. the land that is as the Greeke and Chaldee both explaine the inhabitants of the land This reason is also alleaged in Exod. 32. 12. and Numb 14. 16. CHAP. X. 1 A rehearsall of Gods mercies in renuing the two tables of the Covenant 6 in leading the people forward towards Canaan and continuing the priest-hood after Aarons death 8 in separating the tribe of Levi unto the ministerie 10 in hearkning unto Moses his suit for the people 12 An exhortation unto obedience 14 because of Gods glorie 15 love unto Israel 17 justice towards all 21 his fearefull workes 22 and multiplication of his people AT that time Iehovah said unto mee Hew thee two tables of stone like the first and come up unto me into the mount and thou shalt make thee an Arke of wood And I will write on the tables the words which were on the first tables which thou brakest and thou shalt put them in the Arke And I made an Arke of Shittim wood and hewed two tables of stone like the first went up into the mount and the two tables in my hand And he wrote on the tables according to the first writing the ten words which Iehovah had spoken unto you in the mount out of the midst of the fire in the day of the assembly and Iehovah gave them unto me And I turned my self and came downe from the mount and I put the tables in the Arke which I had made and there they be as Iehovah commanded me And the sonnes of Israel journeyed from Beeroth of the sonnes of Iaakan from Moserah there Aaron dyed and was buried there and Eleazar his sonne administred the Priests office in his stead From thence they journeyed to Gudgodah and from Gudgodah to Iot-bath a land of rivers of waters At that time Iehovah separated the tribe of Levi to beare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah to stand before Iehovah to minister unto him and to blesse in his name unto this day Therefore Levi hath no part or inheritance with his brethren Iehovah he is his inheritance as Iehovah thy God spake unto him And I stood in the mount according to the former dayes fortie dayes and fortie nights and Iehovah hearkened unto me at that time also Iehovah would not destroy thee And Iehovah said unto me Arise goe in journey before the people that they may goe in and possesse the land which I sware unto their fathers to give unto them And now Israel what doth Iehovah thy God aske of thee but to feare Iehovah thy God to walke in all his waies and to love him and to serve Iehovah thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soule To keepe the commandements of Iehovah and his statutes which I command thee this day for good unto thee Behold unto Iehovah thy God belong the heavens and the heavens of heavens the earth and all that therein is Onely in thy fathers Iehovah had a delight to love them and he chose their seed after them even you above all peoples as it is this day Circumcise therefore the super fluous foreskinne of your heart and make not your necke stiffe any more For Iehovah your God
or inherit the land a figure of the kingdome of Gods grace and glory which the righteous shall possesse by inheritance Esay 60. 21. and 65. 9. Vers. 9. and honey which signified the great fertility of that land and figured out spirituall graces and comforts as is noted on Exod. 3. 8. Vers. 10. thou sowedst and so all the inhabitants as the Greeke translateth they sâ—w In Egypt from whence Israel came they had no raine but by the over-flowing of the river Nilus the land was watered and by the labour of the husbandman beckes were derived to moysten the ground And that there they had no raine is testified both by the Prophets Zach. 14. 18. and by humane histories Pomp. Mela li. 1. Herodotus in Euterpe Nec pluvio supplicat herba Iovi Tibul. lib. 1. Eleg. 8. with thy foot that is with thy diligent labour signified sometime by the hand Psal. 128. 2. sometime by the foot as Gen. 30. 30. This condition of the land of Egypt the house of bondage figured the estate of men naturally corrupted which they labour to releeve by their own works and with the muddy waters which are from beneath proceeding from earthly wisedome and carnall understanding 1 Cor. 1. 20 31. and 2. 4. 5. Ezek. 34. 19. Ier. 2. 13. Verse 11. mountaines c. hereby is meant the commodious healthfull and pleasant situation of the land farre exceeding Egypt Wherefore sometime the whole land is signified under the name of a mountaine Exod. 15. 17. And because it was hills and vallies it could not be watered with the over-flowing of any river as Egypt which was a plaine but must otherwise bee moystened with the raine of heaven or else remaine barren and fruitlesse the raine this as it is most kinde causeth the earth to be fruitfull in nature so it figured heavenly graces the doctrine of Gods word spirit wherewith the soules of men are made fruitfull in good works Esay 45. 8. Mica 5. 7. See the notes on Gen. 27. 28. Deut. 32. 2. The want of raine is on the contrary a signe of curse Zach. 14. 17 18. Rev. 11. 6. Vers. 12. careth for Hebr. seeketh that is carefully seeth unto it and as the Greeke translateth visiteth According to this phrase Sion is called a citie sought that is cared for or regarded and not forsaken Esay 62. 12. And of Gods gracious providence towards the land of Israel David singeth how the Lord visited the land and plenteously moystened it very much enriched it softned it with showers blessed the bud of it crowned the yeere of his goodnesse and his pathes the clouds dropped fatnesse Psal. 65. 10 11 12. the eyes this also signifieth Gods care and providence for good as in the like speeches Ier. 40. 4. Ezra 5. 5. Psal. 34. 16. Though Gods providence be towards all peoples and hee giveth to all life and breath and all things Acts 17. 25. doing good giving us raine from heaven and fruitfull seasons Acts 14. 17. causing it to raine on the earth where no man is on the wildernesse wherein there is no man Iob 38. 26. yet other peoples have not the word and promise of God whereon to depend as Israel had whereby they might live not by bread onely but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord Deut. 8. 3. Vers. 13. if hearkening yee shall hearken that is if yee shall diligently hearken and obey This passage of Scripture following the Iewes read daily in their families as is noted on Deut. 6. 4. Vers. 14. the first raine c. or the early raine Twise in a yeere there fell store of raine in Israel in the beginning of the yeere about September or October and halfe a yeere after which was in Abib or March which ecclesiastically began the yeere unto Israel as is noted on Exod 12. 2. whereupon it is called the latter raine in the first moneth Ioâ—l 2. 23. The first raine fell after the â—owing of their corne that it might take rooting in the earth the latter raine was a little before harvest that the eare might be full Of these the Scriptures sundry times speake but so as that they depended upon God to whom Israel should obey and of whom they should aske raine in the time of the latter raine Zach. 10. 1. and then hee would come unto them with his blessings as the raine as the latter and former raine unto the earth Hosea 6. 3. So for the fruits the husbandman waited and had long patience untill hee received the early raine and the latter raine I am 5. 7. Which raine as it figured heavenly blessings in Christ Deut. 32. 2. Psal. 72. 6. so they led Israel to the feare of God but when they revolted from him they said not in their heart Let us now feare the Lord our God that giveth raine both the former and the latter raine in his season Ier. 5. 24. If these raines were seasonable and moderate the land was fruitfull as Moses in the next words sheweth if they failed then the drought as â—ire devoured the pastures if they fell immoderately the graines rotted under their clods Ioel 1. 19 17. new oyle These three were for the use of man and the grasse after mentioned for beasts as David also sheweth in Psal. 104. 13 14 15. By these earthly promises God drew his people to obedience but David had more gladnesse in his heart in the light of the Lords countenance than when corne and wine increased Psal. 4. 6 7. Vers. 16. deceived or inticed and drawen away by riches pleasures or false perswasions of which Iob saith If my heart hath beene secretly inticed or deceived Iob 31. 27. other gods that is Idols falsly reputed Gods so the Chaldee translateth Idols or Errours of the peoples Vers. 17. shut-up the heavens this phrase is used both for restraining the naturall raine for mens sins 1 Kings 8. 35. and the spirituall raine of Gods word and blessings Revel 11. 6. perish quickly or speedily suddenly The wicked heathens God suffered with much patience and would not have them destroyed suddenly Deut. 7. 22. but his owne people are threatned for their sinnes to perish suddenly for judgement must beginne at the house of God 1 Pet. 4. 17. he warneth his Church to repent c. or else he will come unto her quickly Revel 2. 5. Vers. 18. phylacteries or frontlets written in parchments and tyed to the forehead as the former were to the hand or arme of these see the annotations on Exod. 13. 9. 16. and Deut. 6. 4 8. Vers. 19. teach them your children cause your children Hebr. your sonnes to Iearne them this explaineth the former precept Thou shalt whet them on thy children Deut. 6. 7. Abraham the father of the faithfull is commended for this that he would command his children and his honshold after him to keepe the way of the LORD Gen. 18. 19. and Solomons parents taught him the Law Prov. 4. 3 4. and 31.
For meats and drinkes and divers washings and carnall ordinances were imposed on the Iewes untill the time of reformation Hebr. 9. 10. But now it is said Let no man judge you in meat or in drinke c. which are a shadow of things to come but the body is of Christ Coloss. 2. 16 17. not seeth a Kid this Law is twice given before in Exod. 23. 19. and 34. 26. see the annotations there Vnder the name of a Kid the Hebrewes understand a Lamb also and Calfe or other beast and by seething they imply also eating or making any profit or use of flesh so boyled The Chald. translateth thou shalt not eat flesh with milke Vers. 22. Tithing thou shalt tithe that is shalt in any wise carefully faithfully separate the tithe meaning the second tithe which themselves were to eat vers 23. for there was a first tithe which was given to the Levites out of which the Levites paid a tenth part again to the Priests Num. 18. 24. 28. Nehem. 10. 37 38. Then of that which remained the owners separated a second tithe which themselves did eat before the Lord the first and second yeare in the third yeare it was given to the Levites and to the poore Deut. 14. 28 29. In the fourth and fiâ—t yeares it was eaten againe by the owners and in the sixt yeare was given to the poore The seventh yeare was a rest and Sabbath to the land then all things were common Exod. 23. 10 11. And this course they were constantly to follow in Israel Hereof it is written by the Hebrewes thus After that they have separated the first tithe every yeare they separate a second tithe Deut. 14. 22. and in the third yeare and in the sixt they separate the tithe of the poore in stead of the second tithe In the first day of Tisri or September is the beginning of the yeare for the tithe of corne and of pulse and of herbes and whersoever the beginning of the yeare is mentioned it is the first of Tisri And the fifteenth of Shebat that is the eleventh moneth which wee call Ianuary is the beginning of the yeare for the tithe of trees fruit Maimony tom 3. in Maaser sheni or treat of the second tithe chap. 1. sect 1 2. See also the annotations on Levit. 27. 30. c. all the revenue or all the in-come that is fruits or increase which are gathered and brought in for food the reason of the name appeareth in 2 Sam. 9. 10. thou shalt till the land for him and thou shalt bring in the fruits that thy Masters sonne may have food to eat The Hebrewes say All mans meat that is kept which groweth out of the ground oweth an heave-offering and it is commanded to separate out of it the first-fruits for the Priest c. and likewise the tithes Maimony in Trumoth chap. 2. sect 1. And whereas the Scripture sometime speaketh of Revenue sometime of Corne as after in vers 23. sometime of a Morsell of bread as in Iudg. 19. 5. they say the graine when it is cared is called Tebuah Revenue every where and after that it is threshed and fanned it is called Dagan Corne and when it is ground kneaded and baked it is called path a Morsell or Bread Maim in Beracoth chap. 3. sect 1. that the field bringeth forth or that commeth out of the field in Greeke the generation or increase of thy field yeare by yeare so the Greeke also interpreteth the Hebrew phrase yeare yeare which is elsewhere written yeare by yeare Nehem. 10. 35. and Ionathan in his Thargum explaineth it every yeare and yeare whereto hee addeth and not the fruits of one yeare with the fruits of another yeare meaning that they must separate their tithes yearely and not put two yeares tithe into one Vers. 23. shalt eat in Greeke shalt eat it speaking of the tithe which the owners should eat and so Ionathan in his Thargum saith Yee shall eat the second tithe before the LORD before Iehovah the tithes which were given to the Priests they might eat in every place Num. 18. 31. this second tithe was holy and might not be eaten but where Gods sanctuary was as within Ierusalem when the Temple was there built The second tithe is eaten by the owners within the walls of Ierusalem Deut. 14. 23. Whosoever eateth so much as an olive of the second tithe or drinketh of it the fourth part of a Log of wine without the wall of Ierusalem is to be beaten as it is written in Deut. 12. 17. thou maiest not eat within thy gates the tithe of thy corne or of thy wine or of thine oyle c. and hee is to bee beaten for every one in particular therefore if hee eat of them all three without the wall hee is beaten three times Maim in Maaser sheni chap. 2. sect 1. 5. This is meant they say if he eat thereof without the walls of Ierusalem after it is once brought in thither But if he eat of it before it commeth within the wall of Ierusalem hee is chastised with stripes ibid. sect 6. Of beating see Deut. 25. 2 3. and of the holy manner of eating it see Deut. 26. 14. his name in Chaldee his divine presence Shecinah whereby Gods presence with his Church in Christ and by his Spirit is meant see the notes on Exod. 34. 9. firstlings these were given to the Priests Num. 18. 15. Nehem. 10. 36. who had many other gifts of which some might not bee eaten but in the court of the sanctuary some of which number these firstlings were might not bee eaten but in the holy Citie and some might bee eaten every where See the annotations on Numb 18. to feare this is the end of this ordinance that the people might be enured with the feare religion and service of God for feare is sometime used generally for Gods worship Esay 29. 13. with Matt. 15. 8 9. And this feare they learned both by the action it selfe eating the tithe of all their fruits with joy and thankfulnesse to him that so blessed their land and labours the tenth whereof they consecrated unto him and by beholding the other holy things and religious actions performed by all Israel at their solemne feasts In this latter sense Chazkuni here expoundeth it thus That when thou goest up to the feast to eat thy second tithe and shalt see the Priests in their service and the Levites in their singing and the Israelites in their standing and the Synedrion or Magistrates fitting and judging the judgments of Israel and the Doctors teaching for from thence doctrine went forth unto all Israel thou maiest learne to feare the Lord thy God Vers. 24. too much for thee that is as the Greeke explaineth it be far away from thee to carry it in Greeke to carry them meaning the tithes fore-mentioned hath blessed thee that is hath given thee so great an increase that the tenth of them is more than thou canst carry to the
presence or Majestie Vers. 12. and thou shalt and may here imply the reason therefore thou shalt observe For they came out of Egypt to keepe a feast to the Lord in the wildernesse Exod. 5. 1 3. which they kept at mount Sinai where the Law was given at this time of Pentecost or of Weekes Exod. 19. 1. 11. and 24. 5. 11. In memoriall whereof this day was kept holy every yeere And when they were come into Canaan they brought two loaves of the first-fruits of their wheat harvest with many sacrifices unto them adjoyned Lev. 23. 17. 20. which increased the solemnity Last of all the Law of Christ was given by the Spirit in fiery tongues to his Apostles on this festivall day Act. 2. Vers. 13. Boothes or Tabernacles made with the boughes of trees Lev. 23. 34 40. See the Annotations there of thy floore and of thy winepresse that is thy fruits the corne which is threshed in the floore and the wine pressed out of the fat therfore it is called the feast of ingathering in the going out of the yeere when thou gatherest in thy labours out of the field Exod. 23. 16. Ver. 14. rejoyce in thy feast this is meant both of inward joy for the mercies of God past present to come by Christ and of outward manifestation of their joy by sacrifices of thanksgiving unto God and holy banquetting with the poore and ministers of the Lord as after he commandeth Verse 15. keepe a feast by offering of sacrifices in thankfulnesse to God for his blessings upon them and their land surely joyfull or onely joyfull with spirituall mirth serving the Lord. So the Apostle saith Rejoyce in the Lord alwaies againe I say rejoyce Phil. 4. 4. Vers. 16. Three times the times before and after mentioned the Passeover or vnleavened cakes the Feast of Weekes or Pentecost and the Feast of Boothes or Tabernacles see Exod. 23. 14. 17. and 34. 22 23. Of the speciall sacrifices of these Feasts see Levit. 23. and Numb 28. and 29. chapt he shall not appeare that is no man of Israel the Greeke saith as before thou shalt not appeare in Exod. 23. 15. it was said they shall not appeare before me emptie Thus here are three things required appearing keeping a feast vers 15. and rejoycing vers 14. every of which implied a sacrifice as is noted on Exod. 23. 15. Vers. 17. according to the gift of his hand that is Let every man appeare with a gift or oblation as he is willing and his hand can give which the Greeke explaineth Every one according to the ability of your hands Here beginneth the 48. section 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Law See Genes 6. 9. and 28. 10. Vers. 18. Iudges and Officers in Chaldee Iudges and Avengers These were to judge causes and to execute the judgements the Officers are called in Hebrew Shotrim in Greeke Grammateis and Grammatoeisagogeis that is Scribes and as Hierom calleth them in Latine Masters Their worke was to speake and proclaime unto the people what they ought to doe Deut. 20. 5. 9. Ios. 1. 10 11. and 3. 2 3. and as the Hebrewes generally hold to see good orders kept lawes executed malefactors punished and the like Therefore they carried rods and weapons to execute justice as Praetors and Lictors in the ancient Romane Common-wealth and as Sheriffes and Constables in England There were both Iudges and Officers of all tribes and of the Levites 1 Chron. 23. 4. The Officers Shotrim had staves and whips and they stood before the Iudges and went about in the streets and into shops for to looke to right weights and measures and to smite all that did wrong and all that they did was by the mouth or commandement of the Iudges And in whomsoever they saw any foule matter they brought him to the Iudgement Hall where he was judged according to his wickednesse Maimony in Sanhedrin cha 1. sect 1. shalt thou give that is shalt make or constitute as the Greeke translateth The manner of making them is shewed in Deut. 1. 13 15. and what manner of persons were to be chosen is declared on Exod. 18. 21. thy gates the Greeke and Chaldee expound it thy cities But according to the bignesse of every citie so they appointed in Israel Courts of judgement the Hebrewes reckon three 1 The great Court in the Sanctuary called the great Synedrion where they set seventy Iudges and one as in Numb 11. 16. c. where seventy were added unto Moses 2 The Court of three and twenty of which they say there were two about the Temple the one at the Court-doore of the Sanctuary and the other at the doore of the mountaine of the Temple And in every citie of Israel wherein were 120. men or moe the lesser Synedrion of 23. sate in the gate of the citie 3 A citie wherein there were not 120. men they set therein three Iudges for there is no Court of lesse than three as Maimony sheweth in Sanhedrin ch 1. sect 3 4. giveth unto thee so within their owne Land Israel had this charge but not without the same as when they were dispersed into other nations Wee are not bound say they to constitute Iudgement Hâ—lls or Courts in every countrey and in everie citie but in the land of Israel onely c. as it is said in all thy gates which the Lord thy God giveth unto thee Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 1. sect 2. judgement of justice that is as the Greeke translateth it just judgement which is when there is an equall and indifferent course of proceeding when the truth of the cause is discerned and when judgment passeth according to the Law Psal. 82. and 58. 2 3. So Christ saith Iudge not according to the appearance but judge just judgement Ioh. 7. 24. The Hebrewes say that the justice of judgement is an equality towards both parties in every matter that they let not the one speake so much as he seeth needfull and say to the other Be briefe in your speech and that they shew not a friendly countenance to the one and speake gently to him and frowne upon the other and speake roughly unto him That the one doe not sit and the other stand but both of them stand or if the Iudges please that they both sit and that the one sit not on high and the other below but one besides another It is unlawfull for the Iudge to heare the words of one of the parties before his fellow be come or out of the presence of his fellow and so the one partie is to be admonished that he relate not his cause to the Iudge before his fellow the other party be come c. Maim in Sanhedrin ch 21. Vers. 19. not wrest judgement not decline or pervert turne aside judgement not give wrong judgement for any cause as did Samuels sonnes who turned aside after lucre and tooke bribes and wrested or perverted judgement 1 Sam. 8. 3. See Deut. 24. 17. respect persons or
a day is naught such a day is fit for to doe such a worke such a yeere or moneth is evill for such a thing It is unlawfull to observe times though one doe no worke but make it knowne they are lyes which fooles imagine to bee true and to bee words of wise men c. Maim in treat of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 8. an observer of fortunes one that curiously searcheth observeth and telleth signes of good or evill luck which are learned by experience The Hebrew Nachash is to search and finde out by experience Gen. 30. 27. and 44. 5. whereupon Menachesh the word here used is one that too curiously observeth and abuseth things that doe fall out as luckie or unluckie signes as did the Augures and Soothsaiers among the heathens The Hebrewes describe it thus as if one should say Because the morsell of bread is fallen out of my mouth or my staffe out of mine hand I will not goe to such a place this day for if I goe I shall not speed of my businesse Because a Fox passed by on my right hand I will not goe out of my house this day for if I goe some deceitfull man will meet with mee And so if men heare the chattering of a bird and say it shall be so or not so it is good to doe such a thing or naught to doe such a thing c. And so hee that maketh signes for himselfe if it fall out so or so I will doe such a thing if it fall not out I will not doe it and all things of like sort these all are unlawfull and who-soever doth any act bacause of any of these things is to be beaten Maimony treat of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 4. This sinne was common among the heathens practised of the wisest Numb 24. 1. 1 King 20. 33. and it spread into Israel 2 King 17. 17. 2 Chron. 33. 6. and is at this day too common among Christians though Gods law plainly forbiddeth it here and in Levit. 19. 26. a witch or a sorcerer a magician in Hebrew Mecashsheph in Greeke Pharmakos of this kinde were Iannes and Iambres the sorcerers of Egypt see the notes on Exod. 7. 11. Such were esteemed among the wise and called to tell and interpret dreames Dan. 2. 2. By Gods Law a winch might not bee suffered to live Exod. 22. 18. yet did this evill prevaile in Israel 2 Chron. 33. 6. Ier. 27. 9. Mal. 3. 5. The Hebrews seeme to hold two sorts of these witches or sorcerers some that did hurt others that did hold the eies that is by jugling and sleights beguiled mens senses Mecashsheph the witch is to be stoned to death if be doe the act oft witchcraft but he that heldeth the dies and seemeth to doe that which he doth not is to be beaten Maimony treat of Idolatry ch 11. s. 15. Vers. 11. charmeth a charme or inchanteth an inchantment or conjureth conjuration The Hebrew Chober signifieth conjoyning or consociating the Chaldee name Ratim is of murmuring or mumbling the Greeke Epaidon of charming or inchanting This Charmer is said to be hee that speaketh words of a strange language and without sense and hee in his foolishnesse thinketh that these words are profitable That if one say so or so unto a Serpent or a Scorpion it cannot hurt a man and hee that saith so and so to a mâ—an be cannot be hurt c. He that whispereth over a wound or readeth a verse out of the Bible likewise he that readeth over an Infant that it may not be frighted or that layeth the booke of the Law the Bible or the Phylacteries upon a childe that it may sleepe such are not onely among inchanters or charmers but of those that generally denie the Law of God because they make the words of the Scripture medicine for the body whereas they are not but medicine for the soule as it is written in Prov. 3. 22. They shall be life unto thy soule Maimony 〈◊〉 of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 10. 12. of a familiar spirit called in Hebrew Ob which signifieth a bottle Ioh 32. 19. applied here and often to Magicians who possessed with an evill spirit speak with hollow voice as out of a bottell and as some say with swollen bellies whereupon the Greeke version usually calleth them Eggastrimuthoi as speaking out of the belly But the holy Ghost in Act. 16. 16. expoundeth it more fully the spirit of Pithon or of divination meaning of the Devill whose answers were given to the heathens by these meanes the chiefe whereof was called Pythius Apollo and his Temple Pythion and his feast Pythia kept to his honour who was faigned to kill the serpent Python The manner of this Oracle the Prophet sheweth to be with an hollow low voice as Thy speech shall bee low out of the dust and thy voice shall be as of one that hath a familiar spirit Esay 29. 4. The Hebrewes explaine it thus that hee which had a familiar spirit stood and burned incense and held a rod of mirtle tree in his hand and waved it And he spake certaine words in secret untill hee that inquired did heare one speake unto him and answer him touching that which hee inquired with words from under the earth with a very low voice c. Likewise one tooke a dead mans skull and burnt incense thereto and inchanted thereby till hee heard a very low voice c. Hee that did any of these acts was to be stoned to death Maim in treat of Idolatry c. 6. s. 1. This was Sauls sinne that he sought to a woman which had a familiar spirit the voice whereof he heard 1. Sam. 28. 7. 15. for which transgression the Lord killed him 1 Chron. 10. 13. and hath threatned to cut off all from among his people that doe inquire of such Levit. 20. 6 wizard or cunning man in Hebrew Iidgnoni so named of his knowledge or cunning and so the Greeke version in other places calleth him Gnostes of knowledge a Prognosticator but here the Greeke is Teratoskopos he that observeth wonders The Chaldee giveth him a name of remembrance Zecuru He is usually joyned with the former that hath a familiar spirit as in Levit. 19. 31. and 20. 6. 2 Chron. 33. 6. 1 Sam. 28. 3. and by the Law they were both of them to die Levit. 20. 27. Such were among the Egyptians and other heathens Esay 19. 3. it is likely therefore that their practise was alike abominable The Hebrewes describe him thus that hee put in his meuth a bone of a bird called Iaduangh burned incense did other workes untill he fell downe as with shame or modestie and spake with his mouth things that were to come to passe Maim treat of Idolatry ch 6. sect 2. that seeketh unto the dead or as the Chaldee and Greeke expound it that inquireth of the dead such wee call of the Greeke name a Necromancer Of him they say that he made himselfe hungry and went and lodged
among the graves that the dead might come unto him in a dreame and make knowne unto him that which he asked of him And others there were that clad themselves with clothes for that purpose and spake certaine words and burned incense for the purpose and slept by themselves that such a dead person might come and talke with them in a dreame Maimony in treat of Idolatry c. 11. s. 13. Vers. 13. perfect with Iehovah that is in faith and love seeke unto him onely and as he doth so abhorre thou all such wicked persons Perfection or Sinceritie Integritie respecteth our upright conversation in body and minde as is noted on Gen. 6. 9. and to be perfect with the Lord is expounded in Greeke before the Lord and the Chaldee saith in the feare of the Lord but our Saviour more fully openeth it Be yee perfect even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect Matt. 5. 48. Vers. 14. not suffered thee Hebr. not given thee but hath taught thee better by his Law which the other nations want Psal. 147. 19 20. and will more fully informe thee by the Prophet whom he will raise up unto thee v. 15. So in Act. 14. 16. God in times past suffered all nations to walke in their owne waies Vers. 15. a Prophet so named of the Greeke Prophetes which signifieth a foreteller in Hebrew Nabi of uttering and interpreting the oracles of God as Aaron was Moses Prophet that is Interpreter Exod. 7. 1. and of seeing visions of God such a man was called a Seer 1 Sam. 9. 9. Vnto all the former Diviners Wizzards Charmers c. raised up to the heathens of the devill Moses here opposeth one Prophet to be raised up unto Israel of God and this was Christ raised up unto the Iewes as Peter applieth it saying Moses said â—â—to the fathers A Prophet will the Lord your God raise up unto you c. yee are the children of the Prophets and of the covenant c. Vnto you first God having raised up his Son Iesus sent him to blesse you in turning away every one of you from his iniquities Act. 3. 22. 26. of thy brethren Christ was to be a man and of the stocke of the Iewes by promise because the people could not endure to heare the voice of God vers 16. and as in respect of his Prophesie so of his Priesthood For every high Priest is taken from among men Heb. 5. 1. and of his kingdome as in Deut. 17. 15. from among thy brethren shalt thou set a King over thee like unto me it is said There arose not a Prophet in Israel like unto Moses whom the Lord knew face to face in all the signes and wonders which the Lord sent him to doe c. Deut. 34. 10 11 12. This therefore cannot be understood of the ordinarie Prophets which were raised up in Israel but of Christ onely as the Apostles doe expound it Act. 3. 22. 26. And Christ was like unto Moses in respect of his office of mediation betweene God and the people Deut. 5. 5. 1 Tim. 2. 5. but greater than Moses as being the Mediator of a better Covenant or Testament which was established upon better promises Heb. 8. 6. Like him in excellencie for as Moses excelled all the Prophets in speaking with God mouth to mouth Numb 12. 6 7 8. so Christ excelled him and all men in that being in the bosome of the Father he hath come downe from heaven and declared God unto us Ioh. 1. 18. and 3. 13. Like him in faithfulnesse but therein also excelling for Moses was faithfull in Gods house as a servant but Christ as the Son over his owne house Heb. 3. 2. 5. 6. And like him in signes and wonders wherein he also excelled Moses as the historie of the Gospell sheweth for he was a Prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people Luk. 24. 19. a man approved of God among them by miracles wonders and signes which God did by him in the midst of theÌ„ Act. 2. 22. for he did among them the works wich none other man did Ioh. 15. 24. unto him that is not unto the Diviners Wizards or any such like but unto him and him onely as him thou shalt serve Deut. 6. 13. is expounded him onely Matt. 4. 10. And though this is principally meant of Christs person of whom God said heare him Matt. 17. 5. yet it implieth also his Ministers as himselfe said He that heareth you heareth mee Luk. 10. 16. Vers. 16. Horeb a mountaine called also Sinai Exod. 19. where the Law was given Deut. 5. 2. of the assembly or of the church when all Israel were assembled to heare the Law Exod. 19. 9 10 c. not heare againâ— Hebr. not adde to heare see Exod. 20. 19. where the people requested Moses to speake with them and not God of Iehovah the Chaldee translateth it of the word of the LORD that I die not or and let me not die as the Greeke translateth neither let us die Vers. 17. have well spoken or have done well in speaking The Greeke saith Rightly or Well all that they have spoken Although their speech proceeded from the spirit of bondage and feare manifested in them by the worke of the law in their consciences Rom. 8. 15. and they desired not Christ but Moses to speake unto them yet as the Law was a schoolemaster to leade them unto Christ Gal. 3. 14. so God tooke occasion hereby to preach and promise Christ unto them who is here not only in stead of all Diviners and Soothsayers but in stead of Moses himselfe who was the Minister of the Law which worketh wrath Rom. 4. 15. and was the ministration of death 2 Cor. 3. 7. But Christ hath redeemed us from the curse thereof Gal. 3. 13. and is here promised as a Prophet sent to blesse us Act. 3. 26. for the Law was given by Moses but grace and truth came by Iesus Christ Io. 1. 17 Vers. 18. A Prophet meaning Christ him-selfe the interpreter and declarer of the word of God as vers 15. of whom the multitude said This is Iesus the Prophet Matt. 21. 11. raise up this also the people confirmed saying A great Prophet is risen up amongst us Luk. 7. 16. will give that is will put and stablish as the word given 1 Chron. 17. 22. is the same that established 2 Sam. 7. 24. The Chaldee expoundeth it I will give my words of prophesie Accordingly Christ said to his Father I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me Ioh. 17. 8. his mouth to signifie this Christ appeared with a sharpe two-edged sword proceeding out of his mouth Rev. 1. 16. which figured the sword of the Spirit the word of God Eph. 6. 17. for God had made his mouth like a sharpe sword Esai 49. 2. therwith he smote his enemies and for the comforts wherewith he refresheth his people his lips are likened to lilies dropping sweet-smelling myrrh Song 5.
the land because the divers kindes in the vineyard are weightie for if they be sowen within the land of Israel they are unlawfull to be used and seeing they are unlawfull for any use within the land they are unlawfull to be sowen without the land It is unlawfull to sow herbes or corne by a vines side or to plant a vine-tree by herbes or by corne and if a man doe so though he is not to be beaten yet both of them are defiled and not to be put to any use either the herbes or the corne or the vine but they burne them both as it is written LEST THE FVLL-RIPE FRVIT c. BE DEFILED though it be the straw of the corne or the wood of the vine-tree they are unlawfull for any use but they burne them neither may they heat an oven or a cauldron or boile any thing with them when they burne them These and sundry like observations they have hereabouts not altogether without probabilitie and herein the mixtures of the vineyard exceed the mixtures of the field which they thinke might be used and eaten though it was sinne to sow them as is noted on Levit. 19. 19. This Law with other such like was typicall and pertained to the rudiments of Moses Law whereby it seemeth unto mee God taught them the simple and sincere estate of his Church For in mysterie the vineyard of the Lord of hosts was the house of Israel and the men of Iudah the plant of his pleasures Esay 5. 7. and he planted them a noble vine wholly a right or true seed though they turned into degenerate branches of a strange vine unto him Ier. 2. 21. Now also the Church is a vineyard Christ himselfe the vine and we the branches Ioh. 15. 1. 5. and this vineyard God would not have sowen with divers kinds or mixed with the prophane and unbeleevers lest all be defiled 2 Cor. 6. 14 18. Matt. 3. 7 10. Rev. 21. 24 27. Vers. 10. with an oxe and an asse the oxe was a cleane beast the asse an uncleane the Hebrewes understand this law generally plowing for all worke and the oxe and the asse for all cleane and uncleane beasts together Whosoever doth worke with two kindes of cattell or beasts together and the one of them is of a cleane kinde and the other of an uncleane loe he is to be beaten in every place Deut 22. 10. Whether he plow or sow or draw a wagon or a stone with them together c. he is to be beaten And whether it be oxe and asse or any two kindes whereof one is uncleane and the other cleane either of cattell as a swire and a sheepe or of wilde beasts as a wilde oxe and an elephant or beasts with cattell as a dogge with a goat or the like for any of these he is by the Law to be beaten If a wagon be drawne with beasts of divers kindes he that sitteth on the wagon is to be beaten and if one sit on the wagon and another guide it they are both beaten yea though they be an hundred that guide it they are all beaten It is lawfull to doe worke with a man and a beast together for the Law saith WITH AN OXE AND AN ASSE it saith not with a man and an asse or with a man and an oxe A cleane beast that is become polluted or unfit for sacrifice though it bee but one body yet the Scripture maketh it as two bodies for that it was holy and was made as holy and as profane mixt together and this beast is fonnd as a cleane beast with an uncleane beast mixed in one as it is said in Lev. 27. 11. IF IT BE AN VNCLEANE BEAST OF WHICH THEY DOE NOT OFFER A SACRIFICE TO THE LORD wee have beene taught that this is not spoken but of beasts disabled for sacrifice Therefore he that ploweth with an oxe disabled for sacrifice is to be beaten as for mixed kindes but this prohibition is come by tradition Maimony in Kilajim chap. 9. sect 7. 11. This Law was also typicall and bindeth not us now according to the letter but figured out the Ministers in the Church as did the oxe that treadeth out the corne which might not be muzzeled Deut. 25. compared with 1 Cor. 9. 8. 9. 11. 1 Tim. 5. 17 4. 18. These in the Lords plow that is in the ministerie of his word Luk. 9. 62. must not be mixed of cleane and uncleane of the servants of Christ and of Antichrist 2 Cor. 6. 14 15. Vers. 11. linsie-wolfie in Hebrew Shagnatnez expounded in Greeke Kibdela which signifieth things adulterate or impurely mixed Moses explaineth it after saying wooll and flax together unto which onely the Hebrewes restraine it as is more largely noted on Lev. 19. 19. This Law was also figurative the garments of the Saints are principally Christ himselfe as it is written Put yee on the Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 13. 14. he hath given unto his church that she should be arayed in fine linnen cleane and bright which is the righteousnesse of the Saints Rev. 19. 8. that we may bee found in him not having our owne justice or righteousnesse which is of the Law but that which is through the faith of Christ the righteousnesse of God by faith Phil. 3. 9. There are also other vertues and graces of the spirit wherewith the faithfull are adorned which are good workes 1 Tim. 2. 9 10. 1 Pet. 3. 3 4. but in the case of our justification before God these may not be mixed together for a man is justified by faith without the deeds of the Law Rom. 3. 28. Gal. 2. 16. And as by the letter of this Law in the Hebrewes account one threed of wooll in a linnen garment or one linnen threed in a woollen garment made it unlawfull as is noted on Lev. 19. 19. though linnen or woollen garments were worne severally so justification by faith in Christ and by our owne good workes are so opposite as that they cannot agree together in one man by any manner of mixture in the case oâ— justification before God but if it be by grace theâ— is it no more of workes otherwise grace is no more grace and if it be of workes then is it no more grace otherwise worke is no more worke Rom. 11. 6. Gal. 3. 10. wooll and flax that is woollen and linnen together which the Greeke translateth in the same the Chaldee wooll and flax joyned or mixt together Vers. 12. Fringes in Hebrew Gedilim which elsewhere is translated wreathes in 1 King 7. 17. and the wreathes spoken of in Exod. 28. 24. and the ropes or cords in Iudg. 16. 11 12. are by the Chaldee translated Gedilan and the Greeke here expoundeth it Strepta that is wreathes or cords for they were twisted threeds or thrumbs which hung upon their garments Moses called them before Tsitsith Num. 15. 38. of the lookes of haire like which they did hang. These are the same though called here by another name and
the Lords first-fruits Rev. 14. 4. and have received the first-fruits of his Spirit Rom. 8. 23. so wee then doe give the first-fruits unto him when in Christ the true Sanctuary wee acknowledge that wee and ours are his and have this grace not of our selves or for our owne merits but of his goodnesse and liberality 2 Cor. 3. 5. Ephes. 2. 8 9 10. Tit. 3. 3 4 5 6. set it downe or leave it for the Priests which did after eat it The first-fruits were given to the men of the charge the Priests that ministred and they divided them among them as the other holy things of the Sanctuary Maimony in Bâ—ccurim ch 3. sect 1. It figured that wee should consecrate our selves and ours for ever unto the Lord Rom. 12. 1. and 6. 19. 22. Vers. 11. shalt rejoyce as they were bound to doe at all other feasts Deut. 16. 11 15. So that after this homage the people abode in the holy City all that night feasting and the next day they might depart and not before Hereupon the Hebrewes note seven things which they that brought first-fruits were bound unto the comming to the place and the vessell or basket the Profession to be made and the oblation or sacrifice and the Song and the Waving of it by the Priest and the tarrying all night When hee hath brought his first-fruits to the Sanctuary and made profession and offered his peace-offerings hee may not goe out of Ierusalem that day to returne to his owne place but must tarry there all night and returne on the morrow to his citie as it is written in Deut. 16. 7. and thou shalt turne in the morning and goe unto thy tents All the turnings which thou shalt turne out of the Sanctuary after thou art come thither shall not be but in the morning Maimony in Biccurim chap. 3. sect 14. in all the good or as the Greeke translateth for all the good things the chiefest whereof are the first-fruits of the spirit wherewith God sanctifieth his people as when Christ teacheth that Our Father which is in heaven will give good things to them that aske him Matth. 7. 11. another Evangelist expoundeth it he will give the holy Spirit to them that aske him Luke 11. 13. For this Spirit and graces of God which we have received we ought to rejoyce before him continually Psa. 100. Luk. 10. 20. Phil. 3. 1. 1 Pet. 1. 8. 1 Thess. 5. 16. Vers. 12. of thy revenue which the Greeke expoundeth of the fruits of thy land See the notes on Deut. 14. 22. the yeere of tithe that is the yeere when the second tithe was to be given to the poore which was the third and the sixt yeere of every seven yeeres whereof the Law was given before in Deut. 14. 28. The Greeke translateth the second tithe thou shalt give to the Levite c. Of this the Hebrewes say Wee are commanded to confesse before the LORD after that we have brought forth all the gifts which be of the seed of the land and this is called the Confession of the tithe And wee make not this Confession but after the yeere wherein we have separated the Tithes of the poore Deut. 26. 12. Maimony tom 3. in Maasar sheni or treat of the Second tithe chap. 11. sect 1 2. within thy gates that is as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it thy cities see Deut. 14. 28. 29. Vers. 13. Then Hebr. And thou shalt say The time is recorded by the Hebrewes to be at the Minchah the Oblation in the last good day of the Passeover of the fourth yeere and of the seventh as it is said WHEN THOV HAST MADE AN END OF TITHING at the Feast wherein all the tithes are ended And the Passeover of the fourth yeere commeth not but all the fruits of the third yeere are tithed whether they be the fruits of the trees or fruits of the land Maimony in Maaser sheni ch 11. s. 3. The reason hereof was the Passeover was kept in Abib or March Deu. 16. 1. and the first of Tisri that is September was tho beginning of the yeere for the tithes of corne seeds and herbs and the fifteenth of 〈◊〉 which wee call Ianuary was the beginning of the yeer for 〈◊〉 of the fruits of trees as Maimony sheweth in Maaser sheni c. 1. s. 2. so by March following the tithes of the third yeere which they had 〈◊〉 up wiâ—hin their gates Deut. 14. 28. might all be bestowed and the Passeover was the next feast th 〈…〉 〈…〉 ed when all men were bound to appeare 〈◊〉 the Lord Deut. 16. 16. say before 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that by this solemne confession they might testifie their voluntary obedience to his lawes with a cleare conscience and so crave expect his further blessing The Hebrewes say This confession might be uttered in any language that a man spak and every one spake for himselfe and if many would confesse joyntly in one they might And it is commanded to be done in the Sanctuary BEFORE THE LORD and if they confessed in any place they were discharged Maim in Maaser sheni c. 11. s. 5 6. put away the holy thing in Chaldee the holy thing of the 〈…〉 he Hebr. the holinesse meaning things of holinesse as the Greek translateth I have purged the holy thingâ— out of my house so that this confession respected not the tithe of the poore onely but all other holy things which they were bound to give unto God or his Ministers or the poore And putting away signifieth the removing and utter taking away so that nothing remaineth So the Hebrewes say A man confesseth not untill there he not any of the gifts remaining with him as it is said I have put away the holy thing out of mine house And in the evening of the last good day of the Passeover was the putting away and on the morrow was the confession Thus he did if there remained with him any heave-offering of the Tithe hee gave it to the Priest if any of the first tithe hee gave it to the Levites if any of the poores tube hee gave it to the poore If there remained with him any of the fruits of the second tithe of confession or of that which was of the fourth yeeres plantation Levit 19. 24. or any money of their redemption loe he put them away and cast them into the Sea or burnt them If any first-fruits remained with him hee put them away in every place where by is meant that he burned and put away that which remained with him of the fruits which he could not eat all of them before the good day came c. Hee cannot confesse till hee have brought out all the gifts as it is said I HAVE PVT AWAY THE HOLY THING that is the second tithe and the fourth yeeres plantation called HOLY Lev. 19. 24. OVT OF my HOVSE that is the Cake Num. 15. 20. which is the Priests gift in the house I HAVE GIVEN IT TO THE LEVITE this is
and 6. 11. and 42. 33. Exod. 25. 4. Of an adjective of comparing Gen. 3. 1. Of a Preposition Numb 10. 36. Deut. 32. 43. Of a part of a sentence Gen. 19. 4. Exod. 4. 5. and 13. 8. Lev. 24. 8. Of a Conjunction as And Exod. 22. 30. Or Deut. 24. 17. Of a Preposition in a compounded verbe Ex. 9. 16. Of an Adverbe of deniall not Numb 4. 15. Overplus or redundance of words which in other languages may be omitted as OF a Preposition to Gen. 2. 7. for Gen. 17. 4. Gen. 7. 17. and 13. 9. Of a Noune as men brethren for brethren Gen. 13. 8. Exod. 27. 14. Of a Pronoune It Gen. 5. 29. Me Gen. 45. 4. Of a Conjunction Gen. 8. 6. and 36. 24. Change or putting one for another as OF Number Singular for plurall Gen. 2. 2. and 3. 2. and 4. 20. and 10. 16. and 12. 5. Plurall for singular Gen. 21. 7. and 46. 7. 23. Of Gender Gen. 4. 7. Exod. 1. 21. and 2. 17. Of Person Gen. 49. 4. Of Time participle present for future Gen. 7. 4. Pretertense for present or to come Gen. 15. 18. and 17. 20. Of Preposition Gen. 17. 21. Of Letters Gen. 4. 18. and 10. 3. Exod. 2. 21. Of Order of words Gen. 5. 6. Numb 21. 17. Of Order of letters in words Gen. 10. 3. Of a Pronoune Deut. 9. 25. Imperative for Indicative Gen. 20. 7. Indefinite for Imperative Exod. 13. 3. Indefinite for that which went before as Indicative c. Gen. 6. 19. Indefinite implying a person Gen. 6. 19. Active Impersonally and passive Gen. 2. 20. and 6. 20. and 16. 14. Exod. 15. 23. Dukes for dukedomes Gen. 36. 30. Escaping or Evasion for a company escaped Gen. 45. 7. House for houshold Gen. 45. 11. 18. A Collective noune with Verbe singular or plurall Gen. 22. 17. and 24. 6. In speech of many where one is principall it is singular or plurall Numb 21. 21. A thing generally set downe meaneth all particulars Gen. 6. 22. A thing generall meaneth but some of each sort Gen. 7. 14. Things denied to be done often meane that they could not be done Gen. 13. 6. Plurall words and singular note exactnesse Gen. 27. 29. Plurall words restrained to the number before Gen. 2. 24. they that is they two Singular words restrained to one Gen. 1. 27. and 3. 11. Questions for Affirmations Gen. 4. 7 and 13. 9. Denials Gen. 18. 17. Earnest prayers Exod. 32. 11. Deprecations Numb 17. 13. Doubling of words diversly used as in Gen. 7. 29. 19. and 14. 10. and 14. 10. and 17. 2. and 32. 16. Exod. 8. 14. Lev. 15. 2. How men are said to doe that which they endevour to doe Exod. 8. 18. or to doe that which they prophesie shall bee done Gen. 49. 7. and 48. 22. AN ADVERTISEMENT TO THE READER TOVCHING SOME OBIECTIONS MADE against the sincerity of the Hebrew Text and Allegation of the Rabbins in these former ANNOTATIONS AMongst other vanities and vexations of spirit Solomon observed all travell and every right worke that for this a man is envied of his neighbour Eccles. 4. 4. And against this kind of worke of interpreting the Scriptures there have at all times beene Carpers and Opposers of whom Gods Labourers have complained To me therefore it is not strange that being the least of Gods servants and having so many ignorances and infirmities such things have befallen mee And had the exceptions beene against my labour onely I would have made use of them and kept silence but when the Adversarie besides the wounds which thorow my sides he giveth unto many worthy men striketh at the very Text it selfe so weakening our common faith I could not but speake and helpe to remove the stumbling blockes whereat the ignorant might be offended There are above eight hundred words in the Hebrew Bible which have marginall readings differing from the words in the line some of great and good use in all translations other some of speciall use for the Hebrew Tongue and Grammar The words in the line have usually the prickes or vowels of the words in the margine and so the marginall words are noted to be read Some have judged this to bee a corruption of the Text through negligence or oversight of the Seribes that wrote out Copies whiles Printing was unknowne â—thers of better judgment as I suppose esteeme both line and margine to bee of divine Authority Vpon this occasion difference and seeming contrariety sometimes are to be seene in translations while some follow the line some the margine as they thinke best and sometime note 〈…〉 th yea and translate both as the authenticke text and the same Interpreters revising their owne labours doe change the one for the other otherwise than they did at first To be 〈…〉 with our owne In Exod. 21. 8. our ancient English Bibles read If shee please not her Ma 〈…〉 and he give her to no man to wife where they followed the Hebrew in the line but the o 〈…〉 called the Geneva version and the last set forth by authority translate according to the 〈…〉 gine If shee please not her Master who hath betrothed her to himselfe The ancient English in 2 Sam. 22. 51. readeth Which sheweth great salvation for his King The Geneva and our latest version read Hee is the tower of salvation for his King In Iob 6. 21. the Geneva saith Surely now you are like unto it following the Hebrew margine but our late version according to the line rendreth it thus For now yee are nothing or are nos In 1 Chron. 11. 11. the Geneva version following the margine saith the chiefe among thirtie as the Greeke also of old translated it our latter Bibles respecting the Hebrew in the line say the chiefe of the Captaines which may be confirmed by 2 Sam. 23. 8. In Dan. 9. 24. the Geneva translating the line saith and to seale up the sinnes our new version according to the Hebrew margine giveth it thus and to make an end of sinnes yet noteth in the margine Or to seale up and sundry the like Examples in the same translatours are these Tremeilius and Iunius who joyntly laboured in setting over the Hebrew into Latine and are esteemed among the best in their first Edition following the margine say Abi dic ei c. Goe say unto him thou maist certainly recover 2 King 8. 10. but Iunius in his latter worke chuseth rather the line saying Abi dic non c. Goe say thou shalt not certainely recover So in Ezra 4. 2. their first version hath eidem sacrificamus and we sacrifice unto him the latter thus non enim alteri sacrificamus for we sacrifice not to any other that according to the margine this to the line In 1 Chron. 11. 20. it was first rendred eratque nominatissimus and he had a name among these three in the last edition Sednon fuitei nomen but he had no name among these three In 1 King 22. 48. they
and Maimony the chiefest of esteeme among them I am for this blamed those Writers generally condemned and to make them the more odious their heresies fables falshoods are displaied by him that from two or three late Rabbines and one Papist disputed against the sincerity of the Hebrew Text as before is to be seene I will not speake of the things by me noted but leave them to the judgement of the indifferent Reader nor justifie my selfe for all their allegations because they being taken from that confused heape of the Iewes traditions some of them may haply savour too much of their leven They that have laboured in this kinde before me have had their second thoughts altered both their own Annotations and translations in sundry points as their publike writings manifest But that such a generall censure should passe upon them all for my sake and the Wheat should bee plucked up because of the Tares seemeth not to proceed from love nor from a sound judgement And first the esteeme which all Christian Churches have had and yet have of such books of the Iewish Rabbines as were written in Greek and so came to be knowne more easily than other Chaldee and Hebrew workes might somewhat allay the rigour of this sentence For the storie of the Maccabees Ecclesiasticus Wisdome and the other Apocryphall writings of the Iewes notwithstanding the evils in them have beene and are translated commented upon and commended to be read for instruction 2 Other of the Rabbines as the Thalmud Maimony and the like have beene also by Expositors of the Scriptures and those of the best esteeme occasionally alleaged as Tremellius in his notes upon his version of the New Testament out of Syriak sundry times produceth them Beza in his large Annotations on Matth. 26. noteth from Iosephus Paulus Burgensis Tremellius and Scaliger sundry rituals of the Iewes about the Passeover and some such as I am taxed for because I name them on Exod. 12. Vatablus often recordeth the expositions of the Chaldee and learned Hebrewes And how many other have done the like in their Notes and Commentaries all men of learning and reading doe well know 3 To object the Iewes heresies fables and false expositions of many Scriptures is no sound reason to condemne the good things which are found in them For even among Christian writers and those of the ancients sundry such things are to be seen yet many profitable things are found in them for the opening of the Scriptures In the Apostles daies the Iewes were guilty of these sinnes Matth. 15. and 23. chap. Rom. 10. 3. Tit. 1. 14. 2 Pet. 1. 16. Yet Christ commanded to heare the Scribes Pharisees sitting in Moses chaire Mat. 23. 1 2. Now the eare trieth words as the mouth tasteth meat Iob 34. 3. and as by hearing their speeches the godly wise might discerne when they taught according to Moses and when they spake of themselves so by reading their writings men of understanding may doe the like at this day 4 The Apostles also in alleaging sometimes the testimonies of the Rabbines doe teach us that their writings are not wholly to be despised Paul nameth Iannes and Iambres the chiefe sorcerers of Egypt 2 Tim. 3. 8. out of the private Records of the Iewes as may yet be read in their Thalmud He rehearseth the persecutions of the godly under Antiochus recorded in the booke of the Maccabees Heb. 11. 35 c. Others speake of the contention between Michael and the devill about the body of Moses and of the prophesie of Enoch Iude v. 9. 14 15. of the marriage betweene Salmon and Rachab Matth. 1. 5. and the like Acts 5. 36. 37. 5. The Gentiles were fallen from God and turned his truth into a lie and corrupted religion with their fables and vanities Rom. 1. yet the Holy Ghost citeth and maketh use of 〈◊〉 sayings in the Scriptures Acts 1. 7. 28. 29. 1 Cor. 15. 33. Tit. 1. 12. And who hath ever interpreted the visions of Daniel and of the Apostle Iohn in the Revelation without the help of the stories of the Maccabees Iosephus Polybiu◠Eusebius other humane Writers Wherefore as I my selfe have reaped light and profit by the things which I have read in such so have I noted sundry of them for the good of others As for the Exceptions taken against the Greeke version of the Bible so much approved by the holy Ghost in the new Testament and the Chaldee paraphrases they are such as before men of knowledge and understanding need no further reply Of the interpretation of the stone Iahalom in Exod. 28. 18. I Will onely annex a few words about a place of Scripture for the interpretation whereof I am specially blamed It is for expressing the Hebrew Iahalom in Exod. 28. 18. by the Greeke name Sardonix as I understand the Holy Ghost to expound it in Revel 21. 20. I am asked for proofe or shew of proofe that Iohn did translate all the 12. stones from Aarons breast 〈◊〉 the heavenly Ierusalem in Rev. 21. and am charged with presumption in obtruding my conceits upon the Holy Ghost and taking the name of God in vaine it is affirmed that Iahalom should be translated the Adamant or Diamond according to the example of the best Translators both new and old All men of any reading doe know how diversly those 12. stones in Exod. 28. are expressed by Interpreters that scarcely any two agree together if then among many I have somewhere missed in interpreting them it might be imputed to humane infirmity rather than to presumption especially seeing I ground my exposition upon that other Scripture Revel 21. My proofe or shew of proofe that the holy Ghost there translateth the 12. stones from Exod 28. is this 1. The continuall course of the Spirit of God throughout that booke of the Revelation which is to take matters words and phrases from Moses and the Prophets and apply them to the things there prophesied As in Revel 4. the Church is described from the ancient figure the Tabernacle of Moses and from the visions of other Prophets Esai 6. Ezek. 1. The number of 24. Elders according to the lots and divisions of the Priests and Levites by David in 1 Chron. 24. 3 19. and 25. 7 31. The foure living creatures answerable in number to the foure standards in the campe of Israel Numb 2. in shape to the living creatures in Ezek. 1. In Rev. 5. Christ is shewed like a Lambe slaine according to the sacrifice under the old Testament In Revel 6. Gods administration is set forth by the similitude of horses and riders as in Zach. 1. and 6. and with such judgement as the Prophets threatned of old Esai 34. 4. In Revel 7. Gods people are sealed on their foreheads according to Eze. 9. 4. and the twelve tribes of Israel are expressed by their names And so in other things throughout that booke as the studious Reader may observe which for brevitie I will now omit
their rejection Mat. 25. 12. and 7. 23. shall perish or be done away decay be lost To this way of the wicked which perisheth is opposed the good way which is everlasting wherein David desired God to lead him Psal. 139. 24. PSALME II. 1 David prophesieth of the rage of Iewes and Gentiles against Christ. 4 Gods wrath against them for it 6 Christ is established King 7 declared to be the Sonne of God 8 heire and ruler of the world 10 Kings are exhorted to submit unto him WHy doe the heathens tumultuously rage and the peoples meditate vanitie The Kings of the earth set themselves and the Princes doe plot together against Iehovah and against his Christ. Let us breake their bands and cast their cords from us Hee that sitteth in the heavens laugheth the Lord mocketh at them Then will he speake unto them in his anger and in his wrath hee will suddenly trouble them And I have anointed my King upon Sion the mountaine of my holinesse I will tell the decree Iehovah said unto me thou art my sonne I this day begat thee Aske of me and I will give the Heathens for thine inheritance the ends of the earth for thy firme possession Thou shalt roughly rule them with a rod of iron as the vessell of a pottter thou shalt scatter them in peeces And now O ye Kings be prudent be nurtured ye Iudges of the earth Serve yee Iehovah with feare and be glad with trembling Kisse ye the sonne lest he be angry and ye perish in the way when his anger shall burne suddenly O blessed are all that hope for safetie in him Annotations WHY or For what David was the writer of this Psalme as the Greeke prefixeth this title A Psalme of David and he beginneth with marvelling at the rage and folly of the Iewes and Gentiles in persecuting Christ and his Church Acts 4. 25 c. And as David himselfe was a figure of Christ in his kingdome and a father of him according to the flesh so suffered hee the like opposition at the hands of his owne people and of the nations round about him 2 Sam. 2. 10. and 3. 1. and 5. 17. and 10. 6 7 c. Tumultuously rage or burtle together convenâ— with rage and uprore mutinously This word is also used in Daniels case Dan. 6. 6. 11. and after in Psal. 64. 3. The Greeke ephâ—â—axan whereby the holy Ghost tranflateth it Act. 4 25. denoteth rage pride and fiercenesse as of horses that neigh and rush into the battell peoples or nations under these names are comprehended the Iewes with the Gentiles Act. 4. 27 28. meditate vanitie mutter a vaine or emptie thing which shall have no effect And here the Hebrew changeth the time as it doth very often otherwhere will meditate noting by such phrase a continuance of the action as they that did still or usually meditate vaine things But the holy Ghost in Act. 4. 25. keepeth like time here as before whose example I follow according to the proprietie of our tongue So after in this Psalme and many other The Hebrew text it selfe sometime doth the like as Isai. 37. 3â— compared with 2 Kings 19. 33. See the notes on Psal. 18. 7. Vers. 2. Set themselves or present themselves will stand up noting a setled purpose in the heart with a standing up in person to act the same 1 Chr. 1â— 14. princes rulers or priâ—â—e counsellors subtile prudent and imployed in making decrees Prov. 8. 15. next therefore in place to Kings and joyned with them as here so in Iudg. 5. 〈◊〉 Hab. 1. 10. Prov. 31. 4. plot conspire or are founded that is have their foundation plot or ground-worke laid as Exod. 9. 1â— Isâ— 44. 28. and this by assembling and consulting and is therefore interpreted gathered together Act. 4. 26. So the Chaldee translateth it consociate or joyned together to rebell before the Lord to fight against his anointed Christ or Anointed in Hebrew Mashiach or Messias which word though it be generall for the ancient Kings and Priests and Prophets that were anointed with oile Psal. 89. 31. and 105. 15. Isa. 45. 1. Num. 3. 3. 1 King 19. 16. yet is it principally the name of the Sonne of God our Saviour Dan. 9. 25 26. who was knowne in Israel by the name Messias Ioh. 1. 41. and 4. 25. and among Greekes by the name Christ of whom wee that beleeve in his name are also called Christians Act. 11. 26. because wee have an Anointing from him that is holy 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. himselfe being first anointed with the Spirit and with the oile of gladnesse above his fellowes Luke 4. 18. Psal. 45. 8. Of him is this Psalme interpreted by his Apostles saying Of a truth Lord against thy holy Child Iesus whom thou anointedst gathered were both Herod and Pontius Pilate with the nations and peoples of Israel to doe whatsoever thy hand and thy counsell had fore-determined to be done Act. 4. 27 28. Vers. 3. their bands These were signes of subjection Ier. 27. 2 3. 6 7. And thus the Kings and nations speake refusing to serve Christ though his yoke be easie Matth. 11. 29 30. Ier. 5. 5. The Hebrew phrase mo importeth their bands and his speaking of the Father and the Sonne jointly and of the Sonne in speciall but he that honoureth not the Sonne honoureth not the Father which sent him Ioh. 5. 23. So in the verse following the Lord mocketh at them and at him meaning them all jointly and each severally The like manner of speech see in Esay 53. 8. and 44. 15. Lam. 4. 10. Psal. 5. 12. and 11. 7. and 49. 14. and 59. 9. Iob 22. 19. Exod. 15. 15. Deut. 32. 23. 32. 35. 37. cords or ropes thicke twisted bands signes also of subjection and restraint Iob 39. 13. Ezek. 4. 8. and sometime of love Hos. 11. 4. Vers. 4. The Lord in Hebrew Adonai which in this forme is the peculiar title of God having the forme plurall and vowels of Iehovah mystically signifying my staies or my sustainers my pillars And where in one place Adonai is used another speaking of the same thing hath sometime Iehovah See Psal. 57. 10. with Psal. 108. 4. It commeth of Aeden a hase or pillar which sustaineth any thing The Chaldee translateth it the Word of the Lord that is the title of Christ Ioh. 1. 1. Rev. 19. 13. Our English word Lord hath much like force being contracted of the old Saxon Laford or Hlafford which commeth of Laef to sustaine refresh cherish mocketh will mock deride This implieth both their folly their punishment for it and how God will leave them helplesse in their miserie Psal. 59. 9. Prov. 1. 26. 28. It is spoken of God after the manner of men that hee laugheth mocketh is angry and the like not that he hath such passions as men but because he doth such things as men use to doe when they are moved with such passions and as the Hebrew Doctors say The law
David Davids jewell or not able song Cethem is fine glistering gold Psal. 45. 10. of that this Michtam may be derived for a golden jewel and so note the excellency of this Psalme The like title is before the 56. 57. 58. 59. and 60. Psalmes Preserve me O God Christ speaketh this Psalme by David his figure as we are taught in the new Testament Act. 2. 25 31. and 13. 35. and here is handled his mediatorship death resurrection and ascension in thee Chaldee in thy word Vers. 2. Thou hast said he speaketh this to him-selfe Thou ô my soule sayest so the Chaldee Paraphrase explaineth it and the Greeke to make it plainer translateth I have said Or it may be spoken to the Spouse or Church of Christ. my good not unto thee understand extendeth not or pertaineth not to thee or is not for thee which the Greeke expoundeth thus of my goods thou hast no need For if man be just what giveth he to God or what receiveth he at his hand Iob 35. 7. The Chaldee saith my good is not given but of thee Vers. 3. To the Saints to wit my good extendeth as else-where Christ saith for their sakes sanctifie I my selfe that they also may be sanctified through the truth Ioh. 17. 19. are in earth such is the meaning of the Hebrew phrase in earth they the relative being put for the verbe which sometime the Hebrew it selfe explaineth as he not the King of Israel 1 King 22. 33. for it was not the King 2 Chro. 18. 32. so he overseer 2 King 25. 19. for was over-seer Ier. 52. 25. and sundrie the like excellent or noble glorious wonderfull an honourable title givē to Christiās See Ps. 8. 2. The Chaldee addeth excellent in good works all my delight in them or in whom all my pleasure is Heb. Chephtsibam that is my pleasure in them so in Esay 62. 4. the Church is called Chephtsi-bah that is my pleasure in her Vers. 4. Their sorrowes shall be multiplied This is meant of Idolaters who hastily endow that is offer sacrifice to another God and so increase their griefes which may be understood of afflictions or of grievous idols for the Hebrew ghnatsabim sorrowes is often used for idols as in Psal. 115. 4. and so the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it here saying the wicked multiply their idols and after they hasten to offer their gifts Accordingly the sense may be this They whose grievous idols are multiplied they that endow another God I will not powre out their oblations that is I will not partake with them or be a mediatour for them endow another or hasten to another A similitude from dowries given in mariages meaning gifts and oblations hastily brought for divine worship powred out oblations or shed-offerings effusions properly put by figure of speech for effused or powred out liquour commonly called Drinke-offerings which were wont to bee powred out upon the sacrifices and by Gods law were to be of wine or Shecar Numb 15. 5 7 10. and 28. 7. but among idolaters were of bloud The Chaldee giveth this sense I will not receive with favour their drinke-offerings nor the bloud of their sacrifices take up their names that is not mention or speake of them according to the law Exod. 23. 13. Ios. 23. 7. Vers. 5. of my part or of my partage that is of the inheritance parted shared and diealt unto me So the Greeke turneth it of mine nheritance The word is generally used for lands cities goods spoiles c. that are shared out And this here hath reference to the law of the Priests which had no part among the people for that the Lord was their part and inheritance Numb 18. 20. The Lord is his peoples part Ier. 10. 16. and 51. 19. and againe his people are called his part Deut. 32. 9. my cup that is measure and portion of joyes or afflictions Psal. 23. 5. and 11. 6. my lot this also is used for an inheritance obtained by lot Ios. 18. 11. Iudg. 1. 3. The Apostle calleth Christs Church by this name 1 Pet. 5. 3. The Greeke translateth thou art he that restorest mine inheritance to me Vers. 6. The lines or Cords such were used in measuring of lands or heritages Psal. 105. 11. and 78. 55. 2 Sam. 8. 2. and figuratively a line is put for the portion measured Jos. 17. 5 14. 〈◊〉 is faire for me or which is faire unto mee that is which pleaseth me well Vers. 7. counselled me given me counsell by his word and Spirit touching my sufferings and the glory that shall follow 1 Pet. 1. 11. Luke 24. 25 26. God is wonderfull in counsell and excellent in worke Esay 28. 29. Vers. 8. I have proposed or equally set the Greeke which the Apostle followeth saith I beheld before Act. 1. 25. he is at my right hand The word is is supplied Act. 2. 25. For God to be at the right hand is powerfully to assist and comfort as on the contrary for Satan to be there is greatly to resist and annoy Psal. 109. 6. Zech. 3. 1. I shall not be moved or that I be not moved Act. 2. 25. Vers. 9. my glory This by the Apostle is applied to the tongue Act. 2. 26. which is the instrument wherewith we glorifie God See Psalm 30. 13. and 57. 9. Gen. 49. 6. dwell in confidence or abide with hope that is boldly safely and securely meaning that his flesh his body should abide or rest in the grave with sure hope of rising againe from death the third day Vers. 10. my soule The Hebrew Nephesh and Greeke Psuchee which we call soule hath the name of breathing or respiring and is therefore sometime used for the breath Iob 41. 12. it is the vitall spirit that al quick things move by therfore beasts birds fish and creeping things are called in Scripture living soules Gen. 1. 20. 24. And this soule is sometime called the bloud Gen. 9. 4. because it is in the bloud of all quick things Lev. 17. 11. it is often put for the life of creatures as keepe his soule Job 2. 6. that is spare his life a righteous man regardeth the soule of his beast Prov. 12. 10. that is the life so to seeke the soule is to seeke ones life to take it away Psal. 54. 5. Mat. 2. 20. It is also many times used for ones selfe as Iob justified his soule that is himselfe Iob 32. 2. Take heed to your soules that is to your selves Deut. 4. 15. so Gen. 19. 20. Luke 12. 19. And thus it is put for the person or whole man as give me the soules that is the persons Gen. 14. 21. so an hungrie soule Psal. 107. 9. a full soule Prov. 27. 7. a wearie soule Prov. 25. 25. eight soules 1 Pet. 3. 20. seventie five soules Act. 7. 14. and many the like It is used also for the lust will or desire as Psal. 41. 3. Exod. 15. 9. for the affections of the heart Psal. 25. 1. for the body of
of thy salvation and firmly sustain me with a free spirit I wil teach trespassers thy wayes and sinners shall convert unto thee Deliver me from blouds O God the God of my salvation my tongue shall shout thy justice Lord thou shalt open my lips and my mouth shall shew forth thy praise For thou delightest not sacrifice else would I give it burnt offering thou wilt not contentedly accept The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit a heart broken and contrite O God thou wilt not despise Doe well in thy good pleasure unto Sion build thou the wals of Ierusalem Then shalt thou delightfully accept the sacrifices of justice the burnt offering and the whole oblation then shall they offer up bullocks upon thine Altar Annotations HE had gone in to wit into the chamber as Iudg. 15. 1. that is had lien with as the phrase importeth Gen. 6. 4. and is expressed 2 Sam. 11. 4. Bathsheba the daughter of Eliam 2 Sam. 11. 3. called also Bathshua daughter of Ammiel 1 Chron. 3. 5. She was wife to Captaine Urijah the Hittite and whiles her husband was at the leager of Rabbah David lay with her and she being with child he first sought to cover his fault by sending for Vrijah home that he might be esteemed the father which not succeeding he sent him backe with privie letters to Ioab the Generall for to procure his death Which being done David married his wife Bathshebah so thinking to cloake his sinne But God was displeased and sent Nathan to reprove David whereupon he repented and made this Psalme for an example unto and comfort of sinners See the historie at large 2 Sam. 11. and 12. Vers. 4. much wash mee or multiply wash mee that is thorowly wash me againe and againe He applieth the washings used in the Law Lev. 11. 25. 32. Exod. 19. 10. Num. 19. 19. to the spirituall washing from sinne in the bloud of Christ Rev. 7. 14. 1 Ioh. 1. 7. So after in verse 9. and Ier. 4. 14. The Hebrew Hereb or Harbeh multiply is used for much as 2 King 10. 18. where it is opposed to little And that which in one place is written harboh multiply in another is la-rob and rabbah much as 1 King 10. 10. with 2 Chron. 9. 9. 2 Sam. 8. 8. with 1 Chron. 18. 8. Vers. 5. I know or acknowledge So Isa. 59. 12. Ier. 3. 13. Vers. 6. Against thee or Vnto thee onely This is either because he concealed his sinne from men but could not from God 2 Sam. 12. 12. or that onely God could remit the punishment of his sin Isa. 43. 25. So Psal. 41. 5. I have sinned and so am deprived of the glory of God as Rom. 3. 23. that which is evill c. which displeaseth thee This hath reference to 2 Sam. 11. 9. and 11. 27. that thou maiest be just that is thou hast suffered me to fall into sinne that thou maiest be just or justified in whatsoever thou hast spoken for the salvation of thy servant or punishment of my sinne 2 Sam. 12. 10. For the injustice of man commendeth the justice of God Rom. 3. 4 5. or it may have reference to the former words I know and acknowledge my sinne that thou maist be just when thou speakest or in thy speaking that is in thy words as Rom. 3. 4. so after in thy judging maist be pure or cleare sincere unreproveable and consequently maist win the victorin in judgement whereupon the Apostle according to the Greeke version saith maist overcome Rom. 3. 4. The Hebrew Zacah also in the Syriak tongue is used for overcomming Vers. 7. in iniquitie the perversenesse or vitiosity of nature commonly called originall by the Apostle inhabiting sinne Rom. 7. 17. whereby all men are carnall sold under sinne Ioh. 3. 6. Rom. 7. 14. The Chaldee calleth it the sinne of evill concupiscence This David maketh the fountaine of all his actuall sinnes painfully brought forth borne with sorrow The Hebrew signifieth the painfull travell of child-birth Isa. 26. 17 18. and 51. 2. Psal. 29. 9. conceived or was warme in heat as Gen. 30. 38. 39 41. Vers. 8. the inward parts or the covered parts the heart roots where wisdome is seated of God Iob 38. 36. named in Hebrew of covering plaistering or pargetting the secret or the closed place which being referred to the person meaneth the heart which God reneweth Ezek. 36. 26. and wherein he writeth his lawes Heb. 8. 10. And thus the Chaldee expoundeth it the close place of the heart which the Apostle calleth the hid man of the heart 1 Pet. 3. 4. or if it be referred to the thing it meaneth the secrets of wisedome Iob 11. 6. the wisedome of God in a mysterie the hid wisdome manifested by the Gospell 1 Cor. 2. 7. And thus the Greeke applieth it saying the unmanifest and hid things of wisdome thou hast manifested to me hast made or wilt make me know thus he riseth by faith out of his sin being taught wisdome of God Vers. 9. Thou wilt purge me from sinne or prayer-wise Purge thou me from sinne or make me sinlesse expiate or purifie my sinne Prayers are often made in this manner as with assurance that they shall be performed See the note on Psal. 17. 8. Eizop or hyssop of the Hebrew Ezob and Greek hyssopos an herbe or tree growing out of the wall 1 King 4. 33. appointed in the law for to sprinkle and cleanse with Exod. 12. 22. Num. 19. 6. 18. Lev. 14. 4. 6. 49. Heb. 9. 19. and the sprinkling with it was the last part of the purification of the uncleane here used to signifie the ful cleansing from sinne by the bloud of Christ Heb. 9. 13 14. whether it were that herb which we now call eizop or no is uncertaine The Childee paraphraseth Thou wilt sprinkle me like a Priest which sprinkleth the uncleane with the purifying waters with hyssop with the asbes of a heifer and I shall be cleane wash me another legall rite for purifying the uncleane Lev. 14. 8. and 15. 5. 8. 13. 22. figuring our sanctification Heb. 10. 22. Tit. 3. 5. Isa. 4. 4. Vers. 10. to heare joy the joyfull tidings of the forgivenesse of my sins bones that thou hast crushed or brayed nothing hereby the greatnesse of his griefe and affliction Iob 2. 2. 5. and 30. 17. and 33. 19. 21. Psal. 38. 4. Vers. 11. Hide thy face that is regard not my finhes to visit them on me See the contrary Psal. 90. 5. and 109. 14 15. Ier. 16. 17. Vers. 12. firme spirit a spirit ready prepared stedfast and certaine The like is applied to the heart Psal. 11 2. 7. and 57. 8. Vers. 13. from thy face or from thy presence This was an effect of Gods utmost anger against sinners 2 Kings 24. 20. Ier. 7. 15. and 52. 3. Gen. 4. 16. thy spirit of holinesse thy holy Ghost which the Chaldee expoundeth thy holy spirit of Prophesie Vers. 14. the joy of thy salvation the joy
made knowen thy strength among the peoples Thou hast redeemed thy people with arme the sonnes of Iakob and of Ioseph Selah The waters saw thee O God the waters saw thee they trembled also the deeps were stirred The clouds streamed downe waters the skies gave out a voice also thine arrowes walked about The voice of thy thunder was in the round aire lightnings illuminated the world the earth was stirred and quaked Thy way was in the sea and thy pathes in the many waters thy footsteps were not knowen Thou didst leade thy people like a flocke by the hand of Moses and Aharon Annotations TO Ieduthun or for him see Psal. 39. 1. and 62. 1. Vers. 2. he gave eare so the Greeke explaineth the Hebrew phrase to give eare see the like Psal. 65. 11. Vers. 3. sought the Lord in Chaldee sought instruction from before the Lord and the spirit of prophesie rested upon me retched out or flowed was powred out that is was stretched out in prayer a vehement figurative speech like that of powring out the heart Psal. 62. 9. or was wet with continuall wiping of mine eies or by hand may be meant plague or sore as in Iob 23. 2. which continually ran The Chaldee expoundeth it by night mine eie dropped teares and ceased not Vers. 4. meditated or praied See Psal. 55. 3 18. overwhelmed or covered it selfe that is swowned or fainted with sorrow So Psal. 142. 4. and 143. 4. and 107. 5. Lam. 2. 12. Vers. 5. the watches or the wards custodies that is as the Chaldee explaineth it the lids of mine eies so that I cannot sleepe stricken amazed beaten with terrour as with a hammer or as the Greeke saith troubled So Dan 2. 1 3. Gen. 41. 8. could not speake so the Hebrew phrase spake not is sometime to be interepreted as who shall judge 2 Chron. 1. 10. for which in 1 King 3. 9. is written who can or is able to judge So Psalme 78. 20. Vers. 6. of ancient times or of eternities that is of ages past This hee did according to the commandement Deut. 32. 7. for former histories are written for our learning Rom. 15. 4. 1 Cor. 10. 11. Vers. 7. my melody or musicall play to wit how I had before time played and sung songs of praise for thy benefits see Psal. 33. 2 3. or I remembred my musicke and tooke my instrument and thus I sung spirit searched in Chaldee the knowledge of my spirit searched marvellous things Vers. 11. doth this make me sicke doth it grieve and weaken me that the right hand the administration of God is changed and hee keepeth not one constant course in his workes The Prophet seemeth to checke himselfe for his infirmity Or taking it not for a question it maketh me sicke or this is my infirmitie the change or that changed is for so the Hebrew phrase to change may be resolved Vers. 12. will record will remember for my selfe and mention to others The Hebrew implieth both these by a double reading miracle that is miracles or wondrous works as the Greeke explaineth it all and every of them done of old So after in vers 15. Vers. 13. discourse or meditate intreat of both in minde and talke Vers. 14. in the Sanctuary or in sanctitie in the holy place as the Greeke turneth it meaning it is most holy and secret hidden from the eyes of the world as holy things were hidden in the Sanctuarie especially the Ark and Cherubims where God sate So as it was not lawfull for people or Priests to see them Num. 4. 6 7 15 20. Levit. 16. 2. Compare also herewith Psal. 73. 16 17. The Chaldee translateth O God how holy are thy wayes a God or a mightie one a Potentate Hebr. Ael So in the next verse as God in Greeke as our God in Chaldee as the God of Israel Vers. 15. Marvellous work that is works wonders This is taken from Exod. 15. 11. Vers. 16. with arme that is with power an arme stretched out as Exod. 6 6. in Greeke with thine arme of Iaakob that is the tribes of Israel borne of him of Joseph this may be meant as the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it of all the Israelites whom Ioseph nourished Gen. 45. 10. 11. and 50. 21. called therefore his sonnes or in speciall of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasses the sonnes of Ioseph noted from the rest for more honour Compare also herewith Psal. 80. 2 3. Vers. 17. The waters of the red sea Exod. 14. 21. Psal. 114. 3. The Chaldee paraphraseth They saw thy divine Majestie from the midst of the sea O God trembled or were pained as a woman in travell So Psal. 29. 8. and 97. 4. Vers. 18. streamed or gushed with a tempest These things were when the Lord looked unto the host of the Aegyptians out of the fiery and cloudy pillar and so feared and hindred them with stormy tempests that their chariot wheeles fell off c. Exod. 14. 24. 25. And thus Israel was baptised in the cloud and in the sea 1 Cor. 10. 1. 2. thine arrowes or stones as this word also signifieth Lam. 3. 16. meaning haile-stones See Psalm 18. 15. Ios. 10 11. Vers. 19. in the round aire in the sphere or globe The aire is so called of the round forme which it with all the heavens hath Of the thunder in the aire see Iob 37. 2 5. Psal. 29. Vers. 20. Thy way wherein thou wentest and leddest thy people confounding thy foes Exod. 14. 19 20 22. Nehem. 9. 11. So elsewhere his way is in the whilewind Nahum 1. 3. were not knowne to wit before that time nor after for the waters returned to their force and drowned the Aegyptians Exod. 14. 27. So his other wayes are past finding out Rom. 11. 33. that men must walke by faith not by sight 2 Cor. 5. 7. Vers. 21. lead thy people thorow the sea and after thorow the wildernesse towards Canaan Moses being their King and Aaron their Priest The Memory of which mercy is often celebrated Deut. 8. 2 5. 15. and 32. 10. Ier. 2. 2 6. Amos 2. 10. Mic. 6. 4. Psal. 136. 16. Act. 7. 35. 36. PSAL. LXXVIII An exhortation both to learne and to preach the Law of God 9 The story of Gods wrath against the incredulous and disobedient Israelites 67 Ephraim being refused God chose Iudah Sion and David An instructing Psalme of Asaph GIve eare my people to my law incline your eare to the words of my mouth I will open my mouth in a parable I will utter hid things of antiquitie Which we have heard and have knowne them and our fathers have told us We will not hide from their sonnes to the generation after telling the praises of Iehovah his power also and his marvell which hee hath done How he stablished a testimony in Iakob and put a law in Israel which he commanded our fathers to make them knowne to their sons That the generation after sons that should be borne might know might rise up
and tell their sonnes And they might put their constant hope in God and not forget the acts of God and might keepe his commandements And not be as their fathers a generation perverse and rebellious a generation that prepared not aright their heart and whose spirit was not faithfull with God The sonnes of Aephrajim armed shooting with bow turned backe in the day of battell They kept not the covenant of God and in his Law they refused to walke And forgate his actions and his marvellous workes which he had shewed them Before their fathers he had done a miracle in the land of Aegypt the field of Tsoan He cleft the sea and made them passe thorow and made the waters to stand as an heape And led them with a cloud by day and all the night with a light of fire He clave the Rocks in the wildernesse and gave drinke as out of the great deepes And brought forth streames out of the rock made waters descend like rivers And they added yet to sin against him to provoke bitterly the most high in the dry desart And tempted God in their hart asking meat for their soule And they spake against God they said Can God furnish a table in the wildernesse Loe hee smote the Rocke and waters gushed out and streames over-flowed can he also give bread or can he prepare flesh for his people Therefore Iehovah heard and was exceeding angry and fire was kindled against Iakob and also anger came up against Israel Because they beleeved not in God and trusted not in his salvation Though he had commanded the skies from above and opened the doores of heavens And rained upon them Manna to eat and the wheat of heavens hee gave to them Man did eat the bread of the mighties hee sent them meat to satietie Hee made an East wind to passe forth in the heavens and brought on a South wind by his strength And rained flesh upon them as dust and fethered fowle as the sand of the seas And made it fall in the midst of his campe round about his dwelling places And they did eat and were filled vehemently and their desire he brought unto them They were not estranged from their desire their meat was yet in their mouth When the anger of God came up against them and slew of the fat of them and smote downe the choise young men of Israel For all this they sinned yet and beleeved not for his marvellous workes And hee consumed their daies in vanitie and their yeares in hastie terrour When he slew them then they sought him and returned and sought God early And remembred that God was their Rocke and the most high God their redeemer But they flatteringly allured him with their mouth and with their tongue they lyed to him For their heart was not firmely prepared with him neither were they faithfull in his covenant And he being compassionate mercifully covered iniquitie and corrupted not but multiplied to turne away his anger and did not stirre up all his wrathfull heat For he remembred that they were flesh a wind that goeth and shall not returne How oft did they bitterly provoke him in the wildernesse grieve him in the desart For they returned and tempted God and limited the holy one of Israel They remembred not his hand nor the day in which hee had redeemed them from the distresser When hee put his signes in Aegypt and his wonders in the field of Tsoan And turned their rivers into bloud and their streames that they could not drinke He sent among them a mixed swarme which did eat them and the frog which corrupted them And he gave their fruit to the caterpiller and their labour to the locust Hee killed their vine with haile and their wild fig-trees with the blasting hailestone And he shut up their cattell to the haile and their flocks of cattell to the lightnings Hee sent among them the burning of his anger exceeding wrath and indignation and distresse by the sending of the messengers of evills Hee weighed out a path to his anger he withheld not their soule from death and their wilde beast hee shut up to the pestilence And smote all the first-borne in Aegypt the beginning of strengths in the tents of Cham. And hee made his people passe forth as sheepe and led them on as a flocke in the wildernesse And led them in confident safety and they dreaded not and the sea covered their enemies And he brought them to the border of his holinesse this mountaine which his right hand purchased And he cast out the heathens from their faces and made them fall in the line of possession made the tribes of Israel to dwell in their tents And they tempted bitterly provoked the most high God and kept not his testimonies But turned backe and unfaithfully transgressed like their fathers they were turned like a warping bow And provoked him to anger by their high places and by their graven idols they stirred him to jealousie God heard was exceeding wroth vehemently abhorred Israel And hee forsooke the dwelling place of Shilo the tent he had placed for a dwelling among earthly men And gave his strength into captivity his beauteous glory into the hand of the distresser And shut up his people to the sword was exceeding wroth with his inheritance The fire did eat their choice yong men their virgins were not praised Their Priests fell by the sword and their widowes wept not And the Lord awaked as one out of sleepe as a mighty one shouting after wine And smote his distressers behinde he gave them eternal reproach And he refused the tent of Ioseph chose not the tribe of Aephrajim But he chose the tribe of Iudah the mount Sion which he loved And builded his sanctuary like high places like the earth which hee founded for ever And he chose David his servant and tooke him from the folds of sheepe From after the ewes with young brought he him to feed Iakob his people and Israel his possession And he fed them according to the perfection of his heart and by the discretions of his hands led he them Annotations MY Law or doctrine for of it the Law hath the name in Hebrew see Psal. 19. 8. Christ speaketh in this Psalme to his people as the next verse sheweth So Isa. â—1 4. Vers. 2. in a parable that is in or with parables as the holy Ghost expoundeth it Mat. 13. 34 35. All these things spake Jesus to the multitude in parables c. that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophet saying I will open my mouth in parables c. Here the narration and applying of ancient histories are called Parables because all these things came unto our fathers as types and were written to admonish us 1 Cor. 10. 11. What a Parable meaneth see Psal. 49. 5. will utter or well out as from a spring or fountaine hid things so the holy Ghost expoundeth it in Greeke Mat.
condition our matter and forme the originall word properly is a formed vessell of earth applied to our fraile estate Rom. 9. 20 21. sometime this is spoken of our fictions and sinfull imaginations Gen. 6. 5. Deut. 31. 21. and so the Chaldee interpreteth it here our evill concupiscence which carrieth us into error Vers. 15. as the grasse c. that is few and transitorie though making a faire shew Compare Psal. 90. 5 6. Iob 14. 1 2. Iam. 1. 10 11. 1 Pet. 1. 24. Vers. 16. not know it or know him that is hee shall have no more place here So Iob 7. 10. Vers. 18. to doe them this noteth the outward practise and operation of the Law whereas keeping or observing is with the heart and spirit of man Prov. 3. 1 3. and 4. 4 21. Psal. 78. 8. Vers. 19. prepared his throneâ— or stabâ—â—â—he it a signe of dominion and gover 〈…〉 be administred in heaven whereby the Church is figured Rev. 4. 1. 2. See also Psal. 9. 5 8 9. and 11. 4. Vers. 20. hearkning or to hearken to obey and this noteth a willing and ready minde in the Angels and our Lord teacheth vs to pray for the like Mat. 6. 10. The Hebrew phrase to obey may be Englished obeying as the like in Psal. 104. 15 21. and 105. 11. See also Psal. 49. 15. and 65. 11. Vers. 21. his hosts or armies the thrones principalities powers c. that are in the heavenly places Eph. 3. 10. Col. 1. 16. for they are his hosts 1 King 22. 19. Gen. 32. 2. and generally all creatures are his hosts see Psal. 24. 10. ministers the Angels which minister unto him Psal. 104. 4. Dan. 7. 10. the same title is given also to men Esa. 61. 6. PSAL. CIV A meditation upon Gods powerfull workes and wonderfull providence in creating and governing the world and creatures therein 31 Gods glory is eternall 33 The Prophet voweth perpetually to praise him MY soule blesse thou Iehovah Iehovah my God thou art vehemently great thou araiest thy selfe with Majesty and comely honour Deeking him-selfe with light as with a garment stretching out the heavens as a curtaine Planchering his lofts in the waters making the clouds his Chariot walking vpon the wings of the wind Making his Angels spirits his Ministers a flaming fire He hath founded the earth upon her bases it shall not bee moved for ever and aye Thou coveredst it with the deepe as with a raiment the waters stood above the mountaines At thy rebuke they fled at the voice of thy thunder they hasted away The mountaines they went up the vallies they went downe to the place which thou foundest for them Thou didst set a bound they shall not passe they shall not returne to cover the earth That sendeth wel-springs in the vallies they walke betweene the mountaines They give drinke to all the wilde beasts of the field the wilde asses breake their thirst By them the fowle of the Heaven dwelleth from betweene the branches they give the voice That watreth the mountaines from his lofts the earth is filled with the fruit of thy workes That maketh grasse to grow for cattle and the herbe for the use of man bringing forth bread out of the earth And wine that rejoyceth the heart of sorry man making the face chearefull with osle and bread that upholdeth the heart of sorry man Tilled are the trees of Iehovah the Cedars of Lebanon which he planted That there the birds may make their nest the Storke the Fir trees are her house The high mountaines for the wilde goats the rocks a shelter for the conies He made the Moone for appointed times the Sunne knoweth his going downe Thou puttest darknesse and it is night in it doe creep forth all wilde beasts of the wood The lurking Lions roaring for the prey and seeking their meat of God The Sunne riseth they gather them away and couch downe in their dens Out goeth man unto his worke and to his labour till evening How many are thy workes Iehovah all of them hast thou done in wisdome the earth is full of thy riches This Sea great and wide of spaces there are creeping things even innumerable small wilde beasts with great There goe the ships Levjathan whom thou hast formed to play therein They all looke attentively unto thee to give them their food in his time Thou givest it to them they gather it thou openest thine hand they are filâ—ed with good Thou hidest thy face they are suddenly troubled thou gatherest their spirit they breath out the ghost and returne unto their dust Thou sendest forth thy spirit they are created and thou renewest the face of the earth The glory of Iehovah be for ever rejoyce let Iehovah in his deeds He looketh upon the earth and it trembleth he toucheth the mountaines and they smoke I will sing to Iehovah in my life I will sing Psalmes to my God while I am Sweet shall my meditation be of him I will rejoyce in Iehovah Consumed be sinners out of the earth and wicked men be they no more my soule blesse thou Iehovah Halelujah Annotations ANd comely honour that is shewest thy selfe by all thy works to be God over all to whom glory and honour is due Therefore God challengeth Iob and so all men to doe thus if they can and they shall be celebrated of him Iob 40 4 5. 9. Of these words see Psal. 8. 2 6. Vers. 2. Decking or clothing or He clotheth to wit himselfe with light dwelling in the light that none can attaine unto 1 Tim. 6. 16. and at first commanding the light to shine out of darknesse wherewith he decked the world Gen. 1. 3. 2 Cor. 4. 6. as a curtaine that is as a canopie or tent Song 1. 5. Ier. 49. 29. when he spred out the firmament by himselfe alone Gen. 1. 6. Esa. 44. 24. and 51. 13. Iob 37. 18. Vers. 3. Planchering He plancketh or planchereth his lofts or upper chambers that is the clouds aloft or upper regions of the aire as after in vers 13. in the waters among them or with waters which are above in the firmament Gen. 1. 7. where God bindeth the waters in the clouds and the cloud is not broken under them Iob 26. 8. making or putting that is disposing them his Chariot to sit and ride on as Esa. 19. 1. Rev. 14. 14. Compare Psal. 18. 11. Vers. 4. spirits that is spirituall substances so differing from Christ who is no made or created spirit but the maker of all things Psal. 102. 26. and from men made of flesh and bloud Luk. 24. 39. The originall word also signifieth winds and Angels by interpretation are messengers whereupon some translate he maketh the winds his messengers but the Holy Ghost in Heb. 1. 7. sheweth this to be spoken of Angels properly who are named also ministring spirits Heb. 1. 14. flaming fire effectuall in their administration the Angels therefore have appeared like horses and Chariots of fire 2 King 6. 17. and 2.
23. came into Egypt being sent for by Pharaoh and incouraged thereto by God him-selfe Gen. 45. 17 20. and 46. 3 4. of Cham the father of Mizraim or Egypt see Psal. 78. 51. Vers. 24. increased made them fructifie that the land was soone full of them Exod. 1. 7 9. Vers. 25. to deale craftily or conspire guile fully for their destruction as Gen. 37. 18. Pharaoh and his people fretting at Israels prosperity thought to worke wisely with them when they plotted their ruine Exod. 1. 9 10 12 c. Vers. 26. had chosen to be Moses his mouth to the people and Prophet to Pharaoh Exod. 4. 12 14 16. and 7. 1 2 c. Vers. 27. words of his signes the signes which he spake and commanded together with the doctrine and use of them for letting of Israel goe See Exod. 7. 1 2 3 c. Or words of signes as words of song Psal. 137. 3. are signes and songs So Psal. 145. 5. Vers. 28. darknesse the ninth plague of Egypt where was black darknesse in all the land for three dayes that no man saw another nor rose from the place where he was Exod. 10. 22 23. turned not rebellious or they disobeyed not see Psal. 5. 11. that is his words or word were not disobeyed or changed but effected as God had spoken see a like phrase noted on Psal. 49. 15. Or they may be referred to Moses and Aaron who performed the things commanded them though with danger to them Vers. 29. to bloud the first of the ten plagues Exod. 7. See Psal. 78. 44. Vers. 30. frogs the second plague Exod. 8. 3 6. Psal. 78. 45. Kings Pharaoh and his Princes so Esa. 19. 2. Vers. 31. swarme of flyes or beasts see Psal. 78. 45. This was the fourth plague Exod. 8. 24. lice the third plague All the dust of the land was lice and went upon man and beast Exod. 8. 17. Vers. 32. showers of raine in stead whereof they had haile the seventh plague Exod. 9. See Psal. 78. 47. of flames that is sorely flaming and blasting never was the like there seene Exod. 9. 24. Vers. 33. tree for trees so after verse 34. 40. and often See Psal. 34. 8. Vers. 34. grashopper or locust the eight plague Exod. 10. see Psal. 78. 46. Vers. 36. the first-borne the tenth plague whereof see Psal. 78. 51. Vers. 37. feeble ready to fall through weaknes there being an armie of six hundred thousand men Exod. 12. 37. and 13. 18. A like promise is made to the Church Esa. 33. 24. Vers. 38. dread of them that is of death for their sakes so that they forced them out and gave them treasures Exod. 12. 33 35. See the like speech Esth. 8. 17. and. 9. 2. Vers. 39. a fire that they might travell night and day towards the promised land Exod. 13. 21. Psa. 78. 14. Vers. 40. quaile that is quailes which for their lust he gave them Numb 11. Compare Psal. 78. 27 28. bread Manna whereof see Psal. 78. 24 25. and Exod. 16. Vers. 41. the Rocke at Rephidim Exod. 17. and at Kadesh Numb 20. a river so that the people and their beasts dranke Numb 20. 11. and for this the wilde beasts Dragons Ostriches honoured God Esa. 43. 20. this mercy is applied to other times Isa. 48. 21. Vers. 44. heathens the seven nations whereof see Psal. 78. 55. Vers. 45. keepe his lawes The end of all Gods mercies was that he might be glorified in his peoples obedience see Exod. 19. 4 5 6. Deut. 4. 1 40. and 6. 21 24 25. PSAL. CVI. The Psalmist exhorteth to praise God 4 He prayeth for pardon of sinne as God did with the fathers 7 The storie of the peoples rebellion and Gods mercies 47 He concludeth with prayer and praise HAlelu-jah Confesse ye to Iehovah for he is good for his mercy endureth for ever Who can expresse the powers of Iehovah can cause to heare all his praise O blessed are they that keepe judgement is he that doth justice in all time Remember me Iehovah with the favourable acceptation of thy people visit me with thy salvation To see the good of thy chosen to rejoyce with the joy of thy nation to glory with thy inheritance We have sinned with our fathers we have done crookedly we have done wickedly Our fathers in Egypt did not prudently minde thy marvellous workes they remembred not the multitude of thy mercies but turned rebellious at the sea at the red sea Yet he saved them for his Name sake to make knowne his power And he rebuked the red sea and it was dried up and he led them in the deeps as in the wildernesse And he saved them from the hand of the hater and redeemed them from the hand of the enemie And the waters covered their distressers one of them was not left And they beleeved in his words they sang his praise They made haste they forgat his workes they waited not for his counsell But lusted with lust in the wildernesse and tempted God in the desart And he gave to them their request and sent leannesse into their soule And they envied at Moses in the campe at Aharon the holy one of Iehovah The earth opened and swallowed up Dathan and covered over the congregation of Abiram And a fire burned in their congregation a flame burnt up the wicked They made a calfe in Horeb and bowed themselves to a molten Idoll And turned their glory into the forme of an Oxe that eateth grasse They forgat God their Saviour that did great things in Egypt Marvellous workes in the land of Cham fearefull things by the red sea And he said to abolish them had not Moses his chosen stood in the breach before him to turne his wrathfull heat from destroying them And they contemptuously refused the land of desire they beleeved not his Word But murmured in their tents they heard not the voice of Iehovah And he lifted up his hand to them to fell them in the wildernesse And to fell their seed among the heathens and to fanne them in the lands And they were joyned to Baal-pehor and did eat the sacrifices of the dead And moved indignation by their actions and the plague brake in upon them And Phineas stood and executed judgement and the plague was restrained And it was counted to him for justice to generation and generation for ever And they caused servent wrath at the waters of Meribah and evill was to Moses for their sake For they bitterly provoked his spirit and he pronounced it with his lips They abolished not the peoples which Iehovah had said unto them But mixed themselves among the heathens and learned their works And served their Idols they were to them for a snare And they sacrified their sonnes and their daughters to Devils And shed innocent bloud the bloud of their sonnes and of their daughters whom they sacrificed to the Idols of Canaan and the land was impiously distained with blouds And they defiled themselves by their
rock sides or in rockie places Hebr. in the hands of the rocke as Psal. 140. 6. and they shall heare or though they have heard Vers. 7. cutteth and cleaveth to wit wood or the ground with the plough of hell or the grave Compare Ezek. 37. 1 11 12. Iehovih or God see Psal. 68. 21. powre not out my soule to wit unto death as Esa. 53. 12. that is kill mee not or make not my soule bare that is leave it not destitute and helplesse Vers. 10. Let the wicked fall or They shall fall into his net that is every of them into his owne not or flue together namely with their fall or together with them that are with me or altogether wholly passe over and escape the Greeke saith alone I am untill I passe over See this word Psal. 33. 15. PSAL. CXLII David sheweth that in his troubles when his owne heart and all other helpe failed him all his comfort was in faith and praier unto God An instructing Psalme of David a praier when he was in the cave WIth my voice unto Iehovah did I cry with my voice unto Iehovah did I supplicate for grace I powred out before him my meditation my distresse I did shew before him When my spirit was overwhelmed within mee then thou knewest my path in the way that I walked they privily laid a snare for mee I did looke on the right hand and see no man acknowledged me refuge is perished from me no man seeketh for my soule I cried unto thee Jehovah I said thou art my hope for safety my portion in the land of the living Attend unto my shouting for I am brought very low deliver mee from my persecutors for they are stronger than I. Bring forth my soule out of the close prison to confesse thy name the just shall inviron me about for thou wilt bounteously reward unto me Annotations IN the cave fled thither from the persecution of Saul 1 Sam. 24. 4 c. Vers. 4. was overwhelmed or swowned fainted see Psal. 77. 4. then thou Hebr. and thou so And he saith Mark 14. 34. is expounded Then he saith Matth. 26. 38. Vers. 5. I did looke or Looke thou c. continuing his complaint to God But the Greeke turneth it I considered and the Hebrew Looke thou or To looke is often resolved by other definite persons see the notes on Ps. 22. 9. and 49. 15. and 65. 11. 77. 2. 103. 20. and see or and behold to wit on the left hand refuge or flight is perished frō me that is faileth me I have no place to flie unto and escape So Iob 11. 20. Amos 2. 14. seeketh that is careth for so Prov. 29. 10. usually to seeke the soule is in the ill part to destroy it see Ps. 35. 4. Vers. 7. brought low or weakned see Ps. 116. 6. Vers. 8. the prison the cave wherein I am shut up close inviron compasse as Psal. 22. 13. or expect as Iob 36. 2. and so the Greeke translateth the just shall wait for me untill thou reward me See Psa. 13. 6. The Chaldee saith for my sake the just shall make thee a crowne of praise because thou wilt render a good reward unto me PSAL. CXLIII David praieth for favour in judgement 3 Hee complaineth of his griefes 5 Hee strengtheneth his faith by meditation and praier 7 Hee praieth for grace 9 for deliverance 10 for sanctification 12 for destruction of his enemies A Psalme of David IEhovah heare my praier give eare to my supplications for grace in thy faithfulnesse answer me in thy justice And enter not into judgement with thy servant for before thee shall not any living be justified For the enemy persecuteth my soule smiteth downe my life to the earth maketh me sit in darknesses as the dead for ever And my spirit is overwhelmed in me in midst of me my heart is wondrously amazed I remember the daies of old I meditate on all thy worke I muse on the action of thy hands I spread out my hands unto thee my soule as a weary land thirsteth for thee Selah Make speed answer me Iehovah my spirit faileth hide not thy face from me for I shall be made like to them that goe downe the pit Cause me to heare thy mercy in the morning for in thee doe I trust cause me to know the way that I should walke for unto thee doe I lift up my soule Deliver me from mine enemies O Iehovah unto thee I flie for covert Learne me to doe thine acceptable will for thou art my God thy good spirit shall leade me in the land of righteousnesse For thy names sake Iehovah thou wilt quicken me in thy justice wilt bring forth my soule out of distresse And in thy mercy wilt suppresse mine enemies and destroy all them that afflict my soule for I am thy servant Annotations ANd enter not into judgement or but goe not to Law with me by the deeds whereof no flesh shal be justified in thy sight Rom. 3. 20. so Iob 22. 4. 14. 3. Esa. 3. 14. In Chaldee go not into the judgment hall namely to judge with severity not any or not all that is none living so Matth. 24. 22. not all that is no flesh 1 Ioh. 2. 21. every lie is not that is no lie is of the truth so 2 Pet. 1. 20. Ps. 76. 6. Vers. 3. my life or my company the Hebrew signifieth both Iob 33. 18. 22. Psal. 68. 11. darknesses or darke places so Psal. 88. 7 19. and 74. 20. for ever or of eternity of old meaning dead long since and for ever after the word respecteth time past and to come So Lam. 3. 6. Vers. 4. overwhelmed fainteth or is perplexed see Psal. 77. 4. wondrously amazed astonished or desolate Gr. troubled See this word Esa. 59. 16. and 63. 5. Dan. 8. 27. Psal. 40. 16. Vers. 5. of old or of antiquity so Psal. 77. 6. Vers. 6. spread out that is pray as the Chaldee saith spread out my hands in praier See Psal. 44. 21. weary that is drie and thirsty in Greeke waterlesse see Psal. 63. 2. Vers. 7. for I or lest I Hebr. and I which may be supplied thus left I perish and be made like c. See Psal. 28. 1. Vers. 8. in the morning speedily so Psal. 90. 14. Vers. 9. I flie for covert or I cover I hide my selfe flying unto thee or to thee I covertly flie secretly disclosing to thee that which I would hide from others so the Greeke I flie to thee The Chaldee expoundeth it I have made thy Word my redeemer V. 10. thy good spirit shall leade me so the Greeke translateth this and the rest as assured we may also reade it praier-wise let thy good spirit leade me or thy spirit is good let it leade me c. and so the rest Compare Neh. 9. 20. in the land or into the land of righteousnesse in a plaine or even ground see Psal. 26. 12. Esa. 26. 10. Annotations HAlelu-jah that is
thine eyes are as doves Behold thou art faire my beloved yea pleasant also our bed is greene The beames of our houses are Cedars our galleries of Brutin trees CHAPTER I. This may be sung as the 55 or 86 Psalme WIth kisses of his mouth let him kisse me Because thy loves then wine much-better be For thy good ointments odoriferous-sent Thy name it is a powred-forth ointment Therefore the Virgins they have loved thee Doe thou me draw run after thee will we Into his chambers brought me hath the King We will be glad in thee and joyfull-sing We will record thy loves the wine above They that are upright doe thee dearly-love O daughters of Ierusalem I am Blacke but am pleasing-comely with the same Like to the tabernacles of Kedar Like to the curtaines Solomons which are Looke not on me because that I am browne Because the Sun hath on me looked-downe The children of my mother they have beene Incensed against me with angry-teene To keepe the Vineyards they did me assigne I have not kept my Vineyard which is mine O my soules love tell me where thou feedest Where thou dost make thy flocke at noone to rest For why should I be like to one that goes Aside unto the flocks of thy fellowes If thou thy selfe know not ô fairest one Of womankind then forth get thou thee gone By footsteps of the flocke and thy yong-goates Feed thou besides the shepheards dwelling-cotes I have compared thee my love unto The horses troop in Charrets of Phar'oh Thy cheekes with rowes thy necke with chaines are deckt We will make thee gold rowes with silver speckt At his round table while the King doth sit My spikenard giveth-forth the smell of it A bag of myrrh my Loved is to me Betwixt my breasts lye-all-the-night shall he My Lov'd to me a cluster of Cypres That in the vineyards of Engedi is Lee thou art faire ô thou my dearest love Loe thou art faire thine eyes are as the dove Loe thou art faire ô thou my deare-loved Yea pleasant art greene also is our bed Beames of our houses of the Cedars be Our galleries are of the Brutin tree Annotations THe Song of Songs Songs and Psalmes are for the most part arguments of joy and gladnesse in them that sing and of their praises whom the songs concerne Iam. 5. 13. Ephes. 5. 19. Exod. 15. Iudg. 5. Esay 26. 2 Sam. 22. Psal. 66. 1. 2. 3. c. So this booke treating of mans reconciliation unto God and peace by Iesus Christ with joy in the Holy Ghost is called a Song which therefore the faithfull should learne to sing with understanding making melody in their hearts to the Lord when they feele themselves made partakers of his joy And it is intituled the Song of Songs that is the chiefest and most excellent Song as Christ whom it concerneth is called the King of Kings and Lord of Lords Rev. 19. 16. and 17. 14. that is the most high and mighty King and supreme Lord of all Solomon made a thousand Songs and five 1 King 4. 32. of all which this was most excellent yea and of all the Songs in the Scripture for this celebrateth the mysteries of Christ and his Church and the communion betweene them more amply and excellently then any other which is Solomons It is better to heare the rebuke of the wise then for a man to heare the song of fooles Eccles. 7. 5. but Solomon who made this Song in praise of Christ and of his Church surpassed all the Kings of the earth in riches and wisdome 2 Chron. 9. 22. hee was wiser then all men for God gave him wisedome and understanding exceeding much and largenesse of heart even as the sand that is on the sea shoore 1 King 4. 31. 29. and all the earth sought the face of Solomon to heare his wisedome which God had put in his heart 1 King 10. 24. There was none like him before him neither after him shall any arise like unto him 1 King 3. 12. It may also bee interpreted which belongeth to or concerneth Solomon understanding hereby Christ himselfe whom Solomon prefigured in Kingdome wisedome and glory And Solomon called in Hebrew Shelomoh but after the Greeke Solomon Matthew 1. 6. had his name of peace because he was a man of rest and God said of him Solomon shall be his name and I will give salom that is peace and quietnesse unto Israel in his dayes 1 Chronic. 22. 9 so hee had peace on all sides round about him 1 King 4. 24. Now Christ is our peace Ephes. 2. 14. even the Prince of peace Esay 9. 6. and he is called Solomon in this Song Chapter 3. 11. and David prophesying of Christs Kingdome intituled his Psalme For Solomon Psalme 72. Thus the penman of this booke being the wisest of all the Prophets and Christ whom it concerneth being the very wisedome of God 1 Cor. 1. 24. and greater then Solomon Matthew 12. 42. this Song is commended unto us by the Holy Ghost in the highest degree of excellency The Chaldee paraphraseth on this title thus Songs and hymnes which Solomon the Prophet the King of Israel uttered by the Spirit of prophesie before the Lord the Lord of all the world V. 2. Let him kisse me As the Scripture mentioneth the Bride the Bridegroome and the friends of them both the children of the bride chamber Ioh. 3. 29. Matthew 9. 15. so in this Song all these especially the two former are brought in as speakers every one of and unto other so declaring their mutuall desires loves and affections The Bride is the Church espoused to Christ and called the wife of the Lambe Rev. 21. 9. to whom shee is to be presented a chaste virgin 2 Cor. 11. 2. and this Church Christ loved and gave himselfe for it that he might sanctifie and clense it with the washing of water by the Word that he might present it to himselfe a glorious Church not having spot or wrinkle or any such things but that 〈◊〉 should bee holy and without blemish Ephes. 5. 25. 26. 27. How be it before Christ came in our humanity the Church according to the â—â—conomical dispenlatio of God was as a child in her non age under tutors and governours untill the time appointed of the Father Gal. 4. 1. 2. kept under the Law shut up unto the faith which should afterwards be revealed which law was a Schoolemaster unto Christ Gal. 3. 23. 24. In this estate shee continued till faith came and then she being dead to the Law by the body of Christ was to bee maried unto another even to him who is raised from the dead that she might bring forth fruit unto God Rom. 7. 1. 4. So though our godly forefathers in the daies of the Prophets saw the promises a farre off and were perswaded of them and embraced them and did all obtaine testimony and were glorious through faith yet they received not the promise God having provided some better thing
here commendeth the graces of Christ which he had being full of the Holy Ghost for his God had anointed him with the oyle of gladnesse above his fellowes Heb. 1. 9. and of him it is said The Spirit of the Lord is upon mee because hee hath anointed mee to preach the Gospell c. Luke 4. 18. Esay 61. 1. And the odour of these graces is smelt when the Gospell preached is by sense or judgement perceived Phil. 1. 9. Luke 9. 45. Heb. 5. 14. thy name is an ointment powred-forth As Messias and Christ is by interpretation Anointed and he is called the Oile or Ointment in Esay 10. 27. so by his Name is meant his Law the doctrine of grace or Law of faith Rom. 3. 27. as it is written The Iles shall wait for his Law Esay 42. 4. which is expounded The Gentiles shall trust in his name Matth. 12. 21. and the preaching of that grace is called the bearing of Christs Name before the Gentilis Acts 9. 15. and as a good Name is better then a good ointment Eccles. 7. 1. so the name and doctrine of Christ excelleth all other that at the name of Iesus every knee should bow Phil. 2. 10. This name is as a precious ointment powred forth by the preaching of the Gospell and by the miracles confirming the same accomplished not onely by Christ himselfe a man approved of God among the Israelites by miracles wonders and signes which God did by him Act. 2. 22. so that there went out a fame of him through all the region round about and he taught in their synagogues being glorified of all Luke 4. 14. 15. but also by his Apostles who were to preach on the house tops that which they heard in the eare Matth. 10. 27. which also they performed Rom. 15. 19. and 16. 25. 26. and therein rejoyced and said Now thankes be unto God which alwayes causeth us to triumph in Christ and maketh manifest the savor of his knowledge by us in every place For we are unto God a sweet-savour in Christ in them that are saved and in them that perish to the one the savour of death unto death and to the other the savour of life unto life 2 Cor. 2. 2. 14. 15. 16. And as the boxe of ointment when it was broken and powred forth on Christs head the house was filled with the savour of it Marke 14. 3. Iohn 12. 3. so when his Name and Gospell is preached abroad it giveth the odour thereof into all Christian hearts so that by the preaching of faith they also receive the Spirit Gal. 3. 2. 5. and are anointed of God 2 Cor. 1. 21. and have an unction from the Holy-one and know all things 1 Iohn 2. 20. that whereas before they mourned for their sinnes and miseries they now are comforced and have the oile of joy given unto them Esay 61. 3. the Uirgins love thee These are the fellow friends of the Spouse Ps. 45. 15. By Uirgins are meant all such as are chosen and called of God and faithfull whether whole Churches as 2 Cor. 11. 2. or particular persons who with chaste and pure minds serve the Lord onely and worship him in spirit and truth and stand with Christ on the mount Sion having his Fathers name written in their foreheads of whom it is said These are they which were not defiled with women for they are virgins these are they which follow the Lambe whither soever he goeth these were bought from among men being the first fruits unto God and to the Lambe and in their mouth was found no guile for they are without fault before the throne of God Rev. 14. 1 4. 5. And these love the Lord for the odour of his good ointments which they perceive by his word and Spirit though they see him not 1 Pet. 1. 8. they love him because he first loved them 1 Iohn 4. 19. and hath shed abroad his love in their hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto them Rom. 5. 5. and this is love that they walke after his commandements and keepe them 2 Ioh. v. 6. Iohn 14. 15. Vers. 4. Draw me A second request of the Spouse unto Christ that he would not onely call her outwardly by the voice of his Gospell but forasmuch as the word preached profiteth not if it bee not mixed with faith in them that heare it Heb. 4. 2. and faith is not of our selves it is the gift of God Eph. 2. 8. who worketh in us both to will and to doe of his good pleasure Phil. 2. 13. that he would also open her heart Acts 16. 14. effectually worke in her by his Spirit and continue and increase his grace towards her For drawing implyeth power in him that draweth as Hee draweth the mighty with his power Iob 24. 22. and when it is unto good it argueth grace and good will as I drew them with cords of a man with bands of love Hos. 11. 4. and continuance of grace as O draw that is continue thy loving kindnesse to them that know thee Psal. 26. 10. and in them that are drawne it is a signe of infirmity as No man can come unto me except the Father which hath sent me draw him Iohn 6. 44. And this is a fruit and effect of Christs death as himselfe saith And I if I bee lifted up or taken away from the earth will draw all men unto mee Iohn 12. 32. This drawing is by being effectually taught of God as againe he saith It is written in the Prophets And they shall be all taught of God every man therefore that hath heard and hath learned of the Father commeth to me Iohn 6. 45. and is a signe of Gods everlasting love towards such as it was said unto Israel Yea I have loved thee with an everlasting love therefore with loving kindnesse have I drawne thee Ier. 31. 3. we will runne I and the Virgins fore-mentioned will runne after thee for they follow the Lambe whithersoever he goeth Rev. 14. 4. Christ is our Fore runner gone before us into heaven Heb. 6. 20. Our Christian conversation is called a running Gal. 2. 2. and 5. 7. and our life is likened to a course or race which is runne as Iohn fulfilled his course or race Acts 13. 25. and Paul saith I have finished my course 2 Tim. 4. 7. Running signifieth readinesse of affection and speedy performance in action Hag. 1. 9. 1 King 19. 19. 20. Psal. 147. 15. it argueth also strength in the runner Dan. 8. 6. all which are here implyed as an effect of Christs grace drawing her according to the Prophesie Behold thou shalt call a nation that thou knewest not and nations that knew not thee shall runne unto thee c. Esay 55. 5. And againe They that wait on the Lord shall renew strength c. they shall runne and not be weary they shall walke and not faint Esay 40. 31. Now the way which we are to runne is his commandements of which David saith I
thus wast thou decked with gold and silver Ezek. 16. 11. 12. 13. The spirituall signification according to either similitude is one and the same as after shall bee shewed rowes in Hebr. Torim which being of the singular Tor signifieth a disposition row or orderly course of things and hath affinity with Torah which hath the name of the Law in Hebrew and the one is put as an examplanation of the other as David said Is this the Law of man ô Lord God 2 Samuel 7. 19. which another Prophet relateth thus thou hast regarded me according to the order disposition or estate of a man of high degree ô Lord God 1 Chron. 17. 17. And indeed the Law of God is his ordinance or orderly disposition of his precepts the rules and canons of our life The same word Tor is also used for a Turtle-dove and Torim are Turtles as in the law of sacrifices Lev. 12. which some therefore take here to be jewels or ornaments that had the figures of Turtle doves And so the Greeke version here translateth How beautifull are thy cheekes as of a turtle dove But in the verse following where the same word is againe used the Greeke translateth We will make for thee similitudes of gold chaine 's in Heb. Charuzim a word not found but in this one place translated in Gr. collars or chaines and is interpreted by the Hebrew Doctors chaines or jewels hanged on a string like chaines to put about the necke These rowes and chaines signifie the Lawes and ordinances of God wherewith he adorneth the face and necke of his Church that in her profession practice and obedience she may bee comely and gracious in the sight of God and his people and being guided by them may vanquish her enemies Thus Solomon elsewhere saith there is gold and a multitude of rubies but the lips of knowledge are a precious jewel Proverb 20. 15. And againe My sonne heare the instruction of thy father and forsake not the law of thy mother for they shall be an ornament of grace unto thine head and chains about thy necke Proverb 1. 8. 9. They meane also the gracious effects which the Law and doctrine of God worketh in his people of humility reverence and other vertues as on the contrary pride and other like vices are said to compasse evill men about as a chaine and violence to cover them as a garment Psalme 73. 6. Likewise holy persons that teach instruct reprove and such as receive doctrine and reproofe Proverb 25. 12. and reproofes themselves are pearles Matth. 7. Thus also the Hebrewes understood this Scripture as the Chaldee paraphrase here saith When the Israelites went forth into the Wildernesse the Lord said unto Moses How fayre is this people that the words of the Law should bee given unto them that they may be as bridles in their jawes that they depart not out of the good way as an horse goeth not aside that hath a bridle in his jawes and how faire is their necke to beare the yoake of my precepts that they may bee upon them as a yoake on thenecke of a bullocke that ploweth in the field and feedeth both it selfe and the master thereof Vers. 11. We will make for thee A promise of encrease of graces to the Church by We is understood the mystery of the Trinity as in Genesis 1. 26. Let us make man So in Rev. 1. 4. 5. Grace and peace is wished from the Father Sonne and Holy Ghost and in 1 Corinth 12. 4. 5. 6. the diversities of gifts are noted to be of the Spirit the diversities of ministeries whereby those gifts are administred to be of the Lord Christ and the diversities of operations effected by the gifts and ministeries to bee of God the Father The Hebrewes also as Sol. larchi here interpret it I and my judgement hall by which phrase the Trinity of old was implyed though now the faithlesse deny the same for a judgement hall in Israel consisted of three at the least which in their close manner of speech they applyed unto GOD but their posterity understood it not Christ here teacheth his Church that every grace and good gift is from GOD as also the increase thereof Iames 1. 17. Ephes. 3. 16. that the spirituall ornaments are of his making who worketh in us both to will and to doe of his good pleasure Phil. 2. 13. Also that to him that hath shall be given and he shall have more abundance Matth. 13. 12. As in our bodies wee come naked into this world without clothes or ornaments so is the estate of our soules by nature naked and bare Ezek. 16. 4. 7. till Christ of his grace by his Spirit clotheth and adorneth us Revelation 3. 18. rowes of gold he spake before of rowes simply now he addeth of gold either to signifie more excellent ordinances and graces under the Gospell then under the Law as hee promiseth For brasse I will bring gold and for â—ron I will bring silver c. Esay 60. 17. that should proceed from faith and love and not from feare as when shee was under the bridle of the Law for wee should not bee like horse and mule whose jaw must bee bound with bit and bridle Psalme 32. 9. and yeeld obedience by constraint or it meaneth a new supply of graces so that we are changed into the image of God from glory to glory even as by the spirit of the Lord 2 Corinth 3. 18. These promises may respect both the rules ordinances gifts and graces bestowed on his people Proverbes 20. 15. and the persons themselves that are furnished with those graces as the precious sonnes of Zion are said to bee comparable to fine gold Lament 4. 1. speckes of silver in Greeke markes of silver which word markes Stigmata Paul useth in Galatians 6. 17. speaking of the markes of the Lord Iesus by suffering for his Gospell Here it meaneth variety of graces in the communion of the Saints for their mutuall helpe comfort and delight as is opened in Proverb 25. 11. 12. A word fitly spoken is like Apples of gold with pictures of silver As an eare-ring of gold and an ornament of fine gold so is a wise reprover upon an obedient eare Where we are taught that both instructions and reproofes are the ornaments of the Saints when they are prudently uttered and obediently received Neither of which can bee without the speciall grace of God who both maketh these ornaments for us and maketh us fit to receive and put them on for The hearing eare and the seeing eye the Lord hath made even both of them Proverbs 20. 12. The Chaldee paraphrast expoundeth this verse of the Law which God gave unto Israel on the two tables by the hand of Moses But though the ordinances of the Law were likened to gold and silver wherewith the Church then was decked as God telleth them in Ezekiel 16. 13. and the law of his mouth was better to his people then thousands of gold and
silver Psalme 119. 72. yet the doctrine of faith and ordinances of the Gospell with the graces accompanying them here promised are much more excellent and glorious 2 Corinthians 3. 7. 11. Vers. 12. While the King Here the Church speaketh of the fruits and effects of Christs former graces how in her and from her so adorned by her beloved the odour of the spirit of God in her flowed forth and spred abroad to the delight of her selfe and others By the King is meant Christ as in verse 4. by his round table which the Greeke translateth his sitting downe which was wont to be in a round or as in a ring 1 Samuel 16. 11. may bee understood the spirituall banquet of Christ with his Church feeding her with his word and graces as the table of the Lord in Malachy 1. 12. and 1 Corinth 10. 21. signifie the communion betweene him and his people as doth also the supping one with another Revelat. 3. 20. The Spikenard is one of the pleasant fruits in the garden of the Church Song 4. 13. 14. but here it seemeth to be the oyle or ointment made of Spikenard which is very precious which they used to poure out and anoint men with such as Mary anointed our Lord Iesus with as hee sate at table with his friends and the house was filled with the smell or odour of the ointment Iohn 12. 1. 2. 3. Spiritually it signifieth the sweet smelling fruits of repentance faith love prayer thanksgiving c. which the Church sheweth forth by the communion of Christ with her and in speciall of mortification and communion with Christs death buriall and resurrection Romanes 6. 3. 4. 5. c. as that which Marie did unto Christ was to anoint his body to the burying Marke 14. 8. Iohn 12. 7. Vers. 13. A bundle or A bagge of myrrh by myrrh is meant the sweet gumme that issueth from the myrrh tree which is gathered and bound up in bagges it was the first of the chiefe spices whereof the holy anointing oyle in the Sanctuary was made Exodus 30. 23. and that holy ointment figured the gâ—aces of the Spirit poured out upon Christ and by him upon his Church Esay 61. 1. Psalme 45. 8. 1 Iohn 2. 20. See the annotations on Exodus 30. 26. With myrrh and aloes the dead body of our Lord Iesus was imbalmed Iohn 19. 39. and with it the wisemen honoured him at his birth Matt. 2. Hereby the Church professeth her spirituall comfort which shee had in Christ taking our humanity filled with the Spirit of God without measure dying for her sinnes and rising againe for her justification the feeling whereof is as a sweet odour unto the beleeving heart A bundle or bagge is for to keepe safe things that are of worth as The Joule of my Lord shall be bound in the bundle of life with Iehovah thy God 1 Samuel 25. 29. So by this bag of myrrh shee signifieth her care to injoy and possesse the benefits of Christ and of his death to the remission of her sinnes which for his sake are all cast into the depths of the sea Mic. 7. 19. which otherwise without him should bee sealed up in a bag and reserved against her for punishment Iob. 14. 17. my welbeloved that is Christ whom she thus calleth not because she loved him but he loved her and gave himselfe to bee the propitiation for her sinnes whereupon she againe loveth him because hee loved her first 1 Iohn 4. 10. 19. So shee glorieth not in her owne righteousnesse but in that which her beloved is unto her who of God is made unto her wisedome and righteousnesse and sanctification and redemption 1 Cor. 1. 30. Welbeloved in Hebrew Dod is written with the same letters that David whose name also signified Beloved hee was a figure of Christ and his father after the flesh Romanes 1. 3. and Christ is often called David as in Ier. 30. 9. Ezek. 34. 23. and 37. 24. Hos. 3. 5. unto mee A speech of faith applying the promises and graces of Christ unto her owne soule as the Apostle also teacheth by his owne example Gal. 2. 19. 20. he shall lye all night or he shall lodge shall abide The night usually signifieth the time of darknesse and affliction wherefore shee meaneth that Christ with his consolations should bee her continuall joy and comfort whom shee would hold fast by faith against all tentations and troubles of this present life and solace her selfe in him betwixt my brests dwelling in my heart by faith Ephes. 3. 17. The brests signifie also the ministery of the Church feeding the Saints with the sincere milke of the word that they may grow thereby 1 Peter 2. 2. whereupon the Prophet saith Rejoyce yee with Ierusalem c. that ye may sucke and be satisfied with the brests of her consolations that yee may milke out and be delighted with the abundance of her glory Esay 66. 10. 11. Vers. 14. A cluster of Cypres or of Camphire which is a sweet gumme but Cypres is a tree whose fruit groweth in clusters and is also sweet The Hebrew name Copher from which Caphura or Camphire as also the Cypres tree seemeth to bee derived usually signifieth Atenement Propitiation or Redemption according to which interpretation the holy Ghost here may have reference to the worke and fruit of Christs death whereby he became a cluster of redemption unto his Church being a propitiation for the sinnes of the whole world 1 Iohn 2. 2. the sweetnesse whereof is resembled by a cluster which is of many berries compact together of the sweet Cypres for that his blood cleanseth us from all sinne 1 Iohn 1. 7. and is accompanied with all other graces Engeds the name of a place in the land of Cannan which fell to the tribe of Iudah and being neere the sea and watered with springs was a fruitfull soile for gardens and vineyards Iosua 15. 62. Ezek. 47. 10. it was called also Hazazon Tamar 2 Chr. 20. 2. where the enemies comming against Ichosaphat hee prayed unto God and was delivered Which victory may also be respected here as a figure of the victories which the Church obtaineth by faith in Christ. Vers. 15. thou art faire Christ here speaketh to his Church commending her beauty which she hath by his sanctification and cleansing with the washing of the water by the word Ephes. 5. 26. 27. as also by her constitution and order as mount Zion was beautifull for situation Psalm 48. 2. Of Tyrus a city of merchandise it is said Thy builders have perfected thy beauty Ezek. 27. 4. and of her Ancients wisemen mariners merchants men of warre c. it is likewise said they have made thy beauty perfect Ezekiel 27. 9. 10. 11. and in Ezek. 28. 7. he mentioneth the beauty of wisedome So the city and Church of God being builded by the doctrine of the Gospell furnished with men of gifts and graces and endued with wisedome from on high is truly faire and beautifull
shalt lye unto mee that is that thou wilt not lye and in Marke 8. 12. if a signe be given which is explained in Matt. 16. 4. a signe shall not be given Stirring is opposed unto quietnesse or sitting still and unto sleepe and rest Psal. 80. 3. and 35. 23. Dan. 11. 25. Zach. 2. 13. 4. 1. and the Lord is said then to stir up or awake when he delivereth his Church out of troubles Psalme 78. 65. 66. and the Church then stirreth up the Lord when it earnestly prayeth for such deliverance Psal. 44. 24. 25. The Chaldee Paraphrast and other Hebrewes understand it so here but apply it to the deliverance of Israel out of Aegypt which might not bee untill the time appointed of God and if we take it in this sense the daughters of Ierusalem are charged to suffer affliction for and with Christ in faith and patience unto the comming of the Lord Iam. 5. 7. 1 Pet. 5. 6. 7. and not to provoke him by murmuring or otherwise through feare and unbeleefe a figure wherof may be seene in Christs sleeping in the storme and the disciples waking him Marke 4. 37. 40. But it may be applyed unto the stirring and provoking of Christ by sinne for which he often departeth from his people and chasteneth their transgressions Exod. 23. 20. 21. Esay 59. 2. and 63. 10. that they should by no meanes grieve the holy Spirit of God Ephes. 4. 30. the Love understand my Love meaning Christ her beloved who is called Love for excellency sake as in Song 1. 4. righteousnesses were righteous persons because God is Love 1 Iohn 4. 8. most worthy to be loved and loving his most dearly So loves for lovers in Hos. 8. 9. Afterward the Spouse her selfe is called by this name Love in Song 7. 6. untill it please or untill he please speaking of Christ and being understood of stirring or provoking him by sinne it meaneth never for so the word untill often signifieth as Michal had no child untill the day of her death 2 Sam. 6. 23. that is she never had any and this iniquity shall not be purged from you till yee dye Esay 22. 14. and I will not leave thee untill I have done that which I have spoken unto thee Gen. 28. 15. and sundry the like Vers. 8. The voice Here the Spouse breaketh out and rejoyceth to heare the Bridegroomes voice and signifieth to her friends the comforts that she had thereby as it was her soules sicknesse and griefe when he withdrew himselfe and kept silence By the voice is meant the word of his grace the preaching of the Gospell which she knoweth to be his and receiveth with joy as Christs sheep are said to heare and to know the voice of the shepheard and not a strangers Iohn 10. 3. 4. c. In this sense he said before Pilate Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice Ioh. 18. 37. and they knew not the voices of the Prophets Acts 13. 27. that is their doctrines and to day if yee shall heare his voice harden not your hearts c. Heb. 3. 7. This voice is heard before his comming to prepare the hearers to receive him as Iohn the Baptist who prepared the way before Christ is called the Voice of a cryer c. Marke 1. 2. 3. behold he commeth A further degree of grace from him and comfort in her that she not onely heareth his voice but seeth him comming to save her as is promised in Esay 35. 4. By the preaching of the Gospell received with faith Christ himselfe commeth and is present with his people Ioh. 13. 20. Gal. 3. 1. And as the Church was sicke of love vers 5. so Christ here answereth to her desire fulfilling that which he promised If a man love me hee will keepe my words and my Father will love him and we will come unto him and make our abode with him Iohn 14. 23. leaping a similitude taken from the Roes and Harts whereunto Christ is likened in vers 9. which are swift in running and skip upon mounts hills and rockes as in Esay 35. 6. the lame man shall leape as an Hart. Hereby therefore Christs speed and readinesse to helpe is signified upon the mountaines that is openly and apparently to the eye of faith as in Nahum 1. 15. Behold upon the mountaines the feet of him that bringeth good tidings c. Spiritually by the mountaines and hils may be meant the Kingdomes and Nations of the world subdued unto Christ by the preaching of the Gospell Rev. 11. 15. Or it may be translated over the mountaines and over the hills passing over all impediments which might seeme to hinder him as the sinnes of his people the opposition of the world and the like So the adversaries of the Church are likened to a mountaine in Zach. 4. 7. Who art thou ô great mountaine before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plaine And by the preaching of the Gospell every mountaine and hill shall be made low Esay 40. 4. See also Esay 41. 15. and 42. 15. Habak 3. 6. Vers. 9. Like a Roe for swiftnesse 2 Sam. 2. 18. and for pleasantnesse Prov. 5. 19. The same is meant by the next similitude of the Fawn or yong Hart 2 Sam. 22. 34. Prov. 5. 19. fawne of the Hindes or of the Harts for the originall word implyeth both males and females and shee speaketh in the plurall number either because the Fawne is ingendred of both male and female which delight each in other or for excellency as Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it the Fawne of a choice Hinde or Hart. Here the Church sheweth the readinesse of Christ to helpe her as in verse 8. she saw him come leaping and skipping so by these two creatures most swift of â—cot she signifieth the speed hee maketh as in Chap. 8. 14. and the mutuall love and delight betweene them according to Prov. 5. 19. behind our wall This signifieth a more neere communion with Christ then when he was farther off leaping on the mountaines and yet not so neere but there was still a wall betweene her and him which parted them so the degrees of graces are here meant whereby Christ manifesteth his love to his Church not wholly at once but as he seeth good for us that by beholding and delighting in his goodnesse we may bee drawne to follow him calling us after him vers 10. His standing behind our wall if it bee referred to Christ himselfe may be understood of his incarnation when he dwelt in our house of clay as it is called in Iob 4. 19. and in our flesh appeared preached suffered c. to draw us after him into the kingdome of his Father as Iohn 1. â—4 the word was made flesh and dwelt amongst us and wee beheld his glory the glory as of the onely begotten of the Father full of grace and truth If it be referred to the wall which God hath made for his Church it may meane his holy ordinances which in the time
or but my heart watcheth or is awake The heart meaneth the inner man the spirit or man as he is regenerate opposed to the flesh or outward man Rom. 2. 28. 29. and the flesh and spirit even in Gods children doe lust one against another that wee cannot doe the things that we would Galat. 5. 17. and when the spirit is willing to watch pray c. the flesh is weake Mat. 26. 41. Whereas therfore her heart waked while she slept it signified that shee gave not her selfe wholly to this negligence but as the wise virgins had their lamps burning whiles all slumbred and slept when the lamps of the foolish were gone out Mat. 25. 4. 5. 8. so shee now had given her selfe to fleshly case but had her heart and spirit otherwise disposed For when the whole man addicteth it selfe to any thing the heart also is adjoyned as Solomon saith I compassed about I and my heart to search and to seeke out wisedome Eccles 7. 25. that knocketh or that beateth to wit at the doore Shee telleth the love and care of her beloved who would not let her rest in the bed of worldly ease but exciteth her to holy duties by receiving him the spirit of his grace Christs voice is uttered by preaching of his Gospell calling to repentance faith and obedience Hebr. 3. 7. 8. 15. and 4. 2. His knocking signifieth a more earnest provocation and desire to be let in Matth. 7. 7. Luke 13. 25. and it may imply his chastisements also whereby hee would call her â—o repentance as hee saith to the Church in Laodicca when it was fallen to bee neither cold nor hot As many as I love I rebuke and chasten be zealous therefore and repent Behold I stand at the doore and knocke Revel 3. 19. 20. open to me God openeth doores to us when hee bestoweth his blessings on us Psal. 78. 23. 24. Esa. 45. 1. 2. 3. and spiritually when he giveth grace to utter his word and to beleeve the same Col. 4. 3. Act. 14. 27. So wee open the doore unto him when wee give him entrance into our hearts he calling upon us by his word and workes when we repent beleeve and accept Christ with his graces c. Rev. 3. 20. my sister my love c. these titles given unto the Church even in her infirmity shew what affection he bare unto her and how he esteemed of her notwithstanding her sinnes which he imputeth not but looketh upon her graces which he had endued her with as if she were perfect vndefiled filled with dew or full of dâ—w This head of Christ which in verse 11. is lâ—â—ened to most fine gold here filled with dew seemeth to meane his manifold troubles which he suffered for her sake not onely in his owne person while he was on earth but in his Servants and Ministers who are often troubled on every side perplexed persecuted cast downe alwaies bearing about in the body the dying of the Lord Iesus c 2 Cor. 4. 8. 9. 10. Thus Christ commeth in the darke night of affliction to awake her and to communicate himselfe and his graces with her For a man to be wet with the dew of heaven is a signe of misery Dan. 4. 25. so is raine where there is no covert Esa. 4. 6. and drops or droppings likewise signifie troubles Amos 6. 11. But dew and raine upon the land maketh it fruitfull so is Christ by his doctrine to his Church Psal. 72. 6. Hos. 14. 5. Deut. 32. 2. And in this sense some take it here as if Christ came unto her full of the dew of blessings to inrich her The Chaldee paraphrast applieth this verse to the Iewes captivity and Gods calling them to repentance thus After all these words the people of the house of Israel sinned and he delivered them into the hand of Nebuchadnezar King of Babylon who led them into captivity and in the captivity they were like to a man asleepe that cannot wake out of his sleepe And the voice of the Holy Ghost admonished them by the hand of the Prophets and stirred them up from the sleepe of their heart The Lord of all the world spake and thus he said Turne by repentance open thy mouth and make request and laud me my sister my love the congregation of Israel which art like a dove in perfection of thy workes for the haire of my head is filled with thy teares as a man whose haire of his head is wet with the dew of heaven and my hairy lockes are filled with the drops of thine eyes as a man whose hairy lockes are full with the drops of raine that descend in the night Vers. 3. how shall I put it on that is I cannot put it on without trouble and reluctation of my flesh The like phrase God used in Hos. 11. 8. How shall I give thee up Ephraim c. how shall I make thee as Admah c. that is I cannot utterly destroy thee as I did those Cities such is my compassion towards thee The Spouse here telleth her answer to Christ how she made excuses and delayes and that she could not presently admit him as the friend answereth in Luke 11. 7. Trouble mee not the doore is now shut and my children are with mee in bed I cannot rise and give thee The keeping on of clothes is a signe of care and watchfulnesse Neh. 4. 23. so shee now in the absence of her Lord should have had her loynes girded about her light burning her selfe waiting for his returne that when he came and knocked she might open to him immediately Luke 12. 35. 36. But she had not onely ungirded but put off her coat and washed her feet so composing her selfe to a setled rest in her bed and in stead of watching sleepeth in stead opening the doore driveth him away through her neglect and sloath washed my feet another signe that shee had betaken her selfe to rest for in those hot countries where usually they went bare footed they washed their feet from soile and sweat after travell which she now having done could not as shee pretended without fouling them againe open to her beloved Such worthlesse excuses doth our flesh alledge the time is unseasonable the night is cold and dampe the weather wee we cannot arise to intertaine Christ without trouble and detriment So the people that dwelt in their sieled houses said the time is not come that the Lords house should be built Agg. 1. 4. 2. The slothfull saith A Lyon is in the way a Lyon is in the streets Prov. 26. 3. and The sluggard will not plow by reason of the cold Prov. 20. 4. The Chaldee here paraphraseth thus The Congregation of Israel answered before the Prophets Loe now I have put off from me the yoake of his precepts and have served the erroneous idols of the peoples and how can I have the face to turne againe unto him The Lord of the world answered them by the hand of the Prophets
and the fruit groweth not among the leaves but on the top of the branches as historians doe record Pliny l. 13. c. 5. So Christ if it be understood of him going up and taking hold of the boughes both signifieth it to be his owne possession and sheweth his care and love to looke unto it and to purge the branches that they may beare more fruit as the Father doth the fruitfull branches of the Vine Ioh. 15. 1. 2. and likewise to injoy and accept of the gracious fruits of his Spouse with whom he will now continue Or taking it as before for the speech of the faithfull Company it meaneth their purpose and indeavor to partake of the heavenly fruits which this Church bringeth forth be as clusters or shall be as clusters and thus it is an assurance or promise of blessing to her from the Lord filling her with the juice or grace that shee shall neither be barren nor unfruitfull in the knowledge of Christ 〈◊〉 Pet. 1. 8. but as is promised He will cause them that come of Iakob to take root Israel shall blossome and bud and fill the face of the world with fruit Esay 27. 6. But it may be taken also as a wish and let thy brests I pray thee be as clusters of the Vine that is have not thou a miscarrying womb and dry brests as Hos. 9. 14. but grow in grace and in knowledge be not an empty vine as Israel was of old Hos. 10. 1. Leave 〈◊〉 thy wine which cheereth God and man Iudg. 13. but be filled with the Spirit that we may sucke and be satisfied with the brests of thy consolations Esay 66. 11. the smell of thy nose 〈◊〉 apples her nose commended for the forme in vers 4. denoted her good cariage and courage for the truth The smell odour or sent the 〈◊〉 meaneth the good report and â—ame thereof 〈◊〉 broad which is comfortable as a sweet 〈◊〉 Or by the smell of her nose may be understood the breath comming out of her nostril that it should be sweet And so not onely her outward behaviour should be commendable but the hidden man of the heart uncorrupted that the breath or spirit proceeding from within be pure and God may manifest the smell or favour of his knowledge by her in every place 2 Cor. 2. 14. as the favour of life unto life and like the savour of apples which refresh those that languish and are sicke of the love of Christ as Song 〈◊〉 5. Vers. 9. thy palate or the roofe of thy mouth in Greeke thy throat The palate 〈◊〉 ones owne use is to 〈◊〉 and discerne 〈◊〉 in Iob 34. 3. the palate 〈◊〉 out for others it is the instrument of speech as in Prov. 8. 7. my palate shall speake truth This latter use seemeth here to be meant that her palate to weet her speech and doctrine should be like good wine to comfort and revive bitter and heavy hearts Prov. 31. 6. the good wine that is the best most excellent sweet and wholesome wine as the good oyle Psalm 133. 2. is the best sweetest and most precious oile The comfortable doctrines of the Gospell are likened to wine Esay 55. 1. 2. 3. Prov. 9. 2. 5. See the notes on Song 1. 2. that goeth to my beloved a commendation of the good wine from the effects that it is pleasing unto God and profitable unto men For by the Beloved usually in this Song is meant Christ by going to righteousnesses or according to righteousnesses that is going aright straightly or directly is signified the nature of pure wine manifesting the goodnesse by the moving and springing in the cup whereby it is discerned to bee the right and naturall wine and is pleasing to them that drinke it The like phrase Solomon used in Prov. 23. 31. Looke not on the wine when it is red when it giveth his colour in the cup when it goeth or walketh that is moveth it selfe in righteousnesses as there the nature of the most pure and generous wine is described whereby men are allured to drinke thereof so here the right wine the pure and wholesome doctrine out of the mouth of the Spouse is declared by the company of Beleevers to bee pleasing and right in the eyes of Christ their Beloved It may also intimate how the Spouse filled with the Spirit rather then with wine Ephes. 5. 18. her speeches should tend to lead all unto Christ and unto righteousnesses that is faith in him and righteous workes which he requireth us to walke in causing to speake that maketh to speake or giveth utterance to the lips of those that are a sleepe or speaking in the tips c. This is the other effect of the Spirit that as wine maketh men talkative Prov. 23. 29. so the Spirit maketh men to utter the mysteries of God as the disciples when some thought they were full of new wine prophesied and spake with other tongues the great workes of God as the Spirit gave them utterance Acts 2. 4. 11. 13. c. By sleepers here are meant sinners awaked and quickned by the word preached as it is said Awake thou that sleepest and arise from the dead and Christ shall give thee light Ephes. 5. 14. And so it was promised Thy dead men shall live my dead bodies shall arise awake and fing ye that dwell in dust Esay 26. 19. And Fzekiel by prophesying raised to life the dead bones of the house of Israel Ezek. 37 which also the Chaldee paraphrast alledgeth in opening this place And not only dead men which are said to be asleepe Dan. 12. 2. but others also that live and through negligence or security fall asleepe as the Spouse acknowledgeth of her selfe in Song 5. 2. are inabled by this spirituall wine to speake for having drinke thereof they forget their poverty and remember their misery no more as Prov. 31. 6. 7. So God promising to restore comforts unto Israel and to his mourners saith that he createth the fruit of the lips peace peace c. Esay 57. 18. 19. Vers. 10. I am my Beloveds Here the Spouse as full of the wine of grace and consolation from the Lord testifieth her assurance by faith that shee is Christs and so an heire of salvation by promise Gal. 3. 19. See before in Song 2. 16. and 6. 3. his desire his desirous affection the Greeke interpreteth it his conversion or turning is towards me This manner of speech was used before when God chastning the woman for her sin said thy desire shall be unto thy husband Gen. 3. 16. but now this woman being renued by grace and espoused unto Christ as to an husband 2 Cor. 11. 2. rejoyceth that his desire is unto her And this appeareth by the whole scope of this Song and especially by those words in Chap. 2. 14. and 4. 9. 10. and 7. 5. So contrary each to other are our naturall sinfull state and our estate by grace in Christ. Verse 11. into the field or into the
she said if it be so why am I thus And shee went to inquire of Iehovah And Iehovah said unto her Two nations are in thy womb and two peoples shall be separated from thy bowels and the one people shall be stronger then the other people and the greater shall serve the lesser And her dayes were fulfilled to bring-forth and behold twins were in her wombe And the first came-out red all over like an hairy mantle and they called his name Esau. And afterward came his brother out and his hand holding by the heele of Esau and he called his name Iakob and Isaak was sixtie yeeres old when she bare them And the boyes grew and Esau was a cunning huntsman a man of the field and Iakob was a perfect man dwelling in tents And Isaak loved Esau because venison was in his mouth and Rebekah loved Iakob And Iakob sod pottage and Esau came from the field and he was faint And Esau said to Iakob Let me taste I pray thee of that red that red pottage for I am faint therefore he called his name Edom. And Iakob said Sell to me this day thy first-birthright And Esau said Loe I am going to dye and wherefore serveth this first-birthright unto me And Iakob said Sweare unto me this day and he sware unto him and he sold his first-birthright unto Iakob And Iakob gave to Esau bread and pottage of lentiles and he did eate and drinke and rose up and went-away and Esau despised the first-birthright Annotations ADded that is did againe take a wife when hee was an hundred and fourty yeeres old and had of her sixe sonnes by the extraordinary blessing of God whereas fourty yeeres before his body was even dead in respect of naturall strength and vigour as the Apostle noteth Rom. 4. 19. a wife called elsewhere a concubine 1 Chron. 1. 32. what manner of wife that was see on Gen. 22. 24. Keturah in Greeke Chettoura Vers. 2. Zimran in Greeke Zombran Iekshan in Greeke Iezan Medan whose posterity are called Medanites Gen. 37. 36. Midian in Greeke Madiam and Madian Act. 7. 29. of him came the people called Madianites that soone fell from Abrahams faith to idolatry Num. 25. Shuach in Greek Soie of him came Bildad Iobs friend called the Shuchite Iob 2. 11. Vers. 3. Sheba in Greek Saba his posterity robbed lob of his oxen and asses Iob 1. 15. Vers. 4. Ephah or Gepha in Greeke Gephar Epher or Gepher in Greek Apheir of him the country Aphrica is thought to have the name Enoch in Heb. Chanoch as Gen. 5. 18. Vers. 5. to Isaak as being his onely heyre and child of promise Gen. 21. 12. a figure of Christ and Christians heyres by promise of all things Heb. 1. 2. Iohn 3. 34. Rev. 21. 7. Gal. 3 29. and 2. 28. Vers. 6. concubines Hagar and Keturah vers 1. east country or land of the East a part of Arabia hereupon mention is made of the sonnes of the East Iob 1. 3. And Iob himselfe was in likelihood the son of one of these sons or nephewes of Abraham by Keturah Vers. 7. 175 yeeres This summe of his yeeres sheweth how Abraham had lived a pilgrim in Canaan a hundred yeeres after he came out of Charran Gen. 12. 4. That he attained not to the yeeres of his forefathers who all lived longer then hee Gen. 11. 11. c. as did also his son Isaak Gen. 35. 28. That he left alive behind him Heber that great Patriarch and Prophet of whom hee had the surname to be an Hebrew Gen. 11. 17. and 14. 13. and from whom he was the seventh generation as Enoch was from Adam Vers. 8. hoary age as was promised Gen. 15. 15. of dayes so the Greek and Chaldee explaineth it and the Hebrew it selfe elsewhere Gen. 35. 29. Such words are often to be understood as a full for a full cup Psal. 73. 10. see Gen. 4. 20. and 5. 3. and by being full of dayes is meant a willingnesse to dye without desiring longer life on earth his peoples the Greeke translateth his people the like is said of Ismael vers 17. of Isaak Gen. 35. 29. of Iaakob Gen. 49. 33. of Aaron Num. 20. 24. of Moses Deut. 32. 50. and others sometime it is said gathered to their fathers 2 King 22. 20. Iudg. 2. 10. Act. 13. 36. and by Abrahams peoples are meant his fathers Gen. 15. 15. and the phrase signifieth the immortality of soules for Abrahams body was gathered to the body of Sarah onely as the next words shew and by his fathers are meant the spirits of just men made perfect Heb. 12. 23. See after in verse 17. Vers. 10. and Sarah as is shewed in Gen. 23. 19. Afterwards Isaak and Iakob with their wives were buried there also Gen. 49. 29. 31. Vers. 11. blessed Isaak so applying and confirming to him the promises made to Abraham Gen. 12. 2. and 14. 19. and 17. 19. and so Isaak commended to Iakob the blessing of Abraham Gen. 28. 3. 4. and by this blessing the righteousnesse of faith is implyed to Abrahams seed Galat. 3. 8. 9. c. Beer-lachai-roi in Greeke the well of vision in Chaldee the well at which the Angell of life appeared this place of Isaaks seating is not without mystery see Gen. 16. 14. and 24. 62. Vers. 12. generations a rehearsall of Ismaels off-spring as Gen. 5. 1. And here the fulfilling of Gods promise is seene made in Gen. 16. 10. 12. and 17. 20. and how hee that was borne after the flesh and cast out of Abrahams house Gal. 4. 23. 30 was multiplyed before Isaak the child and heyre of the promise See the like of Esau Gen. 36. 43. Vers. 13. Nebajoth he and his brethren seated in Arabia Esay 20. 13. 14. 16. Ezek. 27. 21. where peoples and places retained the footsteps of their names they gave themselves to shepherdy as appeareth Esay 60. 7. Ier. 49. 29. And here are twelve sons reckned which were Princes of their tribes as was promised in Gen. 17. 20. answerable in number to the twelve sonnes of Iakob heads of the twelve tribes of Israel but these Ismaelites are a generation before them as Ismael himselfe was borne before Isaak For that is first which is naturall and afterward that which is spirituall 1 Corinth 15. 46. Vers. 16. castles or villages dwelling houses so named of being faire and high built in a row or order In Greeke habitations as in Act. 1. 20. from Psal. 69. Vers. 17. 137 yeeres So he lived not so long as his father Abraham or his brother Isaak or as did Iakob though he lived till a great old age And this mention of the terme of his life and gathering to his fathers as was spoken before of Abraham v. 8. and the burying of his father with his brother vers 9. may be some probability of Ismaels repentance and dying in the faith of Abraham for unlesse it be he no reprobate hath his whole life time recorded in holy Scripture Or if
Ismael dyed wicked then by his fathers to whom he was gathered are meant the soules of wicked men before him which are spirits in prison 1 Pet. 3. 19. Vers. 18. they that is Ismaels sonnes dwelt In Greeke he dwelt Shur a place in the wildernesse see Gen. 16. 7. The Chaldee there and here calleth it Chagra did he fall meaning either that his lot did befall him so to dwell or that he so dyed as the word fall sometime signifieth Psal. 82. 7. Gen. 14. 10. But the Greeke here translateth it he dwelt so also doth the Chaldee paraphrast so the plaine text was before in the promise Gen. 16 12. and to make to fall is to divide by lot an inheritance to dwell in Ios. 23. 4. Psal. 78. 55. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the sixt Section of the Law called The generations of Isaak See Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 19. the generations that is the history of the off-spring of Isaak and things that befell unto him as Gen. 2. 1. and 5. 1. and 6. 9. Vers. 20. old Hebr. son of fourty yeere so v. 26. see Gen. 5. 32. the Syrian the Hebrew name is Aramite which the holy Ghost in Greeke calleth Syrian Luke 4. 27. See Gen. 10. 22. Padan Aram the same that Aram Naharajim Gen. 24. 10 for the Greeke turneth them both Mesopotamia of Syria Aram is Syria Gen. 24. 10. and 10. 22. Padan in the Syrian tongue is a payre or couple and the country of Aram lying betweene a couple of rivers is so named Padan Aram and sometime onely Padan as Gen. 48. 7. Vers. 21. for or directly-for as the force of the Hebrew word implyeth and before his wife so it seemeth to bee some solemne prayer which they made together directly for this matter having lived twenty yeeres together without any child and Isaak wexen old into the 60 yeere of his life ver 26. God exercising his faith hereby as he had done Abrahams Gen. 15. 2. The Iewes have a tradition that Isaak went with his wife to mount Morijah to the place where he had beene bound Gen. 22. 9. and prayed there Pirke R. Eliezer ch 32. Vers. 22. strugled-together or bruised themselves by strugling which did presage the contrarietie that should be betweene these two brothers and so betweene the children of God of this world if so c. an unperfect speech which in her passion she uttered the Greeke translateth it if it shall so be with me why is this unto me why have I conceived if I must feele such things to enquire or seeke either by private prayer or by asking some Prophet The Ierusalemy Thargum taketh it in this last sense and saith she went to the Schoole of Sem the great Howbeit Sem was dead about ten yeeres before this but by Abraham or Heber the great Patriarch then living shee might well inquire of God Others as R. Eliezer Perek 32. take it to be meant of her praying unto God Vers. 23. Two nations that is fathers of two nations and divers peoples Edomites and Israelites the greater to weet in dignity which came naturally by the first birthright or the elder The Hebrew Rab whereof great men and masters are called Rabbies Iohn 1. 39. Mat. 23. 8. signifieth a superiour in dignity The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth it the greater Rom. 9. 12. Hereby Esau and his posteritie are meant shall serve as came to passe carnally when the Aedomites of Esau became servants to David and to the Israelites which were of Iakob 2 Sam. 8. 14. and spiritually when Iakob got of Esau the first birthright and bereaved him of the blessing Gen. 25. 33. and 27. 29. For servitude came in with a curse and figureth reprobation Gen. 9. 25. Iohn 8. 34. 35. Gal. 4. 30. 31. Therefore from hence the Prophet teacheth that God loved Iakob and hated Esau Mal. 1. 2. 3. and the Apostle gathereth the doctrine of Gods election and reprobation saying when Rebekka had conceived by one even by our father Isaak the children being not yet borne neither having done any good or evill that the purpose of God according to election might stand not of workes but of him that calleth it was said unto her the greater shall serve the lesser as it is written Iakob have I loved but Esau have I hated Rom. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Vers. 25. red a signe of the cholericke cruell and bloody disposition found in Esau himselfe and in his posterity Gen. 27. 40. 41. Obad. 1. 10. Ezek. 25. 12. So the cruell persecuting Dragon was of red colour Rev. 12. 3. The Hebrew Doctors say Esau the wicked was drawne after the workes of judgement mystically signified in these words And by thy sword shalt thou live Gen. 27. 40. and therefore he was red R. Menachem Rakenat on Gen. 25. And in Bresith rabbah they note how hee was red and his meat was red Gen. 25. 30. end his land was red as in Gen. 32. 3. c. And he that takes vengeance on him is red and in red clothing Song 5. 10. Esay 63. 1. 2. all over Hebr. all of him like a mantle of hayre which the Greek translateth like a rough hide This also signified his strong fierce and crafty nature For hayre is a signe of naturall strength and nature being corrupted hairinesse denoteth the power of corruption therefore when Lepers were purified all their hayre was to be shaven off Lev. 14. 8. So the Hebrewes say that his hayrinesse signified the strength of uncleannesse which came out of him R. Menachem on Gen. 25. Esau by interpretation Made or Perfected as being of a more strong and perfect constitution naturall then other children rather like a man then a babe Vers. 26. the heele or foot sole as if he would have pulled backe his brother from the birth and have beene before him or at least for to overthrow him Which as God by their former strugling in her body and now by this behaviour did signifie so the Prophet mentioneth it after to Iakobs children how he thus strove for the grace of the first birthright which they by sin suffered themselves to be deprived of Hos. 12. 2. 3. This manner of birth that Iakobs hand held his brother by the heele was also extraordinarily strange and perillous for the life both of mother and child See the like after in Gen. 38. 28. he called that is every one called as in vers 25. it is written they called or he was called so vers 30. See the notes on Gen. 16. 14. Iakob that signifieth one that should hold by the foot or overthrow his brother Vers. 27. a cunning huntsman Hebr. a man knowing hunting of the field ranging the fields for to hunt beasts Of a disposition much like Ismaels Gen. 16. 12. or Nimrods Gen. 10. 9. perfect of a religious honest plaine and simple disposition without guile or wickednesse as the Greeke translateth vnfeighned See Gen. 6. 9. dwelling or sitting in tents that is either keeping
and anointed and set in the Lords Court before the priests were consecrated Exod. 40. 7. 11. 12. Lev. 8. 6. This signified the washing from sin which is the first part of purification by the blood of Christ wherof they that come neere unto God for to serve him acceptably must be partakers Psal. 51. 9. Esay 1. 16. Rev. 1. 5. Heb. 9. 13. 14. and 10. 22. V. 5. clad or put upon Aaron figuring the next worke of Gods grace after the washing away and forgivenesse of sinne to impart the gifts of righteousnesse and salvation Ps. 132. 9. 16. The order of clothing as appeareth by the Scripture in Lev. 8. and is distinctly recorded by the Hebr. Doctors was thus He put on the breeches first and girded them higher then the navel above his loynes After that he put on the coat and then he girded the girdle wrapping it about his brest After the girdle hee put on the Robe and over the Robe the Ephod Brestplate and girded him with the curious girdle of the Ephod over the robe and under the Brest plate Afterward he wrapped the Miter about his head and fastened the golden plate thereupon Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary c. 10. s. 1 c. These rites which Israel learned or God were after corruptly imitated by the Gentiles whose priests were washed before their consecration continued in the preparation to their priesthood ten dais without eating flesh or drinking wine were arrayed with 12. robes as Aaron was with eight and those of bysse or fine linnen painted or embroidered with divers colours besides daily sacrificing solemne feasting the like as L. Apuleius sheweth in Asin. aur lib. 11. fitly gird here the Hebr. is Aphad frō whence the name of the Ephod is derived and so named as here appeareth of being aptly girded unto him 〈◊〉 G 〈…〉 Chald. versions here expound it Th◠g 〈…〉 ding is observed by Maimony to be about the 〈…〉 ot the loines and whereas in Ezek. 44. 18. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 d they shall not gird themselves in the sweating 〈◊〉 their Ionathan the ancient Chaldee par 〈…〉 expoundeth it not upon their loines but upon their heart And this manner of girding the Holy Ghost observeth in our high Priest Christ who appeared girded about the paps with a golden girdle Revelations 1. 13. As all girding signifieth a ready preparation and strengthening unto any service Luk. 12. 35. Esay 5. 27. Act. 12. 8. so this is in speciall for the heart of the Priests to be girded with Truth as Paul expoundeth it Ephesians 6. 14. So Christs ministers are likened to Angels comming out of the Temple clothed in pure and white linnen and girded about the brests with golden Girdles Rev. 15. 6. Verse 6. fasten or put Hebrew give See the notes on Exodus 28. 15. Crowne of holinesse that is holy Crowne or Diadem meaning the golden Plate fore-spoken of Exod. 28. 36. and 39. 30. Leviticus 8. 9. called here Nezer that is a Separation because it was a signe of separation and exemption from other men Therefore the Diadem of Kings was called Nezer 2 Samuel 1. 10. Psal. 89. 40. and here it is the ornament of the High Priest to denote his dignitie So the Greeke calleth it Petalon to Hagiasma as the Plate was before named in Exod. 28. 36. Verse 7. anointing oile the making hereof is after shewed Exodus 30. 23. c. anoint this third thing signified the communication of the graces of Gods Spirit 1 Iohn 2. 27. as it is sayd The Spirit of the Lord God is upon mee because the Lord hath anointed mee c. Esay 61. 1. And this for to cause the odour of his administration to spread abroad unto the comfort of the Church dwelling together in love and vnitie Psalme 133. 2. 2 Cor. 2. 14. 15. 16. Anoint is in Hebrew Mashach whereupon the high Priest and King that was anointed was called Mashiach or Messias Leviticus 4. 3. 1 Samuel 12. 3. 5. which Messias is in Greeke Christ and is the name of the Sonne of God our Saviour Dan. 9. 25. Iohn 1. 41. Verse 9. fill the hand namely with parts of the sacrifices which after they were waved in the priests hand were burnt on the altar verse 2◠24. 25. This is usually called consecration the Greeke calleth it perfecting because hereby the priest was fully and perfectly authorized to doe the Priests office And this word Paul useth in Greeke writing of the priesthood of the Sonne of God who is perfected or consecrated for ever Heb. 7. 28. By this manner of calling God shewed that none might take in hand to minister before him unlesse the things were first put into his hand for a signe of his calling from God Ioh. 3. 27. Heb. 5. 4. 5. But in Ieroboams priests it was otherwise when whosoever would he filled his hand and became a priest of the high places 1 King 13. 33. V. 10 the bullock which was to be a sin-offring for the Priest ver 14. So all sacrifices which the high priest offred for his sins were bullocks which were not so for other ordinary men Levit. 4. 3. 23. 28. impose their hands with making confession of their sinnes Levit. 5. 5. 6. and 16. 21. by which rite they disburdened themselves of their sinnes and layd them on the head of the sacrifice to bee killed which was a figure of Christ killed for our sins upon whom the Lord layd the iniquitie of us all Esay 53. 6. 7. 8. This imposition of hands was to be done by every man that brought a sacrifice for his sins Lev. 4. 24. 29. the manner whereof the Iewes have recorded thus There is no imposing of hands but in the Courtyard if he lay on hands without hee must lay them on againe within None may impose hands but a cleane person In the place where hands are imposed there they kill the beast immediately after the imposition Hee that imposeth must doe it withall his might with both his hands upon the beasts head not upon the necke or sides and there may bee nothing betweene his hands and the beast If the sacrifice bee of the most holy things it standeth on the North side as Levit. 1. 11. with the face to the West the imposer standeth East-ward with his face to the West and layeth his two hāds betweene the two horues and confesseth sin over the sin-offring and trespasse over the trespasse offring c. and saith I have sinned I have committediniquity I have trespassed and done thus and thus and doe returne by repentance before thee and with this I make atonement Maimony in treat of the Offring of Sacrifices ch 3. Sect. 11. c. Vers. 11. thou shalt kill Moses now at first did extraordinarily by Gods appointment those things which were peculiar to the priests office afterward so consecrating and instructing them for time to come Ver. 12. the altar which was most holy and sanctified the sacrifice v. 37.
Mat. 23. 19. which altar also signified Christ who sanctified himselfe for his Church Ioh. 17. 19. and through the eternall Spirit offred himselfe without spot unto God Heb. 9. 14. so by the Godhead the death of Christ was sanctified and sufficient to cleanse all iniquity This first sin-offring differed from the rest that ordinarily followed for every such offring of the priest for sinne the blood of it was caried into the Tabernacle and put upon the hornes of the golden altar of incense Levit. 4. 3. 7. whereas this was not so but only put upon the hornes of the brazen altar of burnt-offring which stoodin the court-yard For the end of this first oblation was to make atonement for the altar it selfe and to sanctifie it that it might be fit afterward to sanctifie the sacrifices of the people which should be offred upon it as appeareth after in v. 36. 37. and more plainly in Ezek. 43. 25. 26. 27. Also this first offring was used herein like the offring of the common ruler and private person for the blood for their sin was put on the hornes of the brazen altar onely Lev. 4. 25. 30. because Aaron and his Sons were not yet full priests till the seven dayes of their consecration were ended Lev. 8. 33. 34. c. finger This rite of putting blood with the finger upon the hornes of the altar was for all sin offâ—â—ngs Lev. 4. 6. 7. 17. 18. 25. 30. and not for any other kind of sacrifice And teacheth us the efficacy of Christs blood for the purging of our sins when it is so particularly presented unto God and applied by his Spirit as the finger of God Luk. 11. 20. is expounded to bee the Spirit of God Mat. 12. 28. Heb. 9. 12. 13. 14. The outward rite was performed thus When the priest tooke the blood in a bason he brought it to the altar and dipped the fore-finger of his right hand in the blood and striked it on one home of the altar wiping his finger on the lip of the bason for no blood might remain upon it he dipped his finger the second time and striked it on another horne and so did he to all foure beginning at the South-side and compassing the altar first Eastward then North then West and at the bottome of that horn of the altar where he made an end with his finger did he poure the rest of the blood which was towards the South These things Maimony sheweth in treat of the Offring of Sacrifices c. 5. s. 7. c. and are more particularly to bee opened in Leviticus all the blood that is the rest of the blood as the Greeke explaineth it This figured the fulnesse and perfection of the grace of Christ by his blood obtayning full redemption from our sins V. 13. the fat This in Scripture is often taken for evill because fatnesse hindreth sense and feeling So of the wicked it is said their heart is fat as grease Ps. 119. 70. and thou art waxen fat thou art waxen grosse c. then he forsooke God Deut. 32. 15. make the heart of this people fat c. lest they understand Esay 6. 10. This fat therefore which was a signe of mans corruption God wold have to be consumed by fire on the altar teaching thereby the mortification of our earthly members by the worke of Christ and of his Spirit Somtime the fat is used to signifie the best of all things as is noted on Gen. 4. 4. so it teacheth us to give the best unto the Lord. the inwards or inmost part that is the heart w ch is most inward and in the midst of the body So the inward of man is used for the heart and consequently for the thoughts and mind as in Ps. 5. 10. and 62. 5. and 94. 19. And that which the Prophet calleth the inward part Ier. 31. 33. the Apostle calleth the mind Heb. 8. 10. By the fat upon the inwards therefore is signified all corruption that covereth mans heart as carnall reason unbeliefe hypocrisie evill thoughts and purposes c. all which must be consumed and the heart purified by the Spirit of God caule that is above named also the caule of the liver in v. 22. It is thought to be the midriffe or the at skin that is above the liver the Gr. translateth it lobon the lap of the liver kidneyes or reineâ— which as they are the instruments of seed for generation so in Scripture they are used for the inmost affections and desires and are joyned with the heart of these only God is the searcher and possessor Ps. 7. 10. and 139. 13. and here are to be offred up unto God in fire figuring that w ch Paul teacheth Mortifie your members which are on the earth fornication uncleannesse inordinate affection evill concupiscence c. Col. 3. 5. And thus the Heb. of old understood these figures for they say Therefore the kidneys the fat which is on them the caule that covereth the liver were burnt unto God for to make atonement for the sin of man which proceedeth out of the thoughts of the reines and lust of the liver fatnesse of the heart c. for they all consent in sin R. Menachem on Ex. 29. fol. 111. shalt burne the originall word signifieth properly to perfume or resolve into smoke used for burning of incense applied here to the burning of sacrifices whereby the smoke went up towards heaven The Greeke translateth it Impose the Chaldee Offer V. 14. burne It was a generall Law that no sin-offring whose blood was caried into the Tabernacle c. should be eaten but burnt in fire Levit. 6. 30. and such sin-offrings as had not their blood caried in thither should bee eaten by the priests Levit. 10. 18. Howbeit this offring was burnt though the blood were not caried into the holy place One reason whereof seemeth to be that the priests might not eate their owne sin-offrings Lev. 4. 3. 12. Because they could not beare or take away their owne sinnes but needed another Saviour as well as all men and the eating of any mans sinne-offring signified the bearing and expiating of that mans sin Levit. 10. 17. without a figure how Christ the true Sacrifice for our sins should suffer without the gate of Ierusalem which was part of his reproch that he bare for us Heb. 13. 11. 12. 13. a Sin that is an offring for sinne so the Apostle according to the Gr. version translateth it for sin Heb. 10. 6. from Psal. 40. 7. And after this Hebrew phrase may that be understood of Christ that God made him who knew no sin to be sin for us that is a sin-offring or an exceeding sinner 2 Cor. 5. 21. Thus the law made men priests which had infirmitie needed to offer sacrifice first for their owne sins but we now have the Son who is consecrated for ever Heb. 7. 27. 28. Vers. 15. impose with both hands betweene the homes as before is